TECHNICAL & SERVICE MANUAL

SPLIT-TYPE, HEAT PUMP AIR CONDITIONERS
CONTENTS
1. TECHNICAL CHANGES
...................................
2
2. SAFETY PRECAUTION
....................................
5
3. OVERVIEW OF UNITS
......................................
8
4. SPECIFICATIONS
...........................................
10
5. DATA
................................................................
12
6. OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS
......................
18
7. WIRING DIAGRAM
.........................................
20
8. NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION
.....
24
9. TROUBLESHOOTING
....................................
34
10. ELECTRICAL WIRING
....................................
81
11. REFRIGERANT PIPING TASKS
.....................
84
12. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
........................
88
13. PARTS LIST
.....................................................
93
14. RoHS PARTS LIST
..........................................
96
15. OPTIONAL PARTS
..........................................
99
OUTDOOR UNIT
No. OC366
REVISED EDITION-C
[Model name]
(Standard type)
PUMY-P36NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU
(Salt proof type)
PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS
HFC
utilized
R410A
Model name
indication
July 2008
NOTE :
· This service manual describes technical data of out-
door unit.
As for indoor units, refer to its service manual.
· RoHS compliant products have <G> mark on the spec
name plate.
[Service Ref.]
PUMY-P36NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU1
PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
Revision:
• 9. TROUBLESHOOING
has been modified.
• Tester check point is added
(PCB, FAN MOTOR).
• Please void OC366
REVISED EDITION-B.
2
PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
· Compressor (MC) and oil have been changed.
ANB33FDCMT (Ester oil: MEL56) ANB33FDHMT(Ether oil: FV50S)
· Electrical parts have been changed.
Multi controller board (MULTI. C.B.) Noise filter circuit board (N.F.)
Active filter module (ACTM) Relay (52C) , Resister (RS) (including N.F.)
PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
• Primary heating ON/OFF control has been added.
1 TECHNICAL CHANGES
(1) Primary heating operation controls another heat source that depends on the main system's operations,
which means the interlock operation shown in " c)" will be possible.
a)
b)
Note: Following Indoor models DO NOT HAVE this feature available:
PMFY-P06NBMU
PMFY-P12NBMU PKFY-P06NAMU
PMFY-P08NBMU
PMFY-P15NBMU PKFY-P08NAMU
c) Different Indoor unit applications that can be applied:
(2) Outdoor unit DIPSW4-4 for Primary Heating Control:
Set DIPSW4-4 when power is turned off at unit.
OFF: Disable Primary Heating Function (Initial setting)
ON : Enable Primary Heating Function
(3) Determine required Indoor Fans Speed during defrost mode:
0 20k 27k 39k 62K
None Black Blue White Red
Stopped
Setting on
remote
controller
Very Low Low High
Note: The setting will be disabled "when Heater contact signal is OFF".
Service ref. PUMY-P48NHMU(-BS) does not have this function.
Indoor unit must be R410A UL model for this function to operate.
CN22 input resistance (0)
CN22 input (cable color)
FAN SPEED SETTING
OFF
Fan airflow rate setting
During defrost operation
ON Wiring
C
N
2
2
1-1. PRIMARY HEATING ON/OFF CONTROL SET-UP
a) With no Primary heating output the Indoor fan normally goes off to prevent cold drafts during the defrost cycles.
b) With Primary heating control the auxiliary heat will be on during defrost mode, thus cold drafts will not be present.
(Ducted units only)
c) For models PEFY and PDFY (Ducted) recommended to use "Black" (20K) connector.
d) For models PLFY, PCFY, PKFY and PFFY (Ductless) recommended "None", no connector required.
e) To set the fan airflow rate to be used during defrost operation, insert the resistance that is packed within the
optional adaptor cable kit (PAC-YU24HT-F) into the CN22 sensor input.
You can choose at what speed the indoor fan operates during defrost cycles bases on chart below.
3
(4) Determine Fan Airflow setting during Indoor Thermo OFF conditions:
a) These settings are done within Indoor DIPSW1-7 and DIPSW1-8, see chart below for options.
b) Recommended SW1-7 OFF and SW1-8 ON will determine airflow based on "Setting on the remote controller".
Fan speed
setting
Fan speed
setting
OFF ON
SW1-7 SW1-8
OFF OFF Very low
ON OFF Low
OFF ON
Setting on
remote
controller
ON
ON
Stopped
(5) Setting Outdoor unit and Auxiliary heat switch over temperatures.
When the DIPSW 4-4 is set to "ON", the outdoor unit and the contact output operates as shown below.
a) Outdoor default setting and operations are shown below:
Stage 1
Amb. Decreasing - Outdoor unit HP operation
Amb. Incareasing - Defrost : Heater contact ON signal
- Other than defrost : Contact OFF
Stage 2
- Outdoor unit HP operation
- Heater contact ON signal
Stage 3
- Outdoor unit OFF (Standby)
- Heater contact ON signal
TH7 = Outdoor Temperature a
-12:
[10°F]
When the set temperature ranges overlap, the previously set pattern (1,2 or 3) has a priority.
The stage 1 has the highest priority, 2 the second and then 3.
b) Based on above chart listed the sequence of operation on "On Ambient Decrease"
Stage 1 :(TH7 = > 10 :) : the Outdoor unit runs in HP mode.
Stage 2 :(TH7 = 10: to -12:) : the Outdoor unit runs in HP mode with Auxiliary heating.
Stage 3 :(TH7 = < -12:) : Auxiliary heating only (Outdoor unit is OFF).
c) Based on above chart listed the sequence of operation on " On Ambient Increase"
Auxiliary Heating
Signal
Thermo Condition
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

o
n

r
e
m
o
t
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
b
0:
[32°F]
c
10:
[50°F]
d
20:
[68°F]
Stage 3 :(TH7 = < 0 :) : Auxiliary heating only (Outdoor unit is OFF).
Stage 2 :(TH7 = > 0: to 20:) : Auxiliary heating with Outdoor unit in HP mode.
Stage 1 :(TH7 = > 20:) : Outdoor unit in HP mode only.
4
(6) Locally procured wiring
A basic connection method is shown.
(i.e. interlocked operation with the electric heater with the fan speed setting on high
Recommended circuit
CN24
CN22
X
+
X
Remote control Board Relay circuit
Adapter
Indoor unit
control board
Outdoor unit
control board
E
l
e
c
t
r
i
c


H
e
a
t
e
r
p
o
w
e
r

s
o
u
r
c
e
Electric
Heater
Red 1
White 2
Dip switch
SW4-4 "ON"
Preparations in the field Maximum cable length
is 10 m (32ft)
Red 1
Red 2
Y
e
l
l
o
w
G
r
e
e
n
FS1
FS2
FS1
FS2
R
S
R
S
CN24
H2 88H
H1 88H
26H
88H
1-phase power
supply
208V, 230V/60Hz
Control board
FS1, 2 ----- Thermal fuse
H1, H2 ----- Heater
26H--------- Overheat protection
thermostat
88H--------- Electromagnetic contactor
Wiring digram
For relay X use the specifications given below Operation coil
Rated voltage : 12VDC
Power consumption :0.9W or less
*Use the diode that is recommended by the relay manufacturer at both ends of the relay coil.
The length of the electrical wiring for the PAC-YU24HT is 2 meters (6-1/2 ft)
To extend this length, use sheathed 2-core cable.
Control cable type : CVV, CVS, CPEV or equivalent.
Cable size : 0.5 mm
2
~ 1.25 mm
2
(AWG22 to AWG16)
Don`t extend the cable more than 10 meters (32ft).
5
[1] Cautions for service
(1) Perform service after recovering the refrigerant left in unit completely.
(2) Do not release refrigerant in the air.
(3) After completing service, charge the cycle with specified amount of refrigerant.
(4) When performing service, install a filter drier simultaneously.
Be sure to use a filter drier for new refrigerant.
[2] Additional refrigerant charge
When charging directly from cylinder
· Check that cylinder for R410A on the market is syphon type.
· Charging should be performed with the cylinder of syphon stood vertically. (Refrigerant is charged from liquid phase.)
2 SAFETY PRECAUTION
Cautions for units utilizing refrigerant R410A
2-1. CAUTIONS RELATED TO NEW REFRIGERANT
Use new refrigerant pipes.
Make sure that the inside and outside of refrige-
rant piping is clean and it has no contamination
such as sulfur hazardous for use, oxides, dirt,
shaving particles, etc.
In addition, use pipes with specified thickness.
Store the piping to be used during installation
indoors and keep both ends of the piping sealed
until just before brazing. (Leave elbow joints, etc.
in their packaging.)
Use ester oil, ether oil or alkylbenzene oil (small
amount) as the refrigerant oil applied to flares
and flange connections.
Avoid using thin pipes.
Charge refrigerant from liquid phase of gas
cylinder.
If the refrigerant is charged from gas phase, composition
change may occur in refrigerant and the efficiency will be
lowered.
Do not use refrigerant other than R410A.
If other refrigerant (R22 etc.) is used, chlorine in refrige-
rant can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc.
Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check
valve.
Vacuum pump oil may flow back into refrigerant cycle and
that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc.
Use the following tools specifically designed for
use with R410A refrigerant.
The following tools are necessary to use R410A refrigerant.
Keep the tools with care.
If dirt, dust or moisture enters into refrigerant cycle, that can
cause deterioration of refrigerant oil or malfunction of com-
pressor.
Do not use a charging cylinder.
If a charging cylinder is used, the composition of refrigera-
nt will change and the efficiency will be lowered.
Flare tool
Electronic refrigerant
charging scale
Vacuum pump adaptor
Size adjustment gauge
Gauge manifold
Torque wrench
Gas leak detector
Charge hose
Tools for R410A
Contamination inside refrigerant piping can cause deterio-
ration of refrigerant oil etc.
If dirt, dust or moisture enters into refrigerant cycle, that can
cause deterioration of refrigerant oil or malfunction of com-
pressor.
If large amount of mineral oil enters, that can cause deterio-
ration of refrigerant oil etc.
Ventilate the room if refrigerant leaks during
operation. If refrigerant comes into contact with
a flame, poisonous gases will be released.
6
Gravimeter
Unit
[3] Service tools
Use the below service tools as exclusive tools for R410A refrigerant.
No. Tool name Specifications
1 Gauge manifold ·Only for R410A
·Use the existing fitting specifications.
·Use high-tension side pressure of 5.3MPa·G or over.
2 Charge hose ·Only for R410A
·Use pressure performance of 5.09MPa·G or over.
3 Electronic scale
4 Gas leak detector ·Use the detector for R134a, R407C or R410A.
5 Adaptor for reverse flow check ·Attach on vacuum pump.
6 Refrigerant charge base
7 Refrigerant cylinder ·Only for R410A ·Top of cylinder (Pink)
·Cylinder with syphon
8 Refrigerant recovery equipment
2-2. PRECAUTIONS FOR SALT PROOF TYPE "-BS" MODEL
Although "-BS" model has been designed to be resistant to salt damage, observe the following precautions to maintain the
performance of the unit.
1. Avoid installing the unit in a location where it will be exposed directly to seawater or sea breeze.
2. If the cover panel may become covered with salt, be sure to install the unit in a location where the salt will be washed away
by rainwater. (If a sunshade is installed, rainwater may not clean the panel.)
3. To ensure that water does not collect in the base of the outdoor unit, make sure that the base is level, not at angle. Water
collecting in the base of the outdoor unit could cause rust.
4. If the unit is installed in a coastal area, clean the unit with water regularly to remove any salt build-up.
5. If the unit is damaged during installation or maintenance, be sure to repair it.
6. Be sure to check the condition of the unit regularly.
7. Be sure to install the unit in a location with good drainage.
7
2-3. Cautions for refrigerant piping work
New refrigerant R410A is adopted for replacement inverter series. Although the refrigerant piping work for R410A is
same as for R22, exclusive tools are necessary so as not to mix with different kind of refrigerant. Furthermore as the
working pressure of R410A is 1.6 time higher than that of R22, their sizes of flared sections and flare nuts are different.
1Thickness of pipes
Because the working pressure of R410A is higher compared to R22, be sure to use refrigerant piping with thickness
shown below. (Never use pipes of 0.7mm [7/256 inch] or below.)
2Dimensions of flare cutting and flare nut
The component molecules in HFC refrigerant are smaller compared to conventional refrigerants. In addition to that,
R410A is a refrigerant, which has higher risk of leakage because its working pressure is higher than that of other
refrigerants. Therefore, to enhance airtightness and intensity, flare cutting dimension of copper pipe for R410A have
been specified separately from the dimensions for other refrigerants as shown below. The dimension B of flare nut for
R410A also have partly been changed to increase intensity as shown below. Set copper pipe correctly referring to
copper pipe flaring dimensions for R410A below. For 1/2 and 5/8 inch, the dimension B changes.
Use torque wrench corresponding to each dimension.
3Tools for R410A (The following table shows whether conventional tools can be used or not.)
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
6.35
9.52
12.70
15.88
19.05
0.8 [1/32]
0.8 [1/32]
0.8 [1/32]
1.0 [5/128]

0.8 [1/32]
0.8 [1/32]
0.8 [1/32]
1.0 [5/128]
1.0 [5/128]
Nominal
dimensions[inch]
Diagram below: Piping diameter and thickness
Outside
diameter (mm)
Thickness (mm) [inch]
R410A R22
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
6.35
9.52
12.70
15.88
19.05
9.1 [11/32-23/64]
13.2 [1/2-33/64]
16.6 [41/64-21/32]
19.7 [49/64-25/32]

9.0
13.0
16.2
19.4
23.3
Nominal
dimensions[inch]
Flare cutting dimensions
Outside
diameter
Dimension A ( )
+0
-0.4
(mm) [inch]
R410A R22
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
6.35
9.52
12.70
15.88
19.05
17.0 [43/64]
22.0 [7/8]
26.0 [1-3/64]
29.0 [1-9/64]

17.0
22.0
24.0
27.0
36.0
Nominal
dimensions[inch]
Flare nut dimensions
Outside
diameter[inch]
Dimension B
(mm) [inch]
R410A R22
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
Gas leak detector
Refrigerant recovery equipment
Refrigerant cylinder
Applied oil
Safety charger
Charge valve
Vacuum pump
Flare tool
Bender
Pipe cutter
Welder and nitrogen gas cylinder
Refrigerant charging scale
Vacuum gauge or thermis-
tor vacuum gauge and
vacuum valve
Charging cylinder
Air purge, refrigerant charge
and operation check
Gas leak check
Refrigerant recovery
Refrigerant charge
Apply to flared section
Prevent compressor malfunction
when charging refrigerant by
spraying liquid refrigerant
Prevent gas from blowing out
when detaching charge hose
Vacuum drying and air
purge
Flaring work of piping
Bend the pipes
Cut the pipes
Weld the pipes
Refrigerant charge
Check the degree of vacuum. (Vacuum
valve prevents back flow of oil and refri-
gerant to thermistor vacuum gauge)
Refrigerant charge
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tool for HFC refrigerant
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tool exclusive for R410A
Ester oil, ether oil and
alkylbenzene oil (minimum amount)
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tools for other refrigerants can
be used if equipped with adop-
ter for reverse flow check
Tools for other refrigerants
can be used by adjusting
flaring dimension
Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Tools for other refrigerants
can be used
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tools and materials Use R410A tools Can R22 tools be used?
(Usable if equipped
with adopter for rever-
se flow)
(Usable by adjusting
flaring dimension)
Can R407C tools be used?
Ester oil, ether oil:
Alkylbenzene oil: minimum amount
(Usable if equipped
with adopter for rever-
se flow)
(Usable by adjusting
flaring dimension)
: Prepare a new tool. (Use the new tool as the tool exclusive for R410A.)
: Tools for other refrigerants can be used under certain conditions.
: Tools for other refrigerants can be used.
Dimension A
Dimension B
8
3 OVERVIEW OF UNITS
3-1. UNIT CONSTRUCTION
Decorative panel
Model Ceiling Ceiling
Ceiling Conceald mounted Wall Mounted Concealed
4-way flow 2-way flow 1-way flow built-in Exposed Cocealed (Fresh Air)*1
PLFY-P PLFY-P PMFY-P PEFY-P PDFY-P PKFY-P PCFY-P PFFY-P PEFY-P
Capacity
NCMU-E NBMU-E NLMU-E NBMU-E NMLU-E NMHU-E NMSU-E NMU-E NAMU-E NGMU-E NFMU-E NGMU-E NEMU-E NRMU-E NMHU-E-F
06
08
12
15
18
24
27
30
36
48
54
Ceiling Casette Ceiling
Supended
Floor Standing
Remote
controller
Name
Model number
Functions
M-NET remote controller
PAR-F27MEA-US
• A handy remote controller for use in conjunction
with the Melans centralized management system.
• Addresses must be set.
• Address setting is not necessary.
MA remote controller
PAR-21MAA
Outdoor unit
Capacity
50% ~130% of outdoor unit capacity
Type 06 ~ Type 54
1~ 8 unit
Indoor unit that
can be connected
Number of units
Total system wide capacity
P48
Type 06 ~ Type 36
1~ 6 unit
P36
Branching pipe
components
Branch header
(2 branches)
Branch header
(4 branches)
Branch header
(8 branches)
CMY-Y62-G-E CMY-Y64-G-E CMY-Y68-G-E
*1. It is possible only by 1:1 system.
(1 indoor unit of Fresh Air type is connected with 1 outdoor unit.)
Operating temperature range (outdoor temperature) for fresh air type indoor units differ from other indoor units.
Refer to 3-2(2).
9
3-2. UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
(1) Method for identifying MULTI-S model

Indoor unit < When using Model 30 >

Outdoor unit <When using model 48 >
(2) Operating temperature range
Notes D.B. : Dry Bulb Temperature
W.B. : Wet Bulb Temperature
*1. 10~46°C DB[50~115°FDB] : In case of connecting PKFY-P06/P08 type indoor unit.
P L F Y - P 30 N B M U - E PU M Y - P 48 N H M U -BS
PAC type
Frequency
conversion
controller
Refrigerant
R410A/R22
commonness
Refrigerant
R410A
NEW frequency converter
one-to-many air conditioners
(flexible design type)
Indicates equivalent
to Cooling capacity
Indicates equivalent
to Cooling capacity
Power supply
N: Single phase
208/230V 60Hz
Power supply
N: Single phase
208/230V 60Hz
L : Ceiling cassette
K : Wall-mounted type
E : Hidden skylight type
C : Ceiling suspended type
M : Ceiling cassette type
F : Floor standing type
Outdoor unit
model type
Sub-number
Unit model type
UL model
M-NET control
M-NET control
UL model
Salt proof
type
Frequency
conversion
controller
Outdoor unit
MULTI-S
Cooling
W.B. 15~24°C [59~75°F]
Heating
D.B. 15~27°C [59~81°F]
W.B. -18~15°C [0~60°F]
Indoor-side intake air temperature
Outdoor-side intake air temperature D.B. -5~46°C [23~115°F]*1
(3) Guaranteed voltage
198~253V, 60Hz
■ In case of connecting fresh air type indoor unit
air type indoor
Capacity of Fresh
Cooling Heating
Indoor-side and Outdoor-side
P30
D.B.21~43T[70~109°F] *2
W.B.15.5~35T[60~95°F]
D.B.-10~20T[14~68°F] *3
intake air temperature
P54
D.B.21~43T[70~109°F] *2
W.B.15.5~35T[60~95°F]
D.B.-5~20T[23~68°F] *3
*2.Thermo-off(FAN-mode) automatically starts if the outdoor temp. is lower than 21TD.B.[70°FD.B.].
*3.Thermo-off(FAN-mode) automatically starts if the outdoor temp. is higher than 20TD.B.[68°FD.B.].
10
4 SPECIFICATIONS
PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS)
Cooling Capacity Btu/h
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
36,000
Heating Capacity Btu/h
Btu/h/W
W/W
40,000
3.22
14.23/15.74
98.4
2.93
12.88/14.24
98.9
11.18
4.00
Input (Cool) kW
Input Current (Cool)
Power factor (Cool)
A
%
%
Input (Heat) kW
Input Current (Heat)
Power factor (Heat)
A
EER (Cool)
COP (Heat)
Connectable indoor units (Max.) 6
Max. Connectable Capacity Btu/h 46,800(130%)
Power Supply Single phase , 60Hz , 208/230V
Breaker Size
Min.Circuit.Ampacity
Max. fuse size
30A
40A
26A
Sound level (Cool/Heat) dB 49 / 51
External finish Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Refrigerant control Linear Expansion Valve
Compressor Hermetic
ANB33FDHMT Model
Motor output kW 2.2
Starting method Inverter
Crankcase heater W —
Heat exchanger Plate fin coil (Anti corrosion fin treatment)
Fan Fan(drive) × No. Propeller fan × 2
Fan motor output kW 0.086 + 0.086
Airflow m
3
/min [CFM] 100 [3,530]
Dimensions (HxWxD) W mm [in.] 950 [37-13/32]
D mm [in.] 330+30 [13+1-3/16)
H mm [in.] 1,350 [53-5/32]
Weight kg [lbs] 130 [287]
Refrigerant R410A
Charge kg [lbs] 8.5 [18.7]
Protection High pressure protection HP switch
devices Compressor protection Discharge thermo, Over current detection
Fan motor protection Overheating/Voltage protection
Oil (Model) 2.3 [73] (FV50S)
Total Piping length (Max.) m [ft]
L [oz]
120 [394]
Farthest m [ft] 80 [262]
Max Height difference m [ft] 30 [100]*1
Chargeless length m [ft] 50 [165]
Piping diameter
Liquid 7mm[inch] 9.52 [3/8]
Gas 7mm[inch] 15.88 [5/8]
Guranteed operation range
(cool) -5~ 46T DB [23~115
°
F DB]*2
(heat) -18~ 15T WB [0~60
°
F WB]
Item
Service Ref.
Rating conditions
Cooling Indoor : D.B. 26.7°C / W.B. 19.4°C
[D.B. 80°F / W.B. 67°F]
Outdoor : D.B. 35°C[D.B. 95°F]
Heating Indoor : D.B. 21.1°C[D.B. 70°F]
Outdoor : D.B. 8.3°C / W.B. 6.1°C
[D.B. 47°F / W.B. 43°F]
Note.*1. 20m[70ft] :In case of installing outdoor unit lower than indoor unit.
*2. 10~46°C[50~115°F]DB :In case of connecting PKFY-P06/P08 type indoor unit.
*3. Electrical data is for only outdoor unit.
(In case of connecting 2 indoor units of PLFY-P18BM type)
Btu/h=kW × 3,412 CFM=K/min × 35.31 lbs=kg/ 0.4536
*Above specification data is subject to rounding variation.
11
PUMY-P48NHMU/NHMU1/NHMU2(-BS)
Cooling Capacity Btu/h
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
48,000
Heating Capacity Btu/h
Btu/h/W
W/W
54,000
Input (Cool) kW 4.97
Input Current (Cool)
Power factor (Cool)
A
%
%
24.0/21.7
99.5
Input (Heat) kW 4.88
Input Current (Heat)
Power factor (Heat)
A 23.6/21.3
99.5
EER (Cool) 9.66
COP (Heat) 3.24
Connectable indoor units (Max.) 8
Max. Connectable Capacity Btu/h 62,400 (130%)
Power Supply Single phase , 60Hz , 208/230V
Breaker Size
Min.Circuit.Ampacity
Max. fuse size
30A
40A
26A
Sound level (Cool/Heat) dB 50 / 52
External finish Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Refrigerant control Linear Expansion Valve
Compressor Hermetic
ANB33FDCMT(NHMU(1)), ANB33FDHMT(NHMU2) Model
Motor output kW 2.4
Starting method Inverter
Crankcase heater W —
Heat exchanger Plate fin coil (Anti corrosion fin treatment)
Fan Fan(drive) × No. Propeller fan × 2
Fan motor output kW 0.086 + 0.086
Airflow m
3
/min [CFM] 100 [3,530]
Dimensions (HxWxD) W mm [in.] 950 [37-13/32]
D mm [in.] 330+30 [13+1-3/16)
H mm [in.] 1,350 [53-5/32]
Weight kg [lbs] 130 [287]
Refrigerant R410A
Charge kg [lbs] 8.5 [18.7]
Protection High pressure protection HP switch
devices Compressor protection Discharge thermo, Over current detection
Fan motor protection Overheating/Voltage protection
Oil (Model)
2.3 [73] (MEL56/NHMU(1), FV50S/NHMU2)
Total Piping length (Max.) m [ft]
L [oz]
120 [394]
Farthest m [ft] 80 [262]
Max Height difference m [ft] 30 [100]*1
Chargeless length m [ft] 50 [165]
Piping diameter
Liquid 7mm[inch] 9.52 [3/8]
Gas 7mm[inch] 15.88 [5/8]
Guranteed operation range
(cool) -5~ 46T DB [23~115°F DB]*2
(heat) -18~ 15T WB [0~60°F WB]
Item
Service Ref.
Rating conditions
Cooling Indoor : D.B. 26.7°C / W.B. 19.4°C
[D.B. 80°F / W.B. 67°F]
Outdoor : D.B. 35°C[D.B. 95°F]
Heating Indoor : D.B. 21.1°C[D.B. 70°F]
Outdoor : D.B. 8.3°C / W.B. 6.1°C
[D.B. 47°F / W.B. 43°F]
Note.*1. 20m[70ft] :In case of installing outdoor unit lower than indoor unit.
*2. 10~46°C[50~115°F]DB :In case of connecting PKFY-P06/P08 type indoor unit.
*3. Electrical data is for only outdoor unit.
(In case of connecting 2 indoor units of PLFY-P24BM type)
Btu/h=kW × 3,412 CFM=K/min × 35.31 lbs=kg/ 0.4536
*Above specification data is subject to rounding variation.
12
5 DATA
5-1. COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY AND CHARACTERISTICS
5-1-1. Method for obtaining system cooling and heating capacity:
To obtain the system cooling and heating capacity and the electrical characteristics of the outdoor unit, first add up the ratings
of all the indoor units connected to the outdoor unit (see table below), and then use this total to find the standard capacity with
the help of the tables on 5-2.STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM.
(1) Capacity of indoor unit
5-1-2. Method for obtaining the heating and cooling capacity of an indoor unit:
(1) The capacity of each indoor unit (Btu/h) = the capacity
A
(or
B
) o
(2) Sample calculation (using the system described above in 5-1-1. (2) ):
model capacity
total model capacity of all indoor units
During cooling: During heating:
• The total model capacity of the indoor unit is:
8000 o 2 + 18000 o 2=52000Btu/h
Therefore, the capacity of PKFY-P08NAMU-E and
PLFY-P18NLMU-E will be calculated as follows by
using the formula in 5-1-2. (1):
Model 08= 48,900 o = 7,520 Btu/h
Model 18= 48,900 o = 16,930 Btu/h
• The total model capacity of indoor unit is:
9000 o 2 + 20000 o 2=58000 Btu/h
Therefore, the capacity of PKFY-P08NAMU-E and
PLFY-P18NLMU-E will be calculated as follows by
using the formula in 5-1-2. (1):
Model 08=54,500 o = 8,460 Btu/h
Model 18= 54,500 o = 18,790 Btu/h
8000
52000
(2) Sample calculation
1System assembled from indoor and outdoor unit (in this example the total capacity of the indoor units is greater than that of
the outdoor unit)
• Outdoor unit PUMY-P48NHMU
• Indoor unit PKFY-P08NAMU-E o 2 , PLFY-P18NLMU-E o 2
2According to the conditions in 1, the total capacity of the indoor unit will be: 8 o 2 + 18 o 2 = 52
3The following figures are obtained from the 52 total capacity row of the standard capacity table (5-2.):
Model 06 Model Number for indoor unit
Model Capacity
6
Model 08
8
Model12
12
Model 15
15
Model 18
18
Model 24
24
Model 27
27
Model 30
30
Model 36
36
Model 48
48
Model 54
54
Cooling
A
48,900
Heating
20.6
Cooling
21.9
Heating
4.71
Cooling
5.01
Heating
B
54,500
Capacity (Btu/h) Outdoor unit power consumption (kW) Outdoor unit current (A)/230V
18000
52000
9000
58000
20000
58000
13
5-2. STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM
* Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert the value following the formula on 5-1-1.
5-2-1. PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS)
Note) In some combination patterns, numerical value of the heating data may differ slightly (CAPACITY : about several hun-
dred Btu/h)
Total capacity
of Indoor units*
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Capacity(Btu/h) Power Consumption(kW) Current(A)/230V Current(A)/208V
18 18,000 20,200 1.38 1.45 6.1 6.4 6.8 7.1
19 19,000 21,300 1.45 1.52 6.4 6.7 7.1 7.4
20 20,000 22,400 1.52 1.60 6.7 7.0 7.4 7.8
21 21,000 23,500 1.60 1.67 7.1 7.4 7.8 8.1
22 22,000 24,700 1.68 1.75 7.4 7.7 8.2 8.5
23 23,000 25,800 1.76 1.83 7.8 8.0 8.6 8.9
24 24,000 26,900 1.85 1.91 8.2 8.4 9.0 9.3
25 25,000 28,000 1.94 1.98 8.6 8.7 9.5 9.6
26 26,000 29,200 2.04 2.06 9.0 9.1 9.9 10.0
27 27,000 30,300 2.14 2.15 9.4 9.4 10.4 10.4
28 28,000 31,400 2.24 2.23 9.9 9.8 10.9 10.8
29 29,000 32,500 2.35 2.31 10.4 10.2 11.5 11.2
30 30,000 33,700 2.46 2.40 10.9 10.5 12.0 11.7
31 31,000 34,800 2.58 2.48 11.4 10.9 12.6 12.1
32 32,000 35,900 2.70 2.57 11.9 11.3 13.2 12.5
33 33,000 37,000 2.82 2.66 12.5 11.7 13.8 12.9
34 34,000 38,200 2.95 2.75 13.0 12.1 14.4 13.4
35 35,000 39,300 3.08 2.84 13.6 12.5 15.1 13.8
36 36,000 40,000 3.22 2.93 14.2 12.9 15.7 14.2
37 36,200 40,200 3.23 2.92 14.3 12.9 15.8 14.2
38 36,400 40,400 3.25 2.89 14.3 12.7 15.9 14.1
39 36,600 40,700 3.26 2.86 14.4 12.6 15.9 13.9
40 36,900 40,900 3.27 2.84 14.5 12.5 16.0 13.8
41 37,100 41,100 3.28 2.81 14.5 12.3 16.0 13.6
42 37,300 41,300 3.30 2.78 14.6 12.2 16.1 13.5
43 37,500 41,600 3.31 2.75 14.6 12.1 16.2 13.4
44 37,700 41,800 3.32 2.72 14.7 11.9 16.2 13.2
45 37,900 42,000 3.34 2.69 14.7 11.8 16.3 13.1
46 38,100 42,200 3.35 2.66 14.8 11.7 16.4 12.9
14
5-2-2. PUMY-P48NHMU/NHMU1/NHMU2(-BS)
Note) In some combination patterns, numerical value of the heating data may differ slightly (CAPACITY : about several hun-
dred Btu/h)
Total capacity
of Indoor units*
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
24 24,000 26,900 2.11 2.32 9.2 10.2 10.2 11.2
25 25,000 28,000 2.20 2.41 9.6 10.5 10.6 11.6
26 26,000 29,200 2.29 2.50 10.0 10.9 11.1 12.1
27 27,000 30,300 2.38 2.59 10.4 11.3 11.5 12.5
28 28,000 31,400 2.48 2.68 10.8 11.7 12.0 13.0
29 29,000 32,500 2.58 2.78 11.3 12.1 12.4 13.4
30 30,000 33,700 2.68 2.87 11.7 12.6 12.9 13.9
31 31,000 34,800 2.78 2.97 12.2 13.0 13.4 14.4
32 32,000 35,900 2.89 3.07 12.6 13.4 14.0 14.8
33 33,000 37,000 3.00 3.17 13.1 13.9 14.5 15.3
34 34,000 38,200 3.11 3.28 13.6 14.3 15.0 15.8
35 35,000 39,300 3.23 3.38 14.1 14.8 15.6 16.3
36 36,000 40,400 3.35 3.49 14.6 15.2 16.2 16.9
37 37,000 41,500 3.47 3.60 15.2 15.7 16.8 17.4
38 38,000 42,700 3.60 3.71 15.7 16.2 17.4 17.9
39 39,000 43,800 3.72 3.82 16.3 16.7 18.0 18.5
40 40,000 44,900 3.85 3.93 16.8 17.2 18.6 19.0
41 41,000 46,000 3.99 4.05 17.4 17.7 19.3 19.6
42 42,000 47,200 4.12 4.17 18.0 18.2 19.9 20.1
43 43,000 48,300 4.26 4.28 18.6 18.7 20.6 20.7
44 44,000 49,400 4.41 4.41 19.3 19.3 21.3 21.3
45 45,000 50,500 4.55 4.53 19.9 19.8 22.0 21.9
46 46,000 51,700 4.70 4.65 20.5 20.3 22.7 22.5
47 47,000 52,800 4.85 4.78 21.2 20.9 23.4 23.1
48 48,000 54,000 4.97 4.88 21.7 21.3 24.0 23.6
49 48,300 54,200 4.98 4.83 21.8 21.1 24.1 23.3
50 48,500 54,300 4.99 4.79 21.8 20.9 24.1 23.2
51 48,700 54,400 5.00 4.75 21.8 20.8 24.1 23.0
52 48,900 54,500 5.01 4.71 21.9 20.6 24.2 22.8
53 49,100 54,600 5.01 4.67 21.9 20.4 24.2 22.6
54 49,300 54,800 5.02 4.63 21.9 20.2 24.3 22.4
55 49,600 54,900 5.03 4.59 22.0 20.1 24.3 22.2
56 49,800 55,000 5.04 4.55 22.0 19.9 24.3 22.0
57 50,000 55,100 5.04 4.51 22.0 19.7 24.4 21.8
58 50,200 55,200 5.05 4.47 22.1 19.5 24.4 21.6
59 50,400 55,300 5.06 4.43 22.1 19.4 24.4 21.4
60 50,600 55,500 5.07 4.39 22.1 19.2 24.5 21.2
61 50,800 55,600 5.07 4.35 22.2 19.0 24.5 21.0
62 51,100 55,700 5.08 4.31 22.2 18.8 24.6 20.8
Capacity(Btu/h) Power Consumption(kW) Current(A)/230V Current(A)/208V
15
5-3. CORRECTING COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY
5-3-1. Correcting Changes in Air Conditions
(1)The performance curve charts (Figure 1, 2) show the ratio by the temperature condition change when the rated capacity (total
capacity) and the rated input are presumed 1, under standard length (7.6m [25ft]) and standerd temperature condition.
• Standard conditions:
• Use the rated input and rated power values given in the characteristics table for each indoor unit.
• The input is the single value of the outdoor unit; the input of each indoor unit must be added to obtain the total input.
(2)The capacity of each indoor unit may be obtained by multiplying the total capacity obtained in (1) by the ratio between the
individual capacity at the rated time and the total capacity at the rated time.
individual capacity at the rated time
Individual capacity under stated conditions = total capacity under the stated conditions o
total capacity at the rated time
Rated cooling capacity
Rated heating capacity
Indoor D.B. 26.7°C / W.B. 19.4°C [D.B.80°F / W.B.67°F]
Outdoor D.B. 35°C [D.B.95°F]
Indoor D.B. 21.1°C [D.B.70°F]
Outdoor D.B. 8.3°C / W.B. 6.1°C [D.B.47°F / W.B.43°F]
(3)Capacity correction factor curve
Figure 1. Cooling performance curve
0.4
-5 0 10 20 30 40 46
23 32 50 68 86 104 115
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
22 (71.6)
20 (68)
18 (64.4)
16 (60.8)
22 (71.6)
20 (68)
18 (64.4)
16 (60.8)
°C DB
°F DB
0.6
0.4
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
-12
10
-18
0
-10
14
-5
23
0
32
5
41
10
50
15
59
°C WB
°F WB
21.1 (70)
25 (77)
15 (59)
21.1 (70)
25 (77)
15 (59)
Cooling capacity (ratio)
Cooling power consumption
(ratio)
Heating power consumption
(ratio)
Heating capacity (ratio)
INDOOR
INDOOR
INDOOR
INDOOR
Outdoor Outdoor
Figure 2. Heating performance curve
:WB(°FWB)
:WB(°FWB)
:DB(°FDB)
:DB(°FDB)
16
5-3-2. Correcting Capacity for Changes in the Length of Refrigerant Piping
• During cooling, to obtain the ratio (and the equivalent piping length) of the outdoor units rated capacity and the total
in-use indoor capacity, first find the capacity ratio corresponding to the standard piping length from Figure 3
at first, and then multiply by the cooling capacity from Figure 1 to obtain the actual capacity.
• During heating, to find the equivalent piping length, first find the capacity ratio corresponding to standard piping length
from Figure 3, and then multiply by the heating capacity from Figure 2 to obtain the actual capacity.
(2) Method for Obtaining the Equivalent Piping Length
Equivalent length for type P48 = (length of piping to farthest indoor unit) + (0.3 o number of bends in the piping) (m)
Length of piping to farthest indoor unit: 80m [262ft]
5-3-3. Correction of Heating Capacity for Frost and Defrosting
If heating capacity has been reduced due to frost formation or defrosting, multiply the capacity by the appropriate correction
factor from the following table to obtain the actual heating capacity.
Correction factor diagram
43
6
1.0
14
-10
0.95
18
-8
0.95
21
-6
0.95
25
-4
0.9
28
-2
0.89
32
0
0.88
36
2
0.89
39
4
0.98
Outdoor Intake temperature (W.B.°F)
Outdoor Intake temperature (W.B.°C)
Correction factor
(1) Capacity CORRECTION CURVE (Figure 3)
Cooling
Heating
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80[m]
Cooling P36 model
Heating P36, 48 models
Cooling P48 model
C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

r
a
t
i
o

[
%
]
Corrected pipe length
[16] [33] [50] [70] [80] [100] [115] [130] [150] [165] [180] [195] [215] [230] [245] [260][ft]
17
1.5m
[4.9ft]
1m [3.3ft]
MICROPHONE
UNIT
GROUND
5-4. NOISE CRITERION CURVES
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NOISE
O
C
T
A
V
E

B
A
N
D

S
O
U
N
D

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

L
E
V
E
L
,

d
B

(
0

d
B

=

0
.
0
0
0
2

μ
b
a
r
)
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz
NC-60
NC-50
NC-40
NC-30
NC-20
NC-70
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NOISE
O
C
T
A
V
E

B
A
N
D

S
O
U
N
D

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

L
E
V
E
L
,

d
B

(
0

d
B

=

0
.
0
0
0
2

μ
b
a
r
)
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz
NC-60
NC-50
NC-40
NC-30
NC-20
NC-70
PUMY-P48NHMU(-BS)
PUMY-P48NHMU1(-BS)
PUMY-P48NHMU2(-BS)
COOLING
MODE
HEATING
50
SPL(dB)
52
LINE PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS)
COOLING
MODE
HEATING
49
SPL(dB)
51
LINE
18
6
OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS
PUMY-P48NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU1
PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
Unit : mm <inch>
M
in
.5
0
0
m
m
<
1
9
-
1
1
/1
6
>
M i n . 5 0 0 m m
< 1 9 - 1 1 / 1 6 >
M i n . 1 5 0 m m
< 5 - 2 9 / 3 2 >
M
in
.1
0
m
m
<
3
/8
>
H
a
n
d
l
e
S
i
d
e

A
i
r

I
n
t
a
k
e
F
r
o
n
t

p
i
p
i
n
g

c
o
v
e
r
R
e
a
r

p
i
p
i
n
g

c
o
v
e
r
A
i
r

i
n
t
a
k
e
R
e
a
r

A
i
r

I
n
t
a
k
e
H
a
n
d
l
e
S
e
r
v
i
c
e

p
a
n
e
l
H
a
n
d
l
e
3 1 < 1 - 7 / 3 2 >
7
4
<
2
-
1
9
/
3
2
>
4
0
<
1
-
9
/
1
6
>
M a x .
3 0 m m < 1 - 3 / 1 6 >
T
h
e

d
i
a
g
r
a
m

b
e
l
o
w

s
h
o
w
s

a
b
a
s
i
c

e
x
a
m
p
l
e
.
E
x
p
l
a
n
t
i
o
n

o
f

p
a
r
t
i
c
u
l
a
r

d
e
t
a
i
l
s

i
s
g
i
v
e
n

i
n

t
h
e

i
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n

m
a
n
u
a
l
s

e
t
c
.
D
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
s

o
f

s
p
a
c
e

n
e
e
d
e
d
f
o
r

s
e
r
v
i
c
e

a
c
c
e
s
s

a
r
e
s
h
o
w
n

i
n

t
h
e

b
e
l
o
w

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
.
<
F
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

b
o
l
t

h
e
i
g
h
t
>
P
l
e
a
s
e

s
e
c
u
r
e

t
h
e

u
n
i
t

f
i
r
m
l
y
w
i
t
h

4

f
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

(
M
1
0
<
W
3
/
8
>
)

b
o
l
t
s
.
(
B
o
l
t
s

a
n
d

w
a
s
h
e
r
s

m
u
s
t
b
e

p
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
d

l
o
c
a
l
l
y
.
)
A
i
r

D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
R
e
a
r

A
i
r

I
n
t
a
k
e
S
i
d
e

A
i
r

I
n
t
a
k
e
J


R
e
f
r
i
g
e
r
a
n
t

G
A
S

p
i
p
e

c
o
n
n
c
t
i
o
n

(
F
L
A
R
E
)
7
1
5
.
8
8

(
5
/
8

i
n
c
h
)
´


R
e
f
r
i
g
e
r
a
n
t

L
I
Q
U
I
D

p
i
p
e

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

(
F
L
A
R
E
)
7

9
.
5
2

(
3
/
8

i
n
c
h
)
×
1

.
.
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

S
T
O
P

V
A
L
V
E

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

l
o
c
a
t
i
o
n
.
E
x
a
m
p
l
e

o
f

N
o
t
e
s
P
i
p
i
n
g

K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t

H
o
l
e

D
e
t
a
i
l
s
1

F
R
E
E

S
P
A
C
E

(
A
r
o
u
n
d

t
h
e

u
n
i
t
)
2

S
E
R
V
I
C
E

S
P
A
C
E
3

F
O
U
N
D
A
T
I
O
N

B
O
L
T
S
4

P
I
P
I
N
G
-
W
I
R
I
N
G

D
I
R
E
C
T
I
O
N
S
P
i
p
i
n
g

a
n
d

w
i
r
i
n
g

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
c
a
n

b
e

m
a
d
e

f
r
o
m

4

d
i
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
:
f
r
o
n
t
,

r
i
g
h
t
,

r
e
a
r

a
n
d

b
e
l
o
w
.
1
/
2

C
o
n
d
u
it

a
t
t
a
c
h
m
e
n
t
2
-
¢
2
2
<
7
/
8
>
W
h
e
n

i
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
g

t
h
e

c
o
n
d
u
i
t
.
S
e
t

t
h
e

a
t
t
a
c
h
m
e
n
t

t
o

t
h
e

i
n
n
e
r

s
i
d
e

o
f

e
a
c
h

p
a
n
e
l
.
m
m
<
in
c
h
>
F
O
U
N
D
A
T
I
O
N
S
e
r
v
ic
e
s
p
a
c
e
M
in
.
1
0
0
0
m
m
<
3
9
-
3
/
8
>
M
in
.
1
0
m
m
<
3
/
8
>
M
in
.
1
0
m
m
<
3
/
8
>
F
R
E
E
M
in
.
1
5
0
m
m
<
5
-
2
9
/
3
2
>
R
ig
h
t

t
r
u
n
k
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
4
5
<
1
-
2
5
/
3
2
>
4
0
<
1
-
9
/
1
6
>
6
5
<
2
-
9
/
1
6
>
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
2 7 < 1 - 1 / 1 6 > 5 5 < 2 - 3 / 1 6 >
2 3 < 2 9 / 3 2 >
7 3 < 2 - 7 / 8 >
6 3 < 2 - 1 / 2 >
R
e
a
r

p
ip
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
R
e
a
r

t
r
u
n
k
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
C
o
n
d
u
it

h
o
le
(
2
-
¢
2
7
<
1
-
1
/
1
6
>
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
¢
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
¢
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
1
9
<
3
/
4
>
5
5
<
2
-
3
/
1
6
>
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
4
0
<
1
-
9
/
1
6
>
7 3 < 2 - 7 / 8 > 6 3 < 2 - 1 / 2 >
2 3 < 2 9 / 3 2 > 2 7 < 1 - 1 / 1 6 >
9 2 < 3 - 5 / 8 >
C
o
n
d
u
it

h
o
le
(
2
-
¢
2
7
<
1
-
1
/
1
6
>
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)



7
5
<
2
-
3
1
/
3
2
>
R
ig
h
t

p
ip
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
4
5
<
1
-
2
5
/
3
2
>
4
0
<
1
-
9
/
1
6
>
5 5 < 2 - 3 / 1 6 >
7 3 < 2 - 7 / 8 >
2 7 < 1 - 1 / 1 6 >
2 3 < 2 9 / 3 2 >
6
5
<
2
-
9
/
1
6
>
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
C
o
n
d
u
it

h
o
le
(
2
-
¢
2
7
<
1
-
1
/
1
6
>
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
F
r
o
n
t

t
r
u
n
k
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
F
r
o
n
t

p
ip
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
6 3
< 2 - 1 / 2 >
¢
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
3
0
<
1
-
3
/
1
6
>
8 1 < 3 - 3 / 1 6 > 2 1 9 < 8 - 5 / 8 >
7 1 < 2 - 1 3 / 1 6 >
7
1
<
2
-
1
3
/
1
6
>
B
o
t
t
o
m

p
i
p
i
n
g

h
o
l
e
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
D
r
a
in

h
o
le
5
-
¢
3
3
<
1
-
5
/
1
6
>



2
2
0
<
8
-
2
1
/
3
2
>



1
4
5
<
5
-
2
3
/
3
2
>



1
4
5
<
5
-
2
3
/
3
2
>



1
4
5
<
5
-
2
3
/
3
2
>
H
a
n
d
l
e
6
0
0
<
2
3
-
5
/
8
>
2 8 < 1 - 3 / 3 2 > 3 7 0 < 1 4 - 9 / 1 6 >
7
0
<
2
-
3
/
4
>
5
6
<
2
-
7
/
3
2
>
4
2
<
1
-
2
1
/
3
2
>
5 6 < 2 - 7 / 3 2 >
3 7 < 1 - 1 5 / 3 2 >
1 9 < 3 / 4 >
5 3 < 2 - 3 / 3 2 >
4 1 7 < 1 6 - 1 3 / 3 2 >
3 3 0 < 1 3 >


1
7
5
<
6
-
7
/
8
>


1
7
5
<
6
-
7
/
8
>
2
-
1
2
×
3
6

O
v
a
l

h
o
l
e
(
F
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

B
o
l
t

M
1
0
<
W
3
/
8
>
)
2
-
U

S
h
a
p
e
d

n
o
t
c
h
e
d

h
o
l
e
(
F
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

B
o
l
t

M
1
0
<
W
3
/
8
>
)
3 0 < 1 - 3 / 1 6 >
1 0 8 8 < 4 2 - 2 7 / 3 2 >
3
2
2
<
1
2
-
1
1
/
1
6
>
6 3 5 < 2 5 > 3 7 1 < 1 4 - 1 9 / 3 2 >
9
5
0
<
3
7
-
1
3
/
3
2
>
2 3 < 2 9 / 3 2 >
1 3 5 0 < 5 3 - 5 / 3 2 >
× 1 4 2 3 < 1 6 - 2 1 / 3 2 >
× 1 5 0 7 < 1 9 - 3 1 / 3 2 >
H
a
n
d
l
e
1 2
(














)
L
e
f
t




F
o
r

t
h
e

p
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
C
e
n
t
e
r



F
o
r

t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n

l
i
n
e
R
i
g
h
t



F
o
r

c
o
n
c
e
n
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
T
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

b
l
o
c
k
G
r
o
u
n
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
m
is
s
io
n

lin
e
G
r
o
u
n
d

f
o
r

c
o
n
c
e
n
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
r
o
u
n
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

p
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
(
"
G
R
"
m
a
r
k
i
n
g

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
)
19
PUMY-P36NHMU
PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
Unit : mm <inch>
M
in
.5
0
0
m
m
<
1
9
-
1
1
/1
6
>
M i n . 5 0 0 m m
< 1 9 - 1 1 / 1 6 >
M i n . 1 5 0 m m
< 5 - 2 9 / 3 2 >
M
in
.1
0
m
m
<
3
/8
>
H
a
n
d
l
e
S
i
d
e

A
i
r

I
n
t
a
k
e
F
r
o
n
t

p
i
p
i
n
g

c
o
v
e
r
R
e
a
r

p
i
p
i
n
g

c
o
v
e
r
A
i
r

i
n
t
a
k
e
R
e
a
r

A
i
r

I
n
t
a
k
e
H
a
n
d
l
e
S
e
r
v
i
c
e

p
a
n
e
l
H
a
n
d
l
e
3 1 < 1 - 7 / 3 2 >
7
4
<
2
-
1
9
/
3
2
>
4
0
<
1
-
9
/
1
6
>
M a x .
3 0 m m < 1 - 3 / 1 6 >
T
h
e

d
i
a
g
r
a
m

b
e
l
o
w

s
h
o
w
s

a
b
a
s
i
c

e
x
a
m
p
l
e
.
E
x
p
l
a
n
t
i
o
n

o
f

p
a
r
t
i
c
u
l
a
r

d
e
t
a
i
l
s

i
s
g
i
v
e
n

i
n

t
h
e

i
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n

m
a
n
u
a
l
s

e
t
c
.
D
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
s

o
f

s
p
a
c
e

n
e
e
d
e
d
f
o
r

s
e
r
v
i
c
e

a
c
c
e
s
s

a
r
e
s
h
o
w
n

i
n

t
h
e

b
e
l
o
w

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
.
<
F
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

b
o
l
t

h
e
i
g
h
t
>
P
l
e
a
s
e

s
e
c
u
r
e

t
h
e

u
n
i
t

f
i
r
m
l
y
w
i
t
h

4

f
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

(
M
1
0
<
W
3
/
8
>
)

b
o
l
t
s
.
(
B
o
l
t
s

a
n
d

w
a
s
h
e
r
s

m
u
s
t
b
e

p
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
d

l
o
c
a
l
l
y
.
)
A
i
r

D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
R
e
a
r

A
i
r

I
n
t
a
k
e
S
i
d
e

A
i
r

I
n
t
a
k
e
J


R
e
f
r
i
g
e
r
a
n
t

G
A
S

p
i
p
e

c
o
n
n
c
t
i
o
n

(
F
L
A
R
E
)
7
1
5
.
8
8

(
5
/
8

i
n
c
h
)
´


R
e
f
r
i
g
e
r
a
n
t

L
I
Q
U
I
D

p
i
p
e

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

(
F
L
A
R
E
)
7
9
.
5
2

(
3
/
8

i
n
c
h
)
×
1

.
.
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

S
T
O
P

V
A
L
V
E

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

l
o
c
a
t
i
o
n
.
E
x
a
m
p
l
e

o
f

N
o
t
e
s
P
i
p
i
n
g

K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t

H
o
l
e

D
e
t
a
i
l
s
1

F
R
E
E

S
P
A
C
E

(
A
r
o
u
n
d

t
h
e

u
n
i
t
)
2

S
E
R
V
I
C
E

S
P
A
C
E
3

F
O
U
N
D
A
T
I
O
N

B
O
L
T
S
4

P
I
P
I
N
G
-
W
I
R
I
N
G

D
I
R
E
C
T
I
O
N
S
P
i
p
i
n
g

a
n
d

w
i
r
i
n
g

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
c
a
n

b
e

m
a
d
e

f
r
o
m

4

d
i
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
:
f
r
o
n
t
,
r
i
g
h
t
,
r
e
a
r

a
n
d

b
e
l
o
w
.
1
/
2

C
o
n
d
u
it

a
t
t
a
c
h
m
e
n
t
2
-
¢
2
2
<
7
/
8
>
W
h
e
n

i
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
g

t
h
e

c
o
n
d
u
i
t
.
S
e
t

t
h
e

a
t
t
a
c
h
m
e
n
t

t
o

t
h
e

i
n
n
e
r

s
i
d
e

o
f

e
a
c
h

p
a
n
e
l
.
m
m
<
in
c
h
>
F
O
U
N
D
A
T
I
O
N
S
e
r
v
ic
e
s
p
a
c
e
M
in
.
1
0
0
0
m
m
<
3
9
-
3
/
8
>
M
in
.
1
0
m
m
<
3
/
8
>
M
in
.
1
0
m
m
<
3
/
8
>
F
R
E
E
M
in
.
1
5
0
m
m
<
5
-
2
9
/
3
2
>
2
-
U

S
h
a
p
e
d

n
o
t
c
h
e
d

h
o
l
e
(
F
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

B
o
l
t

M
1
0
<
W
3
/
8
>
)
C
o
n
d
u
it

h
o
le
(
2
-
¢
2
7
<
1
-
1
/
1
6
>
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
4
5
<
1
-
2
5
/
3
2
>
R
ig
h
t

t
r
u
n
k
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
4
5
<
1
-
2
5
/
3
2
>
4
0
<
1
-
9
/
1
6
>
6
5
<
2
-
9
/
1
6
>
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
2 7 < 1 - 1 / 1 6 > 5 5 < 2 - 3 / 1 6 >
2 3 < 2 9 / 3 2 > 7 3 < 2 - 7 / 8 >
6 3 < 2 - 1 / 2 >
R
e
a
r

p
ip
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
R
e
a
r

t
r
u
n
k
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
C
o
n
d
u
it

h
o
le
(
2
-
¢
2
7
<
1
-
1
/
1
6
>
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
¢
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
¢
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
1
9
<
3
/
4
>
5
5
<
2
-
3
/
1
6
>
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
4
0
<
1
-
9
/
1
6
>
7 3 < 2 - 7 / 8 > 6 3 < 2 - 1 / 2 >
2 3 < 2 9 / 3 2 > 2 7 < 1 - 1 / 1 6 >
9 2 < 3 - 5 / 8 >
C
o
n
d
u
it

h
o
le
(
2
-
¢
2
7
<
1
-
1
/
1
6
>
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)



7
5
<
2
-
3
1
/
3
2
>
R
ig
h
t

p
ip
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
4
0
<
1
-
9
/
1
6
>
5 5 < 2 - 3 / 1 6 >
7 3 < 2 - 7 / 8 >
2 7 < 1 - 1 / 1 6 >
2 3 < 2 9 / 3 2 >
6
5
<
2
-
9
/
1
6
>
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
F
r
o
n
t

t
r
u
n
k
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
F
r
o
n
t

p
ip
in
g

h
o
le
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
6 3
< 2 - 1 / 2 >
¢
9
2
<
3
-
5
/
8
>
3
0
<
1
-
3
/
1
6
>
8 1 < 3 - 3 / 1 6 > 2 1 9 < 8 - 5 / 8 >
7 1 < 2 - 1 3 / 1 6 >
7
1
<
2
-
1
3
/
1
6
>
B
o
t
t
o
m

p
i
p
i
n
g

h
o
l
e
(
K
n
o
c
k
o
u
t
)
D
r
a
in

h
o
le
5
-
¢
3
3
<
1
-
5
/
1
6
>



2
2
0
<
8
-
2
1
/
3
2
>



1
4
5
<
5
-
2
3
/
3
2
>



1
4
5
<
5
-
2
3
/
3
2
>



1
4
5
<
5
-
2
3
/
3
2
>
H
a
n
d
l
e
6
0
0
<
2
3
-
5
/
8
>
2 8 < 1 - 3 / 3 2 > 3 7 0 < 1 4 - 9 / 1 6 >
7
0
<
2
-
3
/
4
>
5
6
<
2
-
7
/
3
2
>
4
2
<
1
-
2
1
/
3
2
>
5 6 < 2 - 7 / 3 2 >
3 7 < 1 - 1 5 / 3 2 >
1 9 < 3 / 4 >
5 3 < 2 - 3 / 3 2 >
4 1 7 < 1 6 - 1 3 / 3 2 >
3 3 0 < 1 3 >


1
7
5
<
6
-
7
/
8
>


1
7
5
<
6
-
7
/
8
>
2
-
1
2
×
3
6

O
v
a
l

h
o
l
e
(
F
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

B
o
l
t

M
1
0
<
W
3
/
8
>
)
3 0 < 1 - 3 / 1 6 >
1 0 8 8 < 4 2 - 2 7 / 3 2 >
3
2
2
<
1
2
-
1
1
/
1
6
>
6 3 5 < 2 5 > 3 7 1 < 1 4 - 1 9 / 3 2 >
9
5
0
<
3
7
-
1
3
/
3
2
>
2 3 < 2 9 / 3 2 >
1 3 5 0 < 5 3 - 5 / 3 2 >
× 1 4 2 3 < 1 6 - 2 1 / 3 2 >
× 1 5 0 7 < 1 9 - 3 1 / 3 2 >
H
a
n
d
l
e
1 2
(














)
L
e
f
t




F
o
r

t
h
e

p
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
C
e
n
t
e
r



F
o
r

t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n

l
i
n
e
R
i
g
h
t



F
o
r

c
o
n
c
e
n
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
T
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

b
l
o
c
k
G
r
o
u
n
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
m
is
s
io
n

lin
e
G
r
o
u
n
d

f
o
r

c
o
n
c
e
n
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
r
o
u
n
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

p
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
(
"
G
R
"
m
a
r
k
i
n
g

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
)
20
7
WIRING DIAGRAM
PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[Example]
When the compressor and
SV1 are turned during cooling
operation.
SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME
TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply>
TB3 Terminal Block <Transmission>
TB7 Terminal Block <Contralized Control>
MC Motor for Compressor
MF1,MF2 Fan Motor
21S4 Solenoid Valve<Four way valve>
SV1 Solenoid Valve<Bypass valve>
TH3 Thermistor<Outdoor Pipe Temperature>
TH4 Thermistor<Discharge Temperature>
TH6 Thermistor<Low Pressure Saturated Temperature>
TH7 Thermistor<Outdoor Temperature>
TH8 Thermistor<Heatsink>
63HS High Pressure Sensor<Discharge Pressure>
63H High Pressure Switch
63L Low Pressure Switch
CB Main Smoothing Capacitor
ACTM
DCL
Active filter Module
RS Rush Current Protect Resistor
P.B. Power Circuit Board
Connection Terminal<U/V/W-Phase> U/V/W
MULTI.B. Multi Controller Board
Fuse<6.3A> F1,F2
Fuse<3A> F500
Switch<Display Selection> SW1
Switch<Function Selection> SW2
Switch<Test Run> SW3
Switch<Model Selection> SW4
Switch<Function Selection> SW5
Switch<Function Selection> SW6
Switch<Function Selection> SW7
Switch<Function Selection> SW8
Switch<Unit Address Selection, 1s digit> SWU1
Switch<Unit Address Selection, 10ths digit> SWU2
Transfomer TRANS
Digital Indicator<Operation Inspection Display> LED1,2
LED<Power Supply to Main Microcomputer> LED3
Connector<Multi System> CNS1
Connector<Centralized Cotrol> CNS2
Connector<To Noise Filter Circuit Board> CNAC
Connector<Power circuit board> CNDC
Connector<To Power Circuit Board> CN2
Connector<To Power Circuit Board> CN4
Connector<Centralized Cotrol Power Supply> CN40
Connector<For storing Jumper Connector> CN41
Connector<Thermistor> TH3
Connector<Thermistor> TH4
Connector<Thermistor> TH7/6
Connector<High Pressure Sensor> 63HS
Connector<High Pressure Switch> 63H
Connector<Low Pressure Switch> 63L
Connector<Fan Motor> CNF1,CNF2
Connector<Four-way Valve> 21S4
Connector<Bypass Valve> SV1
Connector<For Option> SS
Connector<For Option> CN3D
Connector<For Option> CN3S
Connector<For Option> CN3N
Connector<For Option> CN51
Relay X501~505
M-P.B.
Connector<To Noise Filter Circuit Board>
Transmission Power Board
CN1
Connector<To Multi Controller Board> CN2
Terminal<L/N-Phase> TAB-S/T
Terminal<DCVoltage> TAB-P/P1/P2
Terminal<DCVoltage> TAB-N/N1/N2
Connector CN2~5
N.F. Noise Filter Circuit Board
Connection Lead<L-Phase> LI/LO
Connection Lead<N-Phase> NI/NO
Connection Terminal<Ground> EI
Connector CNAC1/2
Connector CN5
Connector CNDC
Connector CNAF
Inverter IPM
Light Emitting Diodes <Inverter Control Status> LED1
Reactor
Bit
Indication
1
Compressor
operated
2
52C
3
21S4
4
SV1
5
(SV2)
6

7

8
Always lit
During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.
When fault requiring inspection has occurred
The LED alternately indicates the inspection code and the location of the unit in which
the fault has occurred.
Use copper supply wires.
NOTES:
1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.
Self-diagnosis function
The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch
(SW1) and LED1, LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.
Cautions when Servicing
Caution for electrical work
! WARNING: When the main supply is turned off, the voltage [340 V] in the main capacitor will drop to 20 V in approx. 2
minutes (input voltage: 240 V). When servicing, make sure that LED1, LED2 on the outdoor circuit board goes out, and then
wait for at least 1 minute.
Components other than the outdoor board may be faulty: Check and take corrective action, referring to the service manual.
Do not replace the outdoor board without checking.
21
R
E
D
W
H
T
B
L
K
MODELS
PUMY-P48NHMU
SW4
<×1 MODEL SELECT>
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
MF1
4 5 6 7
CN2
(WHT)
CN4
(WHT)
CN51
(WHT)
1
MF2
4 5 6 7
52C
(BLK)
3
X
5
0
5
1
21S4
(GRN)
3 1
SV2
(BLU)
3 1
SV1
(WHT)
SS
(WHT)
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1
21S4 SV1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
2 1
LED3
SW6
SW2 SW8 SW1
SW7 SW3 SW4
×1
SW5 SWU2 SWU1
TRANS
LED2
88
LED1
88
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4
CN3D
(WHT)
1 2 3
1 2 3
CN3S
(RED)
1 2 3
CN3N
(BLU)
1 2 3
3
1
3
1
CNAC
(RED)
CNS1
(RED)
CNS2
(YLW)
1
2
3
1
3
3
1
3
1
2
1
4
5
6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CNDC
(PIN)
CNAF
(WHT)
CN2
(WHT)
CN3
(WHT)
CN4
(WHT)
CN5
(RED)
CNAC2
(RED)
E I
CN5
(RED)
CNAC1
(WHT)
LO
NO
NI LI
TABN1
TABN2
TABP2
TH8
CB
TABN
TABP
TABP1
TABT
DCL
RS
52C
ACTM
TABS
3 1
TH7TH6 TH3 TH4 63HS 63H 63L
F1
F500
F2
X
5
0
4
X
5
0
3
X
5
0
2
X
5
0
1
CN102
(WHT)
CN41
(WHT)
CN40
(WHT)
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
M-P.B.
P. B.
N. F.
3 1
CN2
(WHT)
TP1
CN1
(WHT)
1 2 3 4
M1
M2
S
TB3
TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V(Non-polar)
FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V(Non-polar)
M1
M2
S
TB7
POWER SUPPLY
~/N
AC208V/230V
60Hz
MC
- +
-
-
~
~ +
+
MULTI. B.
CNF1
(WHT) TH7/6
(RED)
TH3
(WHT)
TH4
(WHT)
63HS
(WHT)
63H
(YLW)
63L
(RED)
CNDC
(PNK)
CNF2
(WHT)
(BRN)
(BRN)
(ORN)
(ORN)
L1
L2
GR
+
- ~
~ +
+
NO FUSE
BREAKER
P
N1
L
2
L
1
N2
I
U V W
(Note : Only PUMY-P48NHMU1 and PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS)
DIP SW4-4 for primary heating control : Set DIP SW4-4 when power is turned off at unit.
DIP SW4-4 OFF : Disable primary heating function (Initial setting)
DIP SW4-4 ON : Enable primary heating function
22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[Example]
When the compressor and
SV1 are turned during cooling
operation.
SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME
TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply>
TB3 Terminal Block <Comunication Line>
TB7 Terminal Block <Centralized Control Line>
MC Motor For Compressor
MF1,MF2 Fan Motor
21S4 Solenoid Valve<Four-Way Valve>
SV1 Solenoid Valve<Bypass valve>
TH3 Thermistor<Outdoor Pipe>
TH4 Thermistor<Discharge>
TH6 Thermistor<Low Pressure Saturated>
TH7
TH8
Thermistor<Outdoor>
Thermistor<Heatsink>
63HS High Pressure Sensor
63H High Pressure Switch
63L Low Pressure Switch
CE Main Smoothing Capacitor
ACTM
DCL
Active Filter Module
P.B. Power Circuit Board
Power Module
Connection Terminal<U/V/W-Phase> TABU/V/W
C.B.
Fuse<T6,3AL250V> F1,F2
Switch<Display Selection> SW1
Switch<Function Selection> SW2
Switch<Test Run> SW3
Switch<Model Selection> SW4
Switch<Function Selection> SW5
Switch<Function Selection> SW6
Switch<Function Selection> SW7
Switch<Function Selection> SW8
Switch<Unit Address Selection, 1s digit> SWU1
Switch<Unit Address Selection, 10ths digit> SWU2
LED<Operation Inspection Display> LED1,LED2
LED<Power Supply to Main Microcomputer> LED3
Controller Circuit Board
Connector<Connection For Option> SS
Connector<Connection For Option> CN3D
Connector<Connection For Option> CN3S
Connector<Connection For Option> CN3N
Connector<To N.F. Board CN52C>
(Symbol of Board is CNLVB)
CNLVB
Connector<Connection For Option> CN51
Relay X501~505
M-NET P.B.
ConnectionTerminal<Ground>
M-NET Power Circuit Board
TP1
Connection Terminal<L/N-Phase> TABS/T
Connection Terminal<DC Voltage> TABP1/P2/P
Connection Terminal<DC Voltage>
Diode Bridge
TABN1/N2/N
N.F. Noise Filter Circuit Board
Connection Terminal<L-Phase> LI/LO
Connection Terminal<N-Phase> NI/NO
Connection Terminal<Ground> EI,E2
52C Relay 52C
IPM
DS2,DS3
Reactor
Bit
Indication
1
Compressor
operated
2
52C
3
21S4
4
SV1
5
(SV2)
6
-
7
-
8
Always lit
• During normal operation
• The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.
• When fault requiring inspection has occurred
The LED alternately indicates the inspection code and the location of the unit in which
the fault has occurred.
Use copper supply wires.
NOTES:
1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.
Self-diagnosis function
The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch
(SW1) and LED1, LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.
Cautions when Servicing
Caution for electrical work
! • WARNING: When the main supply is turned off, the voltage [340 V] in the main capacitor will drop to 20 V in approx. 2
minutes (input voltage: 240 V). When servicing, make sure that LED1, LED2 on the outdoor circuit board goes out, and then
wait for at least 1 minute.
• Components other than the outdoor board may be faulty: Check and take corrective action, referring to the service manual.
Do not replace the outdoor board without checking.
PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
23
CNDC
(PIN)
CNAF
(WHT)
CN2
(WHT)
CN3
(WHT)
CN4
(WHT)
CN5
(RED)
C
N
A
C
2
(
R
E
D
)
E I
E2
C
N
5
(
R
E
D
)
C
N
5
2
C
(
B
L
K
)
C
N
A
C
1
(
W
H
T
)
L
O
N
O
L

I
N

I
T
A
B
P
2
T
A
B
U
T
A
B
W
T
A
B
N
2
T
A
B
N
1
T
A
B
V
TH8
IPM
CE
TABN
TABP
TABP1
TABT
DS3
DS2
TABS
R
E
D
BLU
B
L
U
B
L
U
WHT
W
H
T
5
2
C
RED
R
E
D
BLK
BLK
BLK
WHT
RED RED
RED
RED
RED
WHT
YLW
YLW
P. B.
N. F.
+
+
-
+
B
L
K
B
L
K
W
H
T
W
H
T
W
V
U
R
E
D
MC
MS
3~
DCL
N1
L1 L2
N2
Io
M1
M2
S
TB3
TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V(Non-polar)
FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V(Non-polar)
M1
M2
S
TB7
2
2
2
GRN
BLU
RED
POWER SUPPLY
~/N 208/230V 60Hz
TB1
L1
L2
GR
CN51
(WHT)
SW6
SW2 SW8 SW1
SW7 SW3 SW4
×1
SW5 SWU2 SWU1
TRANS
LED1 CN2
(WHT)
CN4
(WHT)
LED3
CN3D
(WHT)
CN3S
(RED)
CN3N
(BLU)
CN2
(WHT)
CN1
(WHT)
TP1
BLK
CNDC
(PNK)
t
t
t t t
MF1
MS
3~
1 4 1
1
1
7 3
1 3 1 3 1 3
1
1
3
3
1 3
3
2
2 1 1 2
1 2
2
1 2 1 2
2 2
1 2 1 2
TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
63HS
63H 63L
CNF1
(WHT)
MF2
MS
3~
1
7
1 7
7
1 5
CNF2
(WHT)
TH7/6
(RED) 1 6
CNLVB
(RED)
1 6
4
TH3
(WHT)
TH4
(WHT)
63HS
(WHT)
63H
(YLW)
63L
(RED)
C. B.
LED2
M-NET P.B.
52C
(BLK)
1 3 1 3 1 3
1
3
X
5
0
5
21S4
(GRN)
SV1
(WHT)
SV2
(BLU)
SS
(WHT)
21S4 SV1
CNAC
(RED)
CNS1
(RED)
CNS2
(YLW)
F1
F2
X
5
0
4
X
5
0
3
X
5
0
2
X
5
0
1
CN102
(WHT)
4 1
CN40
(WHT)
4 1
4
4
1
5 1
CN41
(WHT)
4 1
4
2
2
2
2 2
2
4
1
2
1
1
6
1
7
7
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
2
-
-
+
+
U
U
2
1
3
U
P
ACTM
-
+
1
3
×1 MODEL SELECT 1:ON 0:OFF
MODELS
PUMY-P36NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU
1 2 3 4 5 6
0 1 1 0 1 0
0 1 1 0 0 1
SW4
24
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
5
1
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
5
6
0
0
1
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
0
2
1
0
2
1
0
4
1
5
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
0
9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
0
8
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
0
3
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
0
7
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
0
6
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
0
4
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
1
2 34
5
6
7 8 9
0
0
5
J

A

t
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n

w
i
r
e

m
u
s
t

b
e

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d

t
o

e
a
c
h

r
e
f
r
i
g
e
r
a
n
t

s
y
s
t
e
m

(
o
u
t
d
o
o
r

a
n
d

i
n
d
o
o
r
)
.
´

S
e
t

a
d
d
r
e
s
s
e
s
:

O
u
t
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
5
1
-
1
0
0

I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
0
1
-
0
5
0

R
e
m
o
t
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

.
.
.
.
.
1
0
1
-
2
0
0
´

P
U
M
Y

h
a
s

n
o

1
0
0
t
h
s

d
i
g
i
t

s
w
i
t
c
h
.

T
h
e

a
d
d
r
e
s
s

a
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
c
a
l
l
y

b
e
c
o
m
e


"
1
0
0
"

i
f

i
t

i
s

s
e
t

a
s

"
0
1
~
5
0
"
.
R
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
R
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
R
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
R
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
1
0
5
R
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
1
5
7
R
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
1
0
7
R
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
F
o
r

c
e
n
t
r
a
l
i
z
e
d
m
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
F
o
r

r
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
P
i
p
i
n
g
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
W
F
o
r

c
e
n
t
r
a
l
i
z
e
d
m
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
F
o
r

r
e
m
o
t
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n

w
i
r
e
´
J
8 NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION
8-1. TRANSMISSION SYSTEM SETUP
25
8-2. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DIAGRAM
PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
Refrigerant Gas pipe
<5/8 inch>
Refrigerant Liquid pipe
<3/8 inch>
Check valve<Low pressure>
Accumulator
Thermistor<Saturation temperature
of suction pressure>(TH6)
Solenoid
valve(SV1)
Capillary tube
Check valve
<High pressure>
Pressure sensor
(63HS)
High pressure
switch(63H)
Low pressure
switch(63L)
Thermistor(TH7)
(Outdoor temperature)
Discharge
thermistor(TH4)
Heatsink
thermistor(TH8)
Thermistor(TH3)
(Pipe temperature)
Oil separator
Service port
Service
port
4-way valve
Strainer
Strainer
Strainer
Stop valve
Stop valve
Distributor
Compressor
Strainer
Refrigerant flow in cooling
Refrigerant flow in heating
Refrigerant pipng specifications <dimensions of flared connector>
Unit:mm<inch>
Capillary tube (for oil separator) : 72.5 × 70.8 × L1000(mm) [7(3/32) × 7(1/32) × L(39-1/2)] inch
Capacity
Item
Liquid piping Gas pipng
P06, P08, P12, P15, P18
P24, P30, P36, P48, P54
P36, P48
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
76.35<1/4>
79.52<3/8>
79.52<3/8>
712.7<1/2>
715.88<5/8>
715.88<5/8>
26
8-3. SYSTEM CONTROL
8-3-1. Example for the System
• Example for wiring control cables, wiring method and address setting, permissible lengths, and the prohibited items are listed
in the standard system with detailed explanation.
The explanation for the system in this section : Use one single outdoor unit and multiple outdoor units for M-NET remote
control system.
Use one single outdoor unit and multiple indoor units in the multiple outdoor
units for the M-NET remote control system.
A. Example of a M-NET remote controller system (address setting is necessary.)
Example of wiring control cables Wiring Method and Address Setting
• 1 remote controller for each
indoor unit.
• There is no need for setting the 100
position on the remote controller.
1. Standard operation
2. Operation using 2 remote controllers
• Using 2 remote controllers
for each indoor unit.
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
01
101
IC
A B
M1M2
TB3
S A B
TB7
51
OC
L1
L
3
L2
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
02
IC
RC
102
A B
RC
l
1
l
2
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
01
101
RC
(Main)
151
IC
M1M2
TB3
S A B
TB7
51
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
02
IC
RC
(Sub)
102
RC
(Main)
152
RC
(Sub)
A B A B A B A B
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
01
101
IC(Main)
A B
M1M2
TB3
S A B
TB7
51
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 22
TB15
02
IC(Sub)
RC
a. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 on
transmission cable block (TB3) for the outdoor unit
(OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission
cable block (TB5) of each indoor unit (IC). Use
non-polarized 2 wire.
b. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission
cable terminal block (TB5) for each indoor unit with
the terminal block (TB6) for the remote controller
(RC).
c. Set the address setting switch (on outdoor unit
P.C.B) as shown below.
3. Group operation
• Multiple indoor units operated
together by 1 remote
controller
Unit
Indoor unit (IC)
Outdoor unit
(OC)
Remote
controller (RC)
Range
001 to 050
051 to 100
101 to 150
Setting Method

Use the smallest
address of all the indoor
unit plus 50.
Indoor unit address plus
100.
a. Same as above.
b. Same as above.
c. Set address switch (on outdoor unit P.C.B) as
shown below.
Unit
Indoor Unit (IC)
Outdoor unit
(OC)
Range
001 to 050
051 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200
Setting Method

Use the smallest
address of all the indoor
units plus 50.
Indoor unit address plus
100.
Indoor unit address plus
150.
a. Same as above.
b. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission cable
terminal block (TB5) of the IC main unit with the most
recent address within the same indoor unit (IC)
group to terminal block (TB6) on the remote controller.
c. Set the address setting switch (on outdoor unit P.C.B)
as shown below.
Unit
IC (Main)
IC (Sub)
Outdoor Unit
Main Remote
Controller
Sub Remote
Controller
Range
001 to 050
001 to 050
051 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200
Setting Method
Use the smallest address within the
same group of indoor units.
Use an address, other than that of
the IC (Main) in the same group
of indoor units. This must be in
sequence with the IC (Main).
Use the smallest address of all the
indoor units plus 50.
Set at an IC (Main) address within
the same group plus 100.
Set at an IC (Main) address within
the same group plus 150.
d. Use the indoor unit (IC) within the group with the
most functions as the IC (Main) unit.
Main Remote
Controller (RC)
Sub Remote
Controller (RC)
Combinations of 1through 3 above are possible.
27
• Name, Symbol and the Maximum Remote controller Units for Connection
Name
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Symbol
OC
IC
RC
Maximum units for connection
Permissible Lengths Prohibited items
Longest transmission cable length
(1.25 mm
2
[AWG16])
L1 + L2, L2 + L3, L3 + L1 [ 200m
[656ft]
Remote controller cable length
1. If 0.5 to 1.25 mm
2
[AWG20 to AWG16]
R1, R2 [10m [33ft]
2. If the length exceeds 10 meters
[33ft], the exceeding section
should be 1.25 mm
2
[AWG16]
and that section should be a
value within the total extension
length of the transmission cable
and maximum transmission
cable length. (L3)
Same as above
Same as above
• Use the indoor unit(IC)
address plus 150 as
the sub remote controller
address. In this case, it
should be 152.
• Three or more remote
controller (RC) cannot
be connected to 1
indoor unit.
• The remote controller
address is the indoor
unit main address plus
100. In this case, it
should be 101.
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
01
102
IC(Main)
A B
M1M2
TB3
S A B
TB7
51
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 22
TB15
02
IC(Sub)
RC
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
01
101
RC
(Main)
151
IC
M1M2
TB3
S A B
TB7
51
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
02
IC
RC
(Sub)
102
RC
(Main)
103
RC
(Sub)
104
RC
A B A B A B A B A B

One OC unit can be connected to 1-6(P36)/1-8(P48) IC units
Maximum 2 RC for 1 indoor unit, Maximum 16 RC for 1 OC
M-NET remote
controller
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
01
101
IC
A B
M1M2
TB3
S A B
TB7
51
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
02
IC
RC
TB15
A B
MA
• M-NET remote controller(RC) and MA remote controller(MA) cannot be used together.
• Do not connect anything with TB15 of indoor unit(IC).
28
B. Example of a group operation system with 2 or more outdoor units and a M-NET remote controller.
(Shielding wires and address settings are necessary.)
E
x
a
m
p
l
e
s

o
f

T
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n

C
a
b
l
e

W
i
r
i
n
g
/
±
¨
±
¨
M1M2 S M1 M2 S
TB7
TB3
IC
(51)
M1 M2 S
TB5
RC
(01)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(03)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(02)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(04)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(05)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(07)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(06)
L
2
L1
(101)
RC
(105)
RC
(104)
RC
(155)
OC
M1 M2 S
TB7
(53)
OC
3
M1M2S
Power Supply
Unit
M1M2S
G-50A
L3
L
6
L
7
L4
L
5
2
4
1
A B A B A B
A B
M1M2 S
TB3
/ : Group 1
± : Group 3
¨ : Group 5
¨ : Shielded Wire
± : Sub Remote Controller
( ): Address

DV 12V
W
i
r
i
n
g

M
e
t
h
o
d

A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
a. Always use shielded wire when making connections between the outdoor unit (OC) and the indoor unit (IC), as well
for all OC-OC, and IC-IC wiring intervals.
b. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 and the ground terminal on the transmission cable terminal block
(TB3) of each outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal S on the transmission cable block of the
indoor unit (IC).
c. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable terminal block of the indoor unit (IC) that has the most
recent address within the same group to the terminal block on the remote controller (RC).
d. Connect together terminals M1, M2 and terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor
unit (OC).
e. DO NOT change the jumper connector CN41 on MULTI controller board.
f. The earth processing of S terminal for the centralized control terminal block(TB7) is unnecessary.
Connect the terminal S on the power supply unit with the earth.
g. Set the address setting switch as follows.
h. The group setting operations among the multiple indoor units is done by the remote controller (RC) after the electrical
power has been turned on.
Unit
IC (Main)
IC (Sub)
Outdoor Unit
Main Remote Controller
Sub Remote Controller
MA Remote Controller
Range
01 to 00
01 to 50
51 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200

Setting Method
Use the smallest address within the same group of indoor units.
Use an address, other than that of the IC (Main) in the same group of indoor
units. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main).
Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50.
*The address automatically becomes “100” if it is set as “01 - 50”.
Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100.
Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150.
Unnecessary address setting (Necessary main/ sub setting)
29
• Name, Symbol, and the Maximum Units for Connection
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

L
e
n
g
t
h
P
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d

i
t
e
m
s
• Longest length via outdoor units : L1+L2+L3+L4, L1+L2+L3+L5, L1+L2+L6+L7 [ 500 meters [1640ft] (1.25mm
2
[AWG16])
• Longest transmission cable length : L1, L3+L4, L3+L5, L6, L2+L6, L7 [ 200 meters (1.25mm
2
[AWG16])
• Remote controller cable length : R1,R2, R2+R3, R4 [ 10 meters [33ft] (0.5 to 1.25mm
2
[AWG20 to AWG16])
If the length exceeds 10 meters [33ft], use a 1.25 mm
2
[AWG16] shielded wire. The
length of this section (L8) should be included in the calculation of the maximum length
and overall length.
• Never connect together the terminal blocks (TB5) for transmission wires for indoor units (IC) that have been connected to
different outdoor units (OC).
• Set all addresses to ensure that they are not overlapped.
• M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller cannot be connected with the indoor unit of the same group wiring
together.
±
±
¨
M1M2 S M1 M2 S
TB7
TB3
IC
(51)
M1 M2 S
TB5
RC
(01)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(03)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(02)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(04)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(05)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(07)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(06)
(101)
RC
(105)
RC
(104)
RC
(155)
OC
M1 M2 S
TB7
(53)
OC
M1M2S
Power Supply
Unit
M1M2S
G-50A
A B A B A B
A B
M1M2 S
TB3
/ : Group 1
± : Group 3
¨ : Group 5
¨ : Shielded Wire
± : Sub Remote Controller
( ): Address
DV 12V
30
C. Example of a MA remote controller system (address setting is not necessary.)
NOTE : In the case of same group operation, need to set the address that is only main indoor unit.
Example of wiring control cables Wiring Method and Address Setting
• 1 remote controller for each
indoor unit.
1. Standard operation
2. Operation using 2 remote controllers
• Using 2 remote controllers
for each indoor unit.
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
M1M2
TB3
S M1M2
TB7
00
OC
L1 L2
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
MA MA

1

2
MA
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
M1M2
TB3
S M1M2
TB7
00
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
MA
A B A B
MA MA

3

4

5
A B

6
MA
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
M1M2
TB3
S M1M2
TB7
00
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC

7
8
a. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 on
transmission cable block (TB3) for the outdoor unit
(OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission
cable block (TB5) of each indoor unit (IC). Use
non-polarized 2 wire.
b. Connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable
terminal block (TB15) for each indoor unit with the
terminal block for the MA remote controller (MA).
3. Group operation
• Multiple indoor units operated
together by 1 remote
controller
a. The same as above.
b. The same as above.
c. In the case of using 2 remote controllers, connect
terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable terminal
block (TB15) for each indoor unit with the terminal
block for 2 remote controllers.
· Set the sub remote controller position for one of
MA remote controller’s main switch.
Refer to the installation manual of MA remote con-
troller
a. The same as above.
b. The same as above.
c. Connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable ter-
minal block (TB15) of each indoor unit, which is doing
group operation with the terminal block the MA remote
controller. Use non-polarized tow wire.
d. In the case of same group operation, need to set the
address that is only main indoor unit. Please set the
address of the indoor unit with the most functions in
the same group in the number that 01-50 is young.
Combinations of 1through 3 above are possible.
31
Permissible Lengths Prohibited items
Longest transmission cable length
L1 + L2 [ 200m [656ft]
(1.25 mm
2
[AWG16])
MA remote controller cable length
R1, R2 [ 200m [656ft]
(0.3 ~ 1.25 mm
2
[AWG22 to AWG16])
MA
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
M1M2
TB3
S M1M2
TB7
00
OC
S
MA
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
MA
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
M1M2
TB3
S M1M2
TB7
00
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
MA
A B A B
MA MA MA
A B A B
Longest transmission cable length
The same as above.
MA remote controller cable length
R3 +R4, R5 +R6 [ 200m [656ft]
(0.3 ~ 1.25 mm
2
[AWG22 to AWG16])
Longest transmission cable length
The same as above.
MA remote controller cable length
R7 +R8 [ 200m [656ft]
(0.3 ~ 1.25 mm
2
[AWG22 to AWG16])
M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
M1M2
TB3
S M1M2
TB7
00
OC
S M1M2
TB5
S 1 2
TB15
00
IC
A B
MA MA
A B
RC
The MA remote controller and the
M-NET remote controller cannot be
used together with the indoor unit
the of the same group.
Three MA remote controller or
more cannot be connect with the
indoor unit of the same group.
The second MA remote control-
ler is connected with the terminal
block(TB15) for the MA remote con-
troller of the same indoor unit(IC) as
the first remote control.
• Name, Symbol, and the Maximum Units for Connection
32
D. Example of a group operation with 2 or more outdoor units and a MA remote controller.
(Shielding wires and address settings are necessary.)
E
x
a
m
p
l
e
s

o
f

T
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n

C
a
b
l
e

W
i
r
i
n
g
/
±
¨
±
¨
M1 M2 S
TB7
IC
(51)
M1 M2 1 2 S
TB5 TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
MA
(01)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(03)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(02)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(04)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(05)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(07)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(06)
L
2
L1
MA
MA
MA
OC
M1 M2 S
TB7
(53)
OC
1
m4
3
S
Power Supply
Unit
S
G-50A
L3
L
6
L
7
L4
m
3
A B A B A B
M1M2
M1M2
1
1
2 2
A B
M1M2 S
TB3
M1M2 S
TB3
/ : Group 1
± : Group 3
¨ : Group 5
¨ : Shielded Wire
± : Sub Remote Controller
( ): Address
m
m
m
m
m m
DV 12V
W
i
r
i
n
g

M
e
t
h
o
d

A
d
d
r
e
s
s

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
a. Always use shielded wire when making connections between the outdoor unit (OC) and the indoor unit (IC), as well
for all OC-OC, and IC-IC wiring intervals.
b. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 and the ground terminal on the transmission cable terminal block
(TB3) of each outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal S on the transmission cable block of the
indoor unit (IC).
c. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable terminal block of the indoor unit (IC) that has the most
recent address within the same group to the terminal block on the remote controller (RC).
d. Connect together terminals M1, M2 and terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor
unit (OC).
e. DO NOT change the jumper connector CN41 on MULTI controller board.
f. The earth processing of S terminal for the centralized control terminal block(TB7) is unnecessary.
Connect the terminal S on the power supply unit with the earth.
g. Set the address setting switch as follows.
h. The group setting operations among the multiple indoor units is done by the remote controller (RC) after the electrical
power has been turned on.
Unit
IC (Main)
IC (Sub)
Outdoor Unit
Main Remote Controller
Sub Remote Controller
MA Remote Controller
Range
01 to 00
01 to 50
01 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200

Setting Method
Use the smallest address within the same group of indoor units.
Use an address, other than that of the IC (Main) in the same group of indoor
units. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main).
Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50.
*The address automatically becomes “100” if it is set as “01 - 50”.
Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100.
Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150.
Unnecessary address setting (Necessary main/ sub setting)
33
• Name, Symbol, and the Maximum Units for Connection
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

L
e
n
g
t
h
P
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d

i
t
e
m
s
• Never connect together the terminal blocks (TB5) for transmission wires for indoor units (IC) that have been connected to
different outdoor units (OC).
• M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller cannot be connected with the indoor unit of the same group wiring
together.
/ : Group 1
± : Group 3
¨ : Group 5
¨ : Shielded Wire
± : Sub Remote Controller
( ): Address
±
±
¨
M1 M2 S
TB7
IC
(51)
M1 M2 1 2 S
TB5 TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
1 2
TB15
MA
(01)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(03)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(02)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(04)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(05)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(07)
IC
M1 M2 S
TB5
(06)
MA
MA
MA
M1 M2 S
TB7
(53)
OC
S
Power Supply
Unit
S
G-50A
A B A B A B
M1M2
M1M2
A B
M1M2 S
TB3
M1M2 S
TB3
DV 12V
Longest length via outdoor unit (M-NET cable): L1+L2+L3+L4 and L1+L2+L6+L7 ÷ 500 m [1640ft] (1.25 mm
2
[AWG16] or more)
Longest transmission cable length (M-NET cable): L1 and L3+L4 and L6 and L2+L6 and L7 ÷ 200 m [656ft]
(1.25 mm
2
[AWG16] or more)
Remote controller cable length: m1 and m1+m2+m3 and m1+m2+m3+m4 ÷ 200 m [656ft] (0.3 to 1.25 mm
2
[AWG20 to AWG16] )
34
9 TROUBLESHOOTING
Operation procedure
1 Turn on the main power supply of all units at least 12 hours before test run. ”HO” appears on display panel for 3 min.
2 12 hours later, press TEST RUN button twice to perform test run. “TEST RUN “ appears on display panel.
3 Press OPERATION SWITCH button to make sure that air blows out.
4 Select Cooling (or Heating) by OPERATION SWITCH button to make sure that cool (or warm) air blow out.
5 Press Fan speed button to make sure that fan speed is changed by the button.
6 Press AIR DIRECTION button or LOUVER button to make sure that air direction is adjustable(horizontal, downward, upward, and each angle).
7 Check outdoor fans for normal operation.
8 Check interlocked devices (like ventilator) for normal operation, if any. This is the end of test run operation.
9 Press ON/OFF button to stop and cancel test run.
NOTE 1 : If error code appears on remote controller or remote controller malfunction , refer to “ 9-1-3 Countermeasures for Error During Run”.
NOTE 2 : During test run operation 2-hours off timer activates automatically and remaining time is on remote controller and test run stops 2 later.
NOTE 3 : During test run, the indoor liquid pipe temperature is displayed on remote controller instead of room temperature.
NOTE 4 : Depend on a model, “This function is not available” appears when air direction button is pressed, however, this is not malfunction.
9-1. CHECK POINTS FOR TEST RUN
9-1-1. Procedures of test run
(1) Before test run, make sure that following work is completed.
• Installation related :
Make sure that the panel of cassette type and electrical wiring are done.
Otherwise electrical functions like auto vane will not operate normally.
• Piping related :
Perform leakage test of refrigerant and drain piping.
Make sure that all joints are perfectly insulated.
Check stop valves on both liquid and gas side for full open.
• Electrical wiring related :
Check ground wire, transmission cable, remote controller cable, and power supply cable for secure connection.
Make sure that all switch settings of address or adjustments for special specification systems are correctly settled.
(2) Safety check :
With the insulation tester of 500V, inspect the insulation resistance.
Do not touch the transmission cable and remote controller cable with the tester.
The resistance should be over 1.0 M . Do not proceed inspection if the resistance in under 1.0 M .
Inspect between the outdoor unit power supply terminal block and ground first, metallic parts like refrigerant pipes or the electrical box next,
then inspect all electrical wiring of outdoor unit, indoor unit, and all linked equipment .
(3) Before operation :
a) Turn the power supply switch of the outdoor unit to on for compressor protection.For a test run, wait at least 12 hours from this point.
b) Register control systems into remote controller(s). Never touch the on/ off switch of the remote controller(s). Refer to “ 9-1-2 Special
Function Operation and Settings (for M-NET Remote Controller)” as for settings . In MA remote controller(s), this registration is unneces-
sary.
(4) More than 12 hours later from power supply to the outdoor unit, turn all power switch to on for test run. Perform test run according to the
“Operation procedure” table of the bottom of this page. While test running, make test run reports .
(5) When you deliver the unit after test run, instruct the end user for proper usage of the system using owners’ manual and the test run report
you made to certificate normal operation. If abnormalities are detected during test run, refer to “ 9-1-3 Countermeasures for Error During
Test Run”. As for DIP switch setting of outdoor unit, refer to” 9-5. INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE”.
ON/OFF
TEST RUN
°C
1Hr.
FILTER
CHECK TEST
TEMP.
TIMER SET
Check code indicator (see NOTE 1)
Test run remaining time indicator (see NOTE 2)
Display panel
(M-NET Remote controller)
ON/OFF button ´
ON/OFF LED (Lights up in operation)
LOUVER button ô
TEST RUN button ´
AIR DIRECTION button ô
AIR SPEED button ´
TEST RUN indicator
Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature indicator
(see NOTE 3)
(Cooling/Heating)
OPERATION
SWITCH button
´,´
Control panel
35
9-1-2. Special Function Operation and Settings (for M-NET Remote Controller)
• It is necessary to perform “group settings” and “paired settings” at making group settings of different refrigerant
systems (multiple outdoor unit).
(A) Group settings: Enter the indoor unit controlled by the remote controller, check the content of entries, and clear
entries, etc.
(B) Paired settings: Used to set the linked operation of a Lossnay unit.
(1) Entering address: Follow the steps below to enter the addresses of the indoor unit using the remote controller.
a) Group settings
• Turning off the remote controller: Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).
• Changing to indoor unit address display mode: If the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller are
pressed simultaneously and held for 2 seconds, the display shown in Figure 1 will appear.
• Changing address: Press the temperature adjustment buttons to change the displayed address to the
address to be entered.
• Entering the displayed address: Press the TEST RUN button to enter the indoor unit with the displayed address.
The type of the unit will be displayed as shown in Figure 2 if entry is completed normally.
If a selected indoor unit does not exist, an error signal will be displayed as shown in Figure 3. When this happens,
check whether the indoor unit actually exists and perform entry again.
• Returning to the normal mode after completing entry: Press the FILTER and k buttons simultaneously and
hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.
b) Paired Settings
• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller’s ON/OFF button to turn it off (the indicator light will go off).
• Put in indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously
and hold for two seconds.
*The above steps are the same as when making group settings (A).
• Changing to the linked operation unit address display state: The display shown in Figure 4 will appear when the a
button on the remote control is pressed.
• Displaying the address of the Lossnay unit and linked indoor unit: In this situation, the indoor unit
number will be the lowest address of the group. The Lossnay unit will not operate if this setting is
incorrect.
*If the temperature adjustment buttons are pressed, the address may be changed to the indoor unit that are
to be linked.
*If the time setting buttons are pressed, the address of the linked units may be changed to the address where
it is desired to enter the Lossnay .
• Linking the Lossnay and the indoor unit: The display shown in Figure 5 will appear when the TEST RUN
button is pressed. The indoor unit whose address is displayed and the Lossnay unit with a linked address
will operate in a linked manner.
*If it is desired to display the address of the Lossnay in the indoor unit address, display the indoor
unit address in the linked unit address, and the above content will also be recorded.
* Apart from the indoor unit with the lowest address in the group, display and enter the addresses of the other indoor unit
that are to be linked with the Lossnay unit.
• Returning to the normal mode after completing entry: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller
simultaneously and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.
Figure 1. (A) Group setting display
Figure 2. Normal completion of entry
Figure 3. Entry error signal
Figure 4. (B) Making paired settings Figure 5. Completing normal entry
Flashing “88” indicates entry error. Type of unit is displayed.
The addresses of indoor
unit and linked units are
displayed simultaneously.
(alternating
display)
These alternating IC or LC displays will appear
when entry is completed normally.
A flashing “88” will appear if there is a
problem with the entry (indicating that the
unit does not exist).
36
(altenating
display)
"--" will appear in the unit type display location when an address has
been cleared normally.
"88" will appear in the unit type display location when an abnormality
has occurred during clearing.
(2) Address check: Refer to section (1) regarding address entry.
a) In making group settings:
• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller's ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).
• Locate the indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously
and hold for 2 seconds.
• Display indoor unit address: The entered indoor units address and type will be displayed each time the button is pressed.
* When one entry is made, only 1 address will be displayed no matter how many times the w button is pressed.
• Returning to the normal mode after completing check: Simultaneously press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote
controller and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.
b) In making paired settings:
• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller's ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).
• Put in indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously and
hold for 2 seconds.
• Changing to the linked operation unit address display state: Press the a button on the remote control.
• Displaying the address of the indoor unit to be checked: Change the address to that of the indoor unit to be checked by press-
ing the temperature adjustment buttons .
• Displaying the address of the linked Lossnay unit: Press the w button to display the addresses of the linked Lossnay and
indoor unit in alternation.
• Displaying the addresses of other entered units: The addresses of the other entered units will be displayed in alternating fash-
ion after resting the w button again.
• Returning to the normal mode after completing the check: Simultaneously press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote
controller and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.
(3) Clearing an address: Refer to section (1) regarding the address entry and section (2) regarding checking addresses.
a) In making group settings:
• Turn off the remote controller: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check.
• Put in the indoor unit address display mode: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check.
• Displaying the indoor unit address to be cleared: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check.
• Clearing indoor unit address : ....Pressing the q button on the remote controller twice will clear the address entry of the
displayed indoor unit, resulting in the display shown in Figure 6.
The display shown in Figure 7 will appear if an abnormality occurs and the entry is not cleared.
Please repeat the clearing procedure.
• Returning to the normal mode after clearing an address: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check.

b) In making paired settings:
• Turn off the remote controller: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.
• Put into the indoor unit address display mode: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.
• Put into the linked unit address display mode: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.
• Display the address of the Lossnay unit or the indoor unit to be cleared.
• Deleting the address of a linked indoor unit: Pressing the q button on the remote controller twice will clear the address
entry of the displayed indoor unit, resulting in the display shown in Figure 8.
• Returning to the normal mode after clearing an address: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.
Figure 7. Display when an abnormality
has occurred during clearing
Figure 6. Display after address has been
cleared normally
Figure 8. Display after address has been cleared normally
"88" will appear in the room temperature display location.
"--" will appear in the room temperature
display location.
37
9-1-3. Countermeasures for Error During Test Run
• If a problems occurs during test run, a code number will appear in the temperature display area on the remote controller
(or LED on the outdoor unit), and the air conditioning system will automatically cease operating.
Determine the nature of the abnormality and apply corrective measures.
Check code
1102
1302
1500
1501
1505
2502
2500
2503
4115
4220
4230
4250
5101
5102
5103
5105
5106
5110
5201
6600
6602
6603
6606
6607
6608
6831
6832
6833
6834
7100
7101
7102
7105
7111
Serial transmission trouble
Discharge temperature trouble
Low pressure trouble
High pressure trouble
Excessive refrigerant replenishment
Insufficient refrigerant trouble
Vacuum operation protection
Water leakage
Drain pump trouble
Drain sensor trouble (THd)
Overcurrent trouble (Overload, compressor lock)
Power synchronization signal trouble
Inverter trouble
Overheat protection of radiator panel
Power module trouble or Overcurrent trouble
Fan controller trouble (Outdoor)
Air inlet sensor trouble (TH21) or
Discharge temperature sensor trouble (TH4)
Liquid pipe temp.sensor trouble (TH22) or
Low pressure saturated temp.sensor trouble (TH6)
Gas pipe temperature sensor trouble (TH23)
Piping temperature sensor trouble (TH3)
Outdoor temperature sensor trouble (TH7)
Heatsink temperature sensor trouble (TH8)
Pressure sensor trouble (63HS)
Curnent sensor trouble
Contact failure of drain float switch
Dupricated unit address setting
Transmission error
(Transmission processor hardware error)
Transmission error (Transmission route BUSY)
Transmission and reception error
(Communication trouble with transmission processor)
Transmission and reception error (No ACK error)
Transmission and reception error
(No responsive frame error)
MA communication receive signal error
(no receive signal)
MA commnication send signal error
(starting bit derection error)
MA commnication send error (H/W error)
MA commnication receive error
(Synchronous recovery error)
Total capacity error
Capacity code error
Connecting unit number error
Address set error
Remote controller sensor trouble
0403
1300
4100
4400
5300
5701
Trouble Remarks
Detected unit
Indoor Outdoor
Remote
controller
Outdoor unit Multi controller board ~
Power board communiation trouble
Check delay code 1202
Check delay code 1400
Check delay code 1402
Check delay code 1600
Check delay code 1601
Check delay code 4350
Check delay code 4165
Check delay code 4320
Check delay code 4330
Check delay code 4350
Check delay code 4500
Check delay code 1202
Check delay code 1211
Check delay code 1205
Check delay code 1221
Check delay code 1214
Check delay code 1402
Check delay code 4310
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. ×
Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. ×
Only MA Remote controller is detected.
Only MA Remote controller is detected.
Only MA Remote controller is detected.
Only MA Remote controller is detected.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[Example]
When the compressor and
SV1 are turned during cooling
operation.
Bit
Indication
1
Compressor
operated
2
52C
3
21S4
4
SV1
5
(SV2)
6

7

8
Always lit
Self-diagnosis function
The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch
(SW1) and LED1, LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.
During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.
NOTE ) w
When the outdoor unit detects No ACK error/ No responsive frame error, an object indoor unit is treated
as a stop, and not assumed to be abnormal.
38
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
1102
1300
1302
1500
High discharging temperature
Abnormal if discharge temperature thermistor
(TH4) exceeds 125T [257°F] or 110T [230°F]
continuously for 5 minutes.
Abnormal if pressure detected by high pressure
sensor and converted to saturation temperature
exceeds 40T [104°F] during defrosting and
discharge temperature thermistor (TH4)
exceeds 110T [230°F] .
Low pressure (63L worked)
Abnormal if 63L is worked (under- 0.03MPa
[-4.35PSIG]) during compressor operation.
63L: Low-pressure switch
(1) High pressure (High-pressure switch
63H worked)
Abnormal if high-pressure switch 63H worked
( × ) during compressor operation.
× 4.15 MPa [602PSIG]
63H: High-pressure switch
(2) High pressure
(High - pressure sensor 63HS detect)
Abnormal if high-pressure sensor detects
4.31MPa [625PSIG] or more (or over
4.15MPa [602PSIG] for 3 minutes) during the
compressor operation.
Superheat due to low discharge
temperature
Abnormal if discharge superheat is
continuously detected less than or equal to
-15T [-27°F] even though linear expansion
valve has minimum open pulse after
compressor starts operating for 10 minutes.
J Over-heated compressor operation
caused by shortage of refrigerant
´ Defective operation of stop valve
´ Defective thermistor
´ Defective outdoor controller board
´ Defective action of linear expansion
valve
J Stop valve of outdoor unit is closed
during operation.
´ Disconnection or loose connection of
connector (63L) on outdoor controller
board
´ Disconnection or loose connection of 63L
´ Defective outdoor controller board
´ Leakage or shortage of refrigerant
ô Malfunction of linear expansion valve
J Short cycle of indoor unit
´ Clogged filter of indoor unit
´ Decreased airflow caused by dirt of
indoor fan
´ Dirt of indoor heat exchanger
´ Locked indoor fan motor
ô Malfunction of indoor fan motor
¨ Defective operation of stop valve
(Not fully open)
´ Clogged or broken pipe
´ Locked outdoor fan motor
¨ Malfunction of outdoor fan motor
´ Short cycle of outdoor unit
´ Dirt of outdoor heat exchanger
¨ Decreased airflow caused by defective
inspection of outside temperature
thermistor (It detects lower temperature
than actual temperature.)
` Disconnection or contact failure of
connector (63H) on outdoor controller
board
¨ Disconnection or contact failure of 63H
connection
¨ Defective outdoor controller board
¨ Defective action of linear expansion
valve
¨ Malfunction of fan driving circuit
´ Solenoid valve (SV1) performance
failure (High-pressure cannot be
controlled by SV1.)
´ High-pressure sensor defective
´ High-pressure sensor input
circuit defective in multi controller board
J Disconnection or loose connection of
discharge temperature thermistor (TH4)
´ Defective holder of discharge temperature
thermistor
J Check intake super heat.
Check leakage of refrigerant.
Charge additional refrigerant.
´ Check if stop valve is fully open.
´´ Turn the power off and check if 5101
is displayed when the power is turned
again. When 5101 is displayed, refer
to “Check points” for 5101.
´ Check linear expansion valve.
J Check stop valve.
´~´ Check the connector (63L) on outdoor
controller board.
´ Correct to proper amount of refrigerant.
ô Check linear expansion valve.
J~ô Check indoor unit and repair
defectives.
¨ Check if stop valve is fully open.
´ Check piping and repair defectives.
´~´
Check outdoor unit and repair defectives.
¨ Check the inspected temperature of
outside temperature thermistor on LED
display.
`~¨ Check the connector (63H) on outdoor
controller board.
¨ Check linear expansion valve.
¨ Replace outdoor controller board.
´ Check the solenoid valve performance.
´ Check the high-pressure sensor.
´ Check the high-pressure sensor.
J´ Check the installation conditions of
discharge temperature thermistor (TH4).
39
Display
Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
Operation mode: When drain pump turns on as float switch detects to be in the water except during cooling/dry mode
J Check the drain function.
´ Check moving part of float switch.
´ Check the value of resistance with the
float switch ON/OFF.
J Defective drain
Clogged drain pump
Clogged drain pipe
Adverse flow of drain in other units
´ Defective moving part of float switch
Foreign matter on the moving
part of float switch(ex. sludge etc.)
´ Defective float switch
Refrigerant shortage
When the conditions of below detecting
mode or 1 are satisfied during the
compressor operation.
<Detecting mode >
When the below conditions are satisfied
completely.
1. Compressor is operating in HEAT mode.
2. Discharge superheat is 80T [144°F] or more.
3. Difference of outer temperature thermistor
(TH7) and outdoor piping temp. thermistor
(TH3) applies to the formula of
(TH7-TH3)<5T [9°F] .
4. High-pressure sensor is below about
2.04MPa [296PSIG] .
<Detecting mode 1>
When the below conditions are satisfied
completely.
1. Compressor is operating.
2. When cooling, discharge superheat is 80T
[144°F] or more.
When heating, discharge superheat is 90T
[162°F] or more.
High pressure sensor is below about
2.32MPa [337PSIG] .
J Gas leakage, Gas shortage
´ When heating operation, refrigerant
shortage feeling operation (When
heating, airflow or thermo OFF are
mixed-operation, it causes a refrigerant
shortage operation.)
´ Ball valve performance failure
(not full opened.)
´ Error detection of discharge superheat
1) High-pressure sensor defective
2) Discharge temperature thermistor
defective
3) Thermistor input circuit defective and
high-pressure sensor defective
in multi controller board
´ Error detection of TH7/TH3
1) Thermistor defective
2) Thermistor input circuit defective in
multi controller board
J Check the refrigerant amount.
´ Check the operation condition and
refrigerant amount.
´ Check the ball valve is fully open.
´
1) Check the ball valve is fully open.
2) Check the resistance of discharge
temperature thermistor.
3) According to “Outdoor unit functions”,
set the SW2 and check the high-
pressure sensor level.
According to “Outdoor unit functions”,
check the discharge temp. thermistor
level. When the high-pressure sensor
and discharge temp. thermistor are
normal, if the above mentioned detecting
pressure level and temp. are big different
from the actual pressure and temp.
replace the multi controller board.
´
1) Check the resistance of thermistor.
2) According to “Outdoor unit functions”,
check the outdoor pipe temp. thermistor
level.
3) According to “Outdoor unit functions”,
check the outer temp. thermistor level.
1501
Water leakage
1. Suspensive Abnormality when float switch
detects to be in the water and drain pump
turns on and off except during cooling or dry
mode.
2. Abnormal when detecting that the drain
pump turns on and off again within 1 hour
after the detection of water leakage
suspensive abnormality, and repeats the
detection twice. <2500> is displayed.
3. The unit continues to detect abnormality
while turned off.
4. To release water leakage suspensive
abnormality
· When not detecting that the drain pump
turns off and on within 1 hour after
detecting suspensive abnormality.
· When turning to cooling operation or dry
operation.
· Detected that [liquid pipe temperature –
room temperature]÷ -10deg[-18°F]
2500
(Float
switch
model)
6 min. 6 min.
15 sec.
In the water
Water leakage suspensive abnormality
In the water
Water leakage abnormality
In the air In the water In the air
15 sec.
Within 1 hour Within 1 hour
15 sec. 15 sec.
15 sec.
ON
OFF
Drain pump
Float switch
ON
OFF
40
Display
Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
2502
(Drain
sensor
model)
Drain pump (DP)
J Let drain sensor self-heated, and if
temperature rises slightly, as suspensive
abnormality operation stops and changes to
protect mode of restarting in 3 minutes.
´ Drain pump is abnormal if the condition
above is detected during suspensive
abnormality. <2502> is displayed.
´ Malfunction of drain pipe is constantly
detected during drain pump operation.
´ The unit enters to forced outdoor unit stop
when following conditions, a) and b), are
satisfied (while the above mentioned
detection is performed).
a) The drain sensor detects to be
soaked in the water 10 times in a row.
b) The room teperature subtracted with
liquid pipe temperature is detected to be
less than -10T[-18°F] continuously for 30
minutes.
When the drain sensor detects to be
NOT soaked in the water, the detection
record of a) and b) will be cleared.)
× Drain pump abnormality (above J~´) is
detected before it becomes an outdoor unit
forced stop condition.
´ When indoor unit detects above ´ condition,
outdoor unit in same refrigerant sytem stops.
Also, indoor unit except for Fan or OFF
mode unit stop. 2502 is displayed on
stopped unit.
ô Detection timing of forced outdoor unit stop
Constantly detected during unit operation and stop
¨ Releasing of forced outdoor unit stop
Reset power supply of both abnormal indoor
unit and its outdoor unit in same refrigerant
system. Forced outdoor unit stop cannot be
released by remote controller OFF.
NOTE )
Above-mentioned J~´ and ´~¨ are
detected independently.
J Malfunction of drain pump
´ Defective drain
Clogged drain pump
Clogged drain pipe
´ Water drops on drain sensor
• Drops of drain trickles from lead wire.
• Clogged filter is causing wave of drain.
´ Defective indoor controller board
´ Both of above mentioned J~´ and the
indoor linear expansion valve full-closed
failure (leakage) happens
synchronistically.
(Note) Address/Attribute displayed on
the remote controller shows the indoor
unit which is cause of trouble.
J Check if drain-up machine works.
´ Check drain function.
´ Check the setting of lead wire of drain
sensor and check clogs of the filter.
´ Replace indoor controller board when
there is no problem in the above
mentioned J~´.
´Check whether the indoor linear
expansion valve leaks or not.
( )
41
Display
Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
2502
(Float
switch
model)
J Check if drain-up machine works.
´ Check drain function.
´ Check moving part of float switch.
´ Check the value of resistance with the
float switch ON/OFF.
´ Change the indoor controller board.
J Malfunction of drain pump
´ Defective drain
Clogged drain pump
Clogged drain pipe
´ Defective moving part of float switch
Foreign matter on the moving
part of float switch(ex. sludge etc.)
´ Defective float switch
´ Defective indoor controller board
Defective driving circuit of drain pump
Defective input circuit of float switch
ô Check whether the indoor linear
expansion valve leaks or not.
ô Both of above mentioned J~´ and the
indoor linear expansion valve full-closed
failure (leakage) happens
synchronistically.
(Note) Address/Attribute displayed on
the remote controller shows the indoor
unit which is cause of trouble.
Drain pump (DP)
J Judge whether the sensor is in the water or
in the air by turning the float switch
ON/OFF.
In the water: Detected that the float switch
is ON for 15 seconds.
In the air:Detected that the float switch is
OFF for 15 seconds.
´ When the float switch remains to be turned
ON for 3 minutes after detected to be in the
water, the drain pump is judged to be
abnormal and <2502> will be displayed.
*It takes 3 minutes and 15 seconds to detect
abnormality including the time to judge to be
in the water.
´ The unit continue to detect abnormality
while turned off.
´ When the conditions below 1, 2 and
Forced
outdoor unit stop condition are met
1. Detected that
[liquid pipe temperature –
room temperature]÷ -10deg[-18°F] for
30 minutes constantly.
2. Float switch detects to be in the water
for 15 minutes constantly.
*Before Forced outdoor unit stop Condition
is met, the unit always detects J-´ above.
´ The indoor unit detecting ´ above stops
due to detecting abnormality the outdoor
unit in same refrigerant system
(compressor is inhibited to operate). The
unit which stops due to detecting
abnormality displays <2502>.
ô Detection timing of forced outdoor unit stop
Constantly detected during unit operation
and stop
¨ Releasing of forced outdoor unit stop
Reset power supply of both abnormal
indoor unit and its outdoor unit in same
refrigerant system. Forced outdoor unit
stop cannot be released by remote
controller OFF.
NOTE )
Above-mentioned J~´ and ´~¨ are
detected independently.
2503
4100
Drain sensor (THd, DS)
When the drain sensor detects short/open
while the operation.
Compressor overcurrent interruption
(When compressor locked)
Abnormal if overcurrent of DC bus or
compressor is detected within 30 seconds after
compressor starts operating.
Over current : 27.5A
J Connector (CN31) contact failure
(insertion failure)
´ Thermistor wiring disconnection or half
disconnection
´ Thermistor defective
´ Indoor controller board (detecting circuit)
failure
J Stop valve is closed.
´ Decrease of power supply voltage
´ Looseness, disconnection or converse of
compressor wiring connection
´ Defective compressor
´ Defective outdoor power board
J Check whether the indoor controller
board connector (CN31) is
disconnected or not.
´ Check whether the thermistor wiring is
disconnected or not.
´ Check the resistance of thermistor.
´ If abnormality is not found in the
method of the above-mentioned from J
to ´, it is defective of the indoor
controller board.
J Open stop valve.
´ Check facility of power supply.
´ Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor.
´ Check compressor.
´ Replace outdoor power circuit board.

42
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
Overvoltage or voltage shortage
Abnormal if any of followings are detected
during compressor operation;
• Decrease of DC bus voltage to 310V
• Instantaneous decrease of DC bus voltage to
200V.
• Increase of DC bus voltage to 400V.
• Decrease of input current of outdoor unit to
0.5A only if operation frequency is more than
or equal to 40Hz or compressor current is
more than or equal to 5A.
Temperature of heatsink
Abnormal if heat sink thermistor(TH8) detects
temperature indicated below 85T [185°F]
(1) Power module
Check abnormality by driving power module in
case overcurrent is detected.
Display
Abnormal point and detecting method Causes
Check points
4230
4250
4220
J Decrease of power supply voltage
´ Disconnection of compressor wiring
´ Defective 52C
´ Defective ACT module
´ Disconnection or loose connection of
CN5 on the outdoor power circuit board
ô Defective 52C drive circuit of outdoor
power circuit board
¨ Disconnection or loose connection of
CN2 on the outdoor power circuit board
´ Defective ACT module drive circuit of
outdoor controller circuit board
´ Disconnection or loose connection of CNAF
J The outdoor fan motor is locked.
´ Failure of outdoor fan motor
´ Airflow path is clogged.
´ Rise of ambient temperature
´ Defective thermistor
ô Defective input circuit of outdoor power
circuit board
¨ Failure of outdoor fan drive circuit
J Outdoor stop valve is closed.
´ Decrease of power supply voltage
´ Looseness, disconnection or converse
of compressor wiring connection
´ Defective compressor
´ Defective outdoor power circuit board
J Check the facility of power supply.
´ Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor. (Outdoor power circuit board).
´ P48NHMU(1)(-BS) : Replace 52C.
P36NHMU/P48NHMU2 (-BS) :
Replace noise filter circuit board
(Including 52C)
´ Replace ACT module.
(Refer to 9-9. Test point ; the item of ACTM)
´ Check CN5 wiring on the outdoor power
circuit board.
ô Replace outdoor power circuit board.
¨ Check CN2 wiring on the outdoor power
circuit board.
´ Replace outdoor power circuit board.
´ Check CNAF wiring.
¨ The 4220 error history can be confirmed
with SW1 No.189.
(Refer to 9-9. Test point ; the item of ACTM)
J´ Check outdoor fan.
´ Check air flow path for cooling.
´ Check if there is something which
causes temperature rise around outdoor
unit.
(Upper limit of ambient temperature is 46T
[115°F].)
Turn off power, and on again to check if
4230 is displayed within 30 minutes.
´ Check thermistor <TH8> temperature
by micro computer.
ô Replace outdoor power circuit board.
¨ Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
J Open stop valve.
´ Check facility of power supply.
´ Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor.
(Outdoor power circuit board).
´ Check compressor.
´ Replace outdoor power circuit board.
Notes in case of 4220 error (Over voltage or voltage shortage)
In PUMY models, bus voltage is controlled using ACTM. If ACTM is failed, bus voltage becomes uncontrollable and stops abnormally.
To check the normality of operation, see DC bus voltage SW1 9-10. No.45, or determine DC bus voltage of the both sides of condenser
C510 or CNDC connector which is on Multi controller board using a tester.
1. Check point
2. Check the voltage
Caution : Determine the voltage for 10 seconds after the compressor has operated. ACTM does not operate when the compressor is
stopping (Including constraint electric continuity) and for 10 seconds after the compressor start to operate.
When bus voltage is abnormal, see the table above (1.Check point) and check such as input voltage, wiring, 52C relay.
To check ACTM itsef, see 9-9. Test point ; the item of ACTM.
In case of ACTM failure, also check if there is the breaking of a wire in rush current protect resistor.
As for PUMY-P48NHMU(1)(-BS), rush current protect resistor is resistor RS (not mounted on the board). For PUMY-
P36NHMU, P48NHMU2, resistor RS1 is mounted on noise filter circuit board.
Self check switch No.45 SW1 : 10110100
Tester check The voltage (DC) of the condenser C510 or CNDC connector which is on Multi controller board
ACTM condition DC bus voltage
Normal Target voltage 340-350V (DC)
Failure / no operation Less than 310V (DC) or over 400V (DC)
Contimued on the next page.
43
5101
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes Check points
Room temperature thermistor (TH21)
When controller detects short (high
temp.)/open (low temp.) in thermistor
during the operation, the operation stops
and the operation changes to protect
mode of restarting in 3minutes. If the
thermistor does not recover in 3minutes,
the operation stops due to detecting
abnormality. In this time, <5101> is
displayed. Then, if the thermistor recover
in 3minutes, it operates normally.
J Connector (CN20) contact failure
Check whether the connector
(CN20) in the indoor controller board
is connected or not.
´ Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection
Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.
Short: Detected 90T [194°F] or more
´ Thermistor failure
Check the resistance of thermistor;
Open: Detected –40T [-40°F] or less
0T [32°F]····· 15k!
10T [50°F]····· 9.6k!
20T [68°F]····· 6.3k!
30T [86°F]····· 4.3k!
40T [104°F]··· 3.0k!
´ Detecting circuit failure in the
indoor controller board
When there is no problem in above
mentioned J´´, replace the indoor
controller board.
Discharge temperature thermistor (TH4)
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the
outdoor unit stops once and restarts
operation in 3minutes. When the detected
temperature is normal at just before of
restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.
J Connector (TH4) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH4)
in the multi controller board is
connected or not.
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In
this time, <5101> is displayed.
´ Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection
Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.
´ Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
When the resistance is not below
value, replace the thermistor.
0T [32°F]····· about 700k!
10T [50°F]····· about 410k!
20T [68°F]····· about 250k!
30T [86°F]····· about 160k!
40T [104°F]··· about 104k!
For 10 minutes after starting compressor,
for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.
Short: 216T [421°F] or more (1k!)
Open: 0T [32°F] or less (700k!)
Note) When outer temperature thermistor
(TH7) is 5T [41°F] or less on cooling,
open detecting is not determined as
abnormality.
´ Multi controller board input circuit
failure
Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi
controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.
1.3: Open
219.4: Short
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
(2) Compressor overcurrent interruption
Abnormal if overcurrent DC bus or
compressor is detected after compressor
starts operating for 30 seconds.
Over current : 27.5A
Outdoor fan motor
Abnormal if rotational frequency of the fan
motor is not detected during DC fan motor
operation.
Fan motor rotational frequency is abnormal if;
• 100 rpm or below detected continuously
for 15 seconds at 20: or more outside
air temperature
• 50 rpm or below or 1500 rpm or more
detected continuously for 1 minute.
J Stop valve of outdoor unit is closed.
´ Decrease of power supply voltage
´ Looseness, disconnection or converse
of compressor wiring connection
´ Defective fan of indoor/outdoor units
´ Short cycle of indoor/outdoor units
ô Defective input circuit of outdoor
controller board
¨ Defective compressor
J Failure in the operation of the DC fan motor
´ Failure in the outdoor circuit controller board
J Open stop valve.
´ Check facility of power supply.
´ Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor.
(Outdoor power circuit board)
´ Check indoor/outdoor fan.
´ Solve short cycle.
ô Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
¨ Check compressor
× Before the replacement of the outdoor
controller circuit board, disconnect the
wiring to compressor from the outdoor
power circuit board and check the output
voltage among phases, U, V, W, during
test run (SW7-1 ON). No defect on board
if voltage among phases (U-V, V-W and
W-U) is same. Make sure to perform the
voltage check with same performing
frequency.
J Check or replace the DC fan motor.
´ Check the voltage of the outdoor circuit
controller board during operation.
´ Replace the outdoor circuit contrlooer
board. (when the failure is still indicated
even after performing the remedy 1
above.)
4250
4400
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
44
5102 Liquid pipe temperature thermistor (TH22)
When the thermistor detects short/open
during the operation, the operation stops
and the operation changes to protect mode
of restarting in 3minutes. If the thermistor
does not recover in 3minutes, the
operation stops due to detecting
abnormality. In this time, <5102> is
displayed. Then, if the thermistor recover
in 3minutes, it operates normally.
Connector (CN21 or CN44) contact
failure
Check whether the connector (CN21
or CN44) in the indoor controller
board is connected or not.
Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection
Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.
Short: Detected 90T [194°F] or more
Thermistor failure
Open: Detected -40T [-40°F] or less
Check the resistance of thermistor;
0T [32°F] ·····15k!
10T [50°F] ·····9.6k!
20T [68°F] ·····6.3k!
30T [86°F] ·····4.3k!
40T [104°F] ···3.0k!
Detecting circuit failure in the indoor
controller board
When there is no problem in above
mentioned J´´, replace the indoor
controller board.
Low pressure saturation temperature
thermistor (TH6)
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the outdoor
unit stops once and restarts operation in
3minutes. When the detected temperature
is normal at just before of restarting, the
outdoor unit restarts.
Connector (TH6) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH6)
in the multi controller board is
connected or not.
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In
this time, <5102> is displayed.
Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection
Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.
Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
0T [32°F]·····15k!
For 10 minutes after starting compressor,
heating mode, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.
10T [50°F]·····9.6k!
20T [68°F]·····6.3k!
Short: 90T [194°F] or more
30T [86°F]·····4.3k!
Open: -40T [-40°F] or less
40T [104°F]···3.0k!
Multi controller board input circuit
failure
Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi
controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.
-42.5: Open
91.9: Short
J
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
´
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
45
5103 Gas pipe temperature thermistor (TH23)
When the thermistor detects short/open
after 3minutes-continuous thermo ON
during cooling or dry operation, the
operation stops and the operation
changes to protect mode of restarting in
3minutes. If the thermistor does not
recover in 3minutes, the the operation
stops due to detecting abnormality. In this
time, <5103> is displayed. Then, if the
thermistor recover in 3minutes, it
operates normally.
Connector (CN29 or CN44) contact
failure
Check whether the connector (CN29
or CN44) in the indoor controller board
is connected or not.
Thermistor wiring disconnection or half
disconnection
Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.
Short: Detected 90T [194°F] or more
Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
Open: Detected -40T [-40°F] or less
0T [32°F]·····15k!
10T [50°F]·····9.6k!
20T [68°F]·····6.3k!
30T [86°F]·····4.3k!
40T [104°F]···3.0k!
Detecting circuit failure in the indoor
controller board
When there is no problem in above
mentioned J´´, replace the indoor
controller board.
5105
Pipe temperature / judging defrost
thermistor (TH3)
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the outdoor
unit stops once and restarts operation in
3minutes. When the detected temperature
is normal at just before of restarting, the
outdoor unit restarts.
Connector (TH3) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH3)
in the multi controller board is
connected or not.
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In
this time, <5105> is displayed.
Thermistor wiring disconnection or half
disconnection
Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.
Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
When the resistance is not below
value, replace the thermistor.
0T [32°F]·····15k!
For 10 minutes after starting compressor,
for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.
10T [50°F]·····9.6k!
20T [68°F]·····6.3k!
Short: 88T [190°F] or more (0.4k!)
30T [86°F]·····4.3k!
Open: -39T [-38°F] or less (115k!)
40T [104°F]···3.0k!
Multi controller board input circuit
failure
Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi
controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.
-42.5: Open
91.9: Short
J
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
´
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
46
5106
Outdoor temperature thermistor (TH7)
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
J Connector (TH7) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH7) in
the multi controller board is connected
or not.
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the
outdoor unit stops once and restarts
operation in 3minutes. When the detected
temperature is normal at just before of
restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.
´ Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection
Check whether the thermistor wiring is
disconnected or not.
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In
this time, <5106> is displayed.
´ Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
When the resistance is not below
value, replace the thermistor.
For 10 minutes after starting compressor,
for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.
Short: 90T [194°F] or more
Open: -40T [-40°F] or less
0T [32°F]·····15k!
10T [50°F]·····9.6k!
20T [68°F]·····6.3k!
30T [86°F]·····4.3k!
40T [104°F]···3.0k!
´ Multi controller board input circuit
failure
Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi
controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.
5110 Heatsink temperature thermistor (TH8)
(internal thermistor of power module)
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the
outdoor unit stops once and restarts
operation in 3minutes. When the detected
temperature is normal at just before of
restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.
When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops due to detecting abnormality. In
this time, <5110> is displayed.
JConnector (TH8) contact failure.
´ Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection.
´ Thermistor failure
For 10 minutes after starting compressor,
for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.
Short:102T [216°F] or more
Open: -27T [-17°F] or less
´ Power board input circuit failure Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi
controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the power
board.
-81.0: Open
999.9: Short
J
´
´
J
´
´
J
´
´
´
´
-42.5: Open
91.9: Short
Check whether the connector (TH8) in
the power circuit board.
Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.
Check the resistance of thermistor;
When the resistance is not below
value, replace the thermistor.
0T [32°F]·····180k!
10T[50°F]·····105k!
20T [68°F]·····63k!
30T [86°F]·····39k!
40T [104°F]···25k!
J
´
´
´ Wrong setting of model setting switch
(SW4)
´ See 9-5. SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE
; SW4 model switching, then set correctly.
*When SW4-1 is on, it will be 5110 error.
Set correctly.
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
47
5201
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
Pressure sensor (63HS)
When detected pressure in high-pressure
sensor is 1 MPa [145PSIG] or less during
the operation, the compressor stops and
restarts operation in 3 minutes.
J High-pressure sensor failure Check the high-pressure sensor.
When the detected pressure is 1 MPa
[145PSIG] or less at just before of
restarting, the compressor stops due to
detecting abnormality. In this time, <5201>
is displayed.
´ Internal pressure decrease by gas
leakage
Check the internal pressure.
´ Connector contact failure,
disconnection
Check the high-pressure sensor.
´ Multi controller board input circuit
failure
Check the high-pressure sensor.
For 3minutes after starting compressor,
for defrosting or for 3 minutes after recover
of defrosting, abnormality is not
determined as abnormality.
6600 Duplex address error
Detected error when transmission of unit
with the same address is confirmed,
J There are 2 units or more with the
same address among the outdoor
unit or indoor unit or lossnay
controller, remote controller.
Look for the unit, which is source of
abnormality with the same address.
When the same address is found,
correct the address and turn off power
supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit,
and lossnay for 2 minutes or more as
the same time. Then, turn on power
supply.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller
detecting abnormality.
´ When noise has occurred in the
transmission signal, and the signal
has changed.
Check the transmitted wave and the
noise on the transmission line.
6602 Transmission processor H/W error
'' 1 '' shows on the transmission line though
the transmission processor transmitted '' 0''.
J When the wiring for either of the
indoor unit, the outdoor unit or
lossnay transmission line is
constructed or polarity is changed
with the power supply turned on,
the transmission waves change in
case that the transmission data
collides mutually. It causes to
detect error.
When the transmission line is
constructed with the current flowed,
turn off power supply of outdoor unit,
indoor unit and lossnay for 2 minutes
or more as the same time. Then, turn
on power supply. Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller
detecting abnormality.
´ Transmission processor circuit
failure
Check the transmitted wave and the
noise on the transmission line.
´ When the transmission data has
changed by the noise.
J
´
´
J
´
J
´
J
5300
´
´
´
Current sensor error
Abnormal if current sensor detects –1.5A to
1.5A during compressor operation.
(This error is ignored in case of SW7-1 ON.)
Abnormal if input current exceeds 38A or
34A continuously 10 seconds. (Current
sensor on noise filter board detects input
current.)
J Disconnection of compressor wiring
´ Defective circuit of current sensor on
outdoor power circuit board
J Decrease of power supply voltage J Check the facility of power supply.
J Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor.
(Outdoor power circuit board).
´ Replace outdoor power circuit board.
5701
Disconnected float switch connector
Abnormal if detected that the float
switch connector is disconnected(open)
during operation
1) Disconnection of connecor(CN4F) J Check the disconnetion of
connector(CN4F) on the indoor
controller board.
48
6603 Transmission bus busy error
Over error by collision The transmission processor cannot be
transmitted since a short cycle voltage
of the noise etc. mixes on the
transmission line consecutively.
Check whether the transmission line of
the indoor unit, fresh master, lossnay
and remote controller is connected to
the outdoor unit terminal board (TB7)
for centralized controller or not.
Abnormality when the state, which cannot
be transmitted by collision of transmission,
is consecutive for 8 to 10minutes.
The transmission volume increases
and cannot be transmitted since the
wiring method is mistaken and the
routing technique to the terminal
board (TB3) for the transmission line
of the outdoor unit and the terminal
board (TB7) for centralized control
cannot be transmitted.
Check whether the transmission line
with the other refrigerant system of the
indoor unit and lossnay is connected to
the outdoor unit terminal board (TB3)
for transmission or not.
The state that data cannot to be output to
the transmission line by the noise
happens for 8 to 10minutes consecutively.
The share becomes high since the data
exists together to other transmitted
data by a defective repeater (function
which connects and intercepts the
transmission of controlling system and
centralized control system), and it
causes abnormal detection.
Check whether the outdoor unit
terminal board for transmission line
(TB3) and for centralized controller
(TB7) are connected or not.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller
detecting abnormality.
Check the transmitted wave and the
noise on the transmission line.
Signal communication error with
transmission processor
6606
Signal communication error between unit
processor and transmission processor
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller
detecting abnormality.
The address transmission from the
unit processor was not normally
transmitted by the hardware of
transmission processor defective.
J
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
J
´
Tha data of the unit/transmission
processor was not normally
transmitted due to accidental
disturbance such as noise and
lightening surge.
Turn off power supply of outdoor unit,
indoor unit, and lossnay for 2minutes
or more at the same time. Then, turn
on power supply. It normally recovers
from the malfunction that happens by
chance. When same abnormality
occurs again, it is defective of the
controller.
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
49
6607 No ACK (Acknowledgement)
Abnormality which controller of the
sending side detects when there is no
answer (ACK) from other side though data
was transmitted once. It is detected 6
times every 30seconds continuously.
Factor that does not related to origin Turn off power supply of outdoor unit,
indoor unit fresh master and lossnay
for 2 minutes or more at the same
time. Then, turn on power supply. It
recovers normally at the malfunction
that happens by chance.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller,
which did not send back replay (ACK).
Since the address switch was changed
with the current passed, the unit in the
last address does not exist.
Check the address switch in the
address, which occurs abnormality.
Decline of transmission voltage and
signal by transmission line tolerance
over
Check whether the transmission line
is connected / loosen or not at origin.
(Terminal board or connector)
· The furthest point···200m
Check whether the transmission line
tolerance is over or not.
· Remote controller line···(12m)
(Refer to 7-3.)
Check whether the kind of
transmission line is mistaken or not.
Decline of transmission line voltage
and signal by unmatched kind of line.
When there is any trouble from above
J-´, turn off power supply of outdoor
unit, indoor unit and lossnay for
2minutes or more at the same time.
Then, turn on power supply.
· Shield line-CVVS,CPEVS
When there is not any trouble in
single refrigerant system (1 outdoor
unit) from above J-´, controller
defective in displayed address and
attribute.
When there is not any trouble in
different refrigerant system (2 outdoor
unit or more) from above J-´,
determine it after ô.
When the address, which should not
exist, is an origin, since there is the
indoor unit which memorizes the
address data, cancel the unnecessary
address data by the manual setting
function of remote controller.
Line diameter···1.25 ± or more
However, they are limited to the
system, which sets the group between
different refrigerant systems, or which
fresh master /lossnay are connected.
Decline of transmission line voltage
and signal by a number of
over-connected units.
When there is not any trouble from
above J-ô, replace the displayed
address/attribute controller board.
Miss operation of origin controller,
which happens by chance.
In this time, when the error does not
recover to normal, the outdoor unit
multi controller board (repeater circuit)
defective is expected.
Original controller defective
When the cause of displayed address and
attribute is on the outdoor unit side
Contact failure of outdoor unit or
indoor unit transmission line
(The indoor unit detects when there is no
reply (ACK) on transmitting from the
indoor unit to the outdoor unit.)
Indoor unit transmission connector
(CN2M) disconnection
Sending/receiving signal circuit failure
in the indoor/outdoor unit
When the cause of displayed address and
attribute is on the indoor unit side
When operating with multi refrigerant
system indoor units, the remote
controller transmits the signal to the
indoor unit after the other refrigerant
system outdoor unit is turned off or
turned on again in 2minutes, and
detects abnormality.
(The remote controller detects when
there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting
from the remote controller to the indoor
unit.)
Contact failure of remote controller or
indoor unit transmission line.
Indoor unit transmission connector
(CN2M) disconnection.
Check the recovery by replacing the
multi controller board one by one.
Sending/receiving signal circuit failure
in the indoor unit or remote controller.
J
J
´
´
´
´
ô
J
´
´
´
´
J
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
ô
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
continued on the next page.
50
When the cause of displayed address and
attribute is on the remote controller side
When operating with multi refrigerant
system indoor units, the indoor units
transmits the signal to the remote
controller after the other refrigerant
system outdoor unit is turned off or
turned on again in 2minutes, and
detects abnormality.
(The indoor unit detects when there is no
reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor
unit to the remote controller unit.)
Contact failure of remote controller or
indoor unit transmission line
Indoor unit transmission connector
(CN2M) disconnection
Sending/receiving signal circuit failure
in the indoor unit or remote controller
When the cause of displayed address and
attribute is on the fresh master side
When synchronized operating with
other refrigerant system fresh master,
the indoor units transmits the signal to
the fresh master after the fresh master
and same refrigerant system outdoor
unit is turned off or turned on again in
2minutes, and detects abnormality.
(The indoor unit detects when there is no
reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor
unit to the fresh master.)
Contact failure of fresh master or
indoor unit transmission line
Indoor unit or fresh master
transmission connector (CN2M)
disconnection
Sending/receiving signal circuit failure
in the indoor unit or fresh master
When the cause of displayed address and
attribute is on the lossnay side
When the lossnay power supply is Off,
the indoor unit detects abnormality at
signal transmitting to the lossnay.
(The indoor unit detects when there is no
reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor
unit to the lossnay.)
6607
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
´
´
J
´
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
When synchronized operating with
other refrigerant system lossnay, the
indoor units transmits the signal to the
lossnay after the lossnay and same
refrigerant system outdoor unit is
turned off or turned on again in 2
minutes, and detects abnormality
Contact failure of lossnay or indoor
unit transmission line
Indoor unit transmission connector
(CN2M) disconnection
Sending/receiving signal circuit failure
in the indoor unit or lossnay
When the controller of displayed address
and attribute is not recognized
Since the address switch was changed
with the current passed, the unit in the
last address does not exist.
Since the fresh master/lossnay
address are changed after
synchronized setting of fresh master /
lossnay by the remote controller,
abnormality is detected at transmitting
from the indoor unit.
´
´
´
´
ô
J
´
51
Transmission repeats the failure by the
noise etc.
6608
No response
Decline of transmission voltage and
signal by transmission line tolerance
over
Check the transmission wave and
noise on the transmission line.
Though there was a replay (ACK) of
having received signal from the other
side, it is the abnormality when the
response command does not return.
The sending side detects the
abnormality continuously six times every
30 seconds.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller,
which did not response.
· The furthest point···200m [656ft]
Turn off power supply of outdoor unit,
indoor unit and lossnay for 2minutes or
more at the same time. Then, turn on
power supply again. It recovers
normally at the malfunction that
happens by chance. When same
abnormality occurs again, it is defective
of displayed address and attribute.
· Remote controller line···(12m [39ft])
(Refer to 8-3.)
Decline of transmission line voltage
and signal by unmatched kind of line
· Shield wire-CVVS,CPEVS
Wire diameter···1.25± [AWG16] or
more
Mis-operation of origin controller, which
happens by chance
J
´
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
J
´
´
´
6831
6834
6832
6833
Signal reception(Remote controller)
Following symptoms are regarded as
abnormality.
1) When the remote controller cannot
receive the signal from indoor controller
normally even once for 3 minutes
2) When the remote controller cannot
receive the signal even once for 2 minutes
Signal transmission(Remote controller)
Following symptoms are regarded as
abnormality.
1) When sub-remote controller cannot
transmit the signal to the transmission
path for 6 minutes
2) When the remote controller cannot
finish transmitting the signal for 30
times on end
J~´
Perform a check of the remote
controller.
According to the results, perform the
following disposals.
• When "RC OK" is displayed
The remote controller is normal.
Turn off the power supply and turn it
on again.
If "HO" or "PLEASE WAIT" is
displayed for 4 minutes or more,
replace the indoor controller board.
• When "RC NG" is displayed
Replace the remote controller.
• When "RC 6832 or 6833" or "ERC
00-66" is displayed
These displays may be due to noise,
etc.
´ Set one remote controller to main
remote controller and the other to
sub-remote controller.
Defect of the transmission and reception
circuit of the remote controller.
Defect of the transmission and
reception circuit of the indoor controller
board
Noise occurs on the transmission line
of the remote controller
All remote controllers are set as
sub-remote controller.
J
´
´
´
Defect of the transmission and
reception circuit of the remote controller
Noise occurs on the transmission line
of the remote controller
There are 2 main remote controllers.
J
´
´
J
´
J
´
7100
Connecting total models of the
indoor unit exceed the specified
level.
Check the total models of connected
indoor unit.
Total capacity
When connected total models of the
indoor units exceed the specified level
(130% of the outdoor unit models), error
code <7100> is displayed.
Check the model code registration
switch (indoor controller board SW2)
of connected indoor unit.
There is a mistake in the registration
of model name code of the outdoor
unit.
· PUMY-P36NHMU ( ~ code 26)
· PUMY-P48NHMU(1) ( ~ code 34)
· PUMY-P48NHMU2 ( ~ code 35)
Check the model code registration
switch (outdoor multi controller board
SW4) of the outdoor unit.
52
7105
Address setting error
Address setting of the outdoor unit is
wrong.
Addresses miss setting of the outdoor
unit.
Check the address setting of the
outdoor unit. The address should be
set in 000 or 51-100.
The outdoor unit is not set in 000 or in
the range of 51-100. When the setting is out of the range,
reset it, turn off power supply of the
outdoor unit, indoor unit and lossnay
for 2minutes or more at the same
time, and turn on power supply again.
7111 When an old type remote controller for
M-NET is used, and the remote
controller sensor is specified (SW1-1
is ON).
Replace the remote controller to net
work remote controller.
In the case of network remote controller, it
is an abnormality when incapable
response returns from the net work remote
controller during the operation.
Remote controller sensor
7102 Number of connecting unit over
When the connecting unit exceeds a
number of limitations, error code <7102> is
displayed.
Even if the indoor unit is not connected,
becomes <7102> is display.
Connecting unit exceeds a number of
limitations. It is assumed abnormality
excluding the following cases;
Check whether the connecting unit
exceeds a number of limitations or
not.
The indoor unit can be totally
connected up to 6(P36)/8(P48) units.
The indoor unit can be connected
up to 8 units
Ventilation unit connecting is only
1unit.
7101 Capacity code error
When the connected indoor unit models
cannot be connected, <7101> is displayed.
The indoor unit models is not possible
to connect.
Check the model code registration
switch (indoor controller board SW2)
in the connected indoor unit.
The indoor unit of 06-54 (code 4-28)
is possible to connect.
The outdoor unit SW1 operation can
check model code of the connected
indoor units.
Code of indoor unit No.1
Code of indoor unit No.2
Code of indoor unit No.3
Code of indoor unit No.4
Code of indoor unit No.5
Code of indoor unit No.6
Code of indoor unit No.7
Code of indoor unit No.8
J
´
0403 Serial communication error
Abnormal if serial communication between
outdoor multi board and outdoor power
board is defective.
J Breaking of wire or contact failure of
connector CN2
´ Breaking of wire or contact failure of
connector CN4
´ Defective communication circuit of
outdoor power board
´ Defective communication circuit of
outdoor multi board for power board
J´ Check connection of each
connector CN2, CN4.
´ Replace outdoor power board.
´ Replace outdoor multi board.
J
´
Display Abnormal point and detecting method
Causes
Check points
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
on
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
53
Transmission data from remote controller
Transmission data on transmission path
When the number of data errors is "02":
· MA remote controller is equipped with the diagnosis function
If the air conditioner cannot be operated from the remote controller, diagnose the remote controller as explained below.
J First, check that the power-on indicator is lit.
If the correct voltage (DC12 V) is not supplied to the remote controller, the
indicator will not light.
If this occurs, check the remote controller's wiring and the indoor unit.
´ Switch to the remote controller self-diagnosis mode.
Press the
CHECK
button for 5 seconds or more. The display content will
change as shown below.
Press the
FILTER
button to start self-diagnosis.
´ Remote controller self-diagnosis result
[When the remote controller is functioning correctly]
Check for other possible causes, as there is no problem with the remote
controller.
[When the remote controller malfunctions]
(Error display 1) "NG" blinks. → The remote controller's transmitting-receiv-
ing circuit is defective.
The remote controller must be replaced with a new one.
[Where the remote controller is not defective, but cannot be operated.]
(Error display 2) [E3], [6833] or [6832] blinks. → Transmission is not possible.
There might be noise or interference on the transmission path, or the indoor unit
or other remote controllers are defective. Check the transmission path and other
controllers.
(Error display 3) "ERC" and the number of data errors are displayed.
→ Data error has occurred.
The number of data errors is the difference between the number of bits sent from
the remote controller and the number actually transmitted through the transmis-
sion path. If such a problem is occurring, the transmitted data is affected by noise,
etc. Check the transmission path.
´ To cancel remote controller diagnosis
Press the
CHECK
button for 5 seconds or more. Remote controller diagnosis will be cancelled, "PLEASE WAIT" and operation lamp will blink. After
approximately 30 seconds, the state in effect before the diagnosis will be restored.
Power on indicator
9-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER DIAGNOSIS
54
ON/OFF
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
ERROR CODE
CLOCK
ON OFF
°C
CHECK
CHECK MODE
FILTER
TEST RUN
FUNCTION
°C
1Hr.
NOT AVAILABLE
STAND BY
DEFROST
FILTER
CHECK TEST
TEMP.
TIMER SET
“ ” indicator: Appears when current is carried.
(M-NET Remote controller)
(1) For M-NET remote controller systems
Symptom or inspection code Cause Inspection method and solution
Though the content of operation is
displayed on the remote
controller, some indoor units do
not operate.
• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.
• The address of the indoor units in same group or the remote controller
is not set correctly.
• The group setting between outdoor units is not registered to the remote
controller.
• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
• Check the part where the
abnormality occurs.
J The entire system
´ In the entire refrigerant system
´ In same group only
´ 1 indoor unit only
<In case of the entire system or in
the entire refrigerant system>
• Check the self-diagnosis LED
of the outdoor unit.
• Check the items shown in the
left that are related to the
outdoor unit.
<In case of in same group only or
1 indoor unit only>
• Check the items shown in the
left that are related to the
indoor unit.
Though the indoor unit operates,
the display of the remote controller
goes out soon.
• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.
• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
( ) is not displayed on the remote
controller. (M-NET remote controller
is not fed.)
• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.
• The connector of transmission outdoor power board is not connected.
• The number of connected indoor unit in the refrigeration system is over
the limit or the number of connected remote controller is over the limit.
• M-NET remote controller is connected to MA remote controller cable.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted or down.
• M-NET remote controller cable is shorted or down.
• Transmission outdoor power board failure.
"HO" keeps being displayed or it
is displayed periodically. ("HO" is
usually displayed about 3 minutes
after the power supply of the
outdoor unit is on.)
• The power supply for the feeding expansion unit for the transmission
line is not on.
• The address of the outdoor unit remains "00".
• The address of the indoor unit or the remote controller is not set correctly.
• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the
indoor/outdoor unit.
The remote controller does not
operate though ( ) is displayed.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted, down or
badly contacted.
9-3. REMOTE CONTROLLER TROUBLE
Symptom or inspection code Cause Inspection method and solution
Though the content of operation is
displayed on the remote controller,
some indoor units do not operate.
( ) is not displayed on the remote
controller. (MA remote controller is
not fed.)
"PLEASE WAIT" keeps being dis-
played or it isdisplayed periodically.
("PLEASE WAIT" is usually dis-
played about 3 minutes after the
power supply of the outdoor unit is
on.)
The remote controller does not
operate though ( ) is displayed.
• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.
• Wiring between indoor units in same group is not finished.
• The indoor unit and Slim model are connected to same group.
• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
• Check the part where the
abnormality occurs.
J The entire system
´ In the entire refrigerant system
´ In same group only
´ 1 indoor unit only
<In case of the entire system or in
the entire refrigerant system>
• Check the self-diagnosis LED
of the outdoor unit.
• Check the items shown in the
left that are related to the
outdoor unit.
<In case of in same group only or
1 indoor unit only>
• Check the items shown in the
left that are related to the
indoor unit.
Though the indoor unit operates,
the display of the remote
controller goes out soon.
• The power supply of the indoor unit (Master) is not on.
• In case of connecting the system controller, the setting of the system
controller does not correspond to that of MA remote controller.
• The fuse on the indoor unit (Master) controller board is blown.
The remote controller is not fed until the power supply of both indoor unit
and outdoor unit is on and the start-up of both units is finished normally.
• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.
• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.
• The number of connected remote controller is over the limit
(Maximum: 2 units) or the number of connected indoor unit that is
over the limit (Maximum: 16 units).
• The address of the indoor unit is "00" and the address for the outdoor
unit is the one other than "00".
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.
• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the
indoor/outdoor unit .
• The remote controller cable is shorted or down.
• The power supply cable or the transmission line is shorted or down.
• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.
• The power supply of the feeding expansion unit for the transmission
line is not on.
• The setting of MA remote controller is not main remote controller, but
sub-remote controller.
• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the
indoor/outdoor unit.
• The power supply of the indoor unit (Master) is not on.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.
• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted, down or
badly contacted.
•The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.
(2) For MA remote controller systems
55
Even the cooling (heating)
operation selection button
is pressed, the indoor unit
cannot be operated.
The auto vane runs freely.
Fan setting changes during
heating.
Fan stops during heating
operation.
Fan does not stop while
operation has been stopped.
No setting of fan while start
SW has been turned on.
Indoor unit remote controller
shows “HO” or “PLEASE
WAIT ” indicator for about
2 minutes when turning
ON power supply.
Drain pump does not stop
while unit has been stopped.
Drain pump continues to
operate while unit has been
stopped.
"Cooling (Heating)" blinks
Normal display
Normal display
"Defrost "
Light out
STAND BY
“HO” blinks
“PLEASE WAIT” blinks
Light out

The indoor unit can not cool (heat) if other indoor units are heating
(cooling).
Because of the control operation of auto vane, it may change over
to horizontal blow automatically from the downward blow in cooling
in cause the downward blow operation has been continued for one
hour. At defrosting in heating, hot adjusting and thermostat OFF, it
automatically changes over to horizontal blow.
Ultra-low speed operation is commenced at thermostat OFF.
Light air automatically change over to set value by time or piping
temperature at thermostat ON.
The fan is to stop during defrosting.
Fan is to run for 1 minute after stopping to exhaust residual heat
(only in heating).
Ultra-low speed operation for 5 minutes after SW ON or until piping
temperature becomes 35C. There low speed operate for 2 minutes,
and then set notch is commenced. (Hot adjust control)
System is being driven.
Operate remote controller again after “HO” or “PLEASE WAIT”
disappears.
After a stop of cooling operation, unit continues to operate drain
pump for 3 minutes and then stops it.
Unit continues to operate drain pump if drainage is generated, even
during a stop.
Symptom Display of remote controller CAUSE
9-4. THE FOLLOWING SYMPTOM DO NOT REPRESENT TROUBLE (EMERGENCY)
56
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
Switch
SW U1
1s digit
SW U2
10ths digit
SW1 Digital
Display
Switching
SW2
Function
Switching
SW5
Function
switching
SW3
Test run
SW4
Model
Switching
Step
Operation in Each Switch Setting
ON OFF When to Set
Remarks
Before turning
the power on
Before the power
is turned on.
R
o
t
a
r
y

s
w
i
t
c
h
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Function
1~8
1~6
Can be set
either during
operation or not.
Before turning the
power on
Before turning the
power on.
Any time after the
power is turned on.
OFF to ON any time after
the power is turned on.
During compressor
running
OFF to ON during com-
pressor running.
Enable

ON
Disable
Enable
Enable
Active
Normal
Normal
Inactive
Heating
Enable
Enable
Cooling
OFF

Start up Doesn't start up
Clear Do not clear
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Fix Normal
Fix Normal
Clear abnormal data
Run adjustment mode.
Selects operating system startup
Connection Information Clear Switch
Abnormal data clear switch input
Pump down
Auto change over from Remote controller

Mode setting
ON/ OFF from outdoor unit
<Initial settings>
<Initial settings>
<Initial settings>
<Initial settings>
<Initial settings>
<Initial settings>
Set for each capacity.
Pressure limitation value change
Change the indoor unit's LEV opening at
start
Fixing the indoor units linear expansion
valve opening
Fix the operation frequency
Change the indoor unit's LEV opening
at defrost
SWU2
(10ths digit)
0 1
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9
SWU1
(1s digit)
0 1
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9
SWU2
(10ths digit)
0 1
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9
SWU1
(1s digit)
0 1
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6
1
ON
OFF
2
Can be set when off
or during operation
Can be set when off
or during operation
Switching the target sub cool.
During the FAN or COOL mode,and thermo-OFF
or OFF in heating operation, set the opening of
linear expansion valve on indoor unit ×1
During the FAN or COOL mode,and thermo-OFF
in heating operation, set the opening of linear ex-
pansion valve on indoor unit ×2
Active Inactive
<MODEL SELECT>
×1 SW5-7 Refrigerant shortage amount is measured during heating operation
(Refrigerant piping is long etc.)
×2 SW5-8 Countermeasure against room temperature rise for indoor unit in FAN, COOL, and thermo-OFF (heating) mode.
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
×3 (Note : Except PUMY-P48NHMU and PUMY-P48NHMU-BS)
DIP SW4-4 for primary heating control : Set DIP SW4-4 when power is turned off at unit
DIP SW4-4 OFF : Disable primary heating function (Initial setting)
DIP SW4-4 ON : Enable primary heating function
MODELS
PUMY-P48NHMU
SW4
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
PUMY-P36NHMU
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
× 3
9-5. INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE
PUMY-P48NHMU/NHMU1/NHMU2(-BS) PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS)
57
<Initial settings>
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
<Initial settings>
<Initial settings>
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4 5 6
1
ON
OFF
2
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
Switch
SW6
Function
switching
SW7
Function
switching
SW8
Function
switching
Step
Operation in Each Switch Setting
ON OFF When to Set
Remarks
Before turning the
power on.
Before turning the
power on.
During compressor
running in heating
mode.
Can be set when
off or during
operation
Can be set when
off or during
operation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
Function
— — — —
— — — —
Normal
Switch of current limitation reading
in a different way
Enable Normal
Ignore current sensor
abnormality
Silent mode/ Demand Control
Selection (see next page)
Change of defrosting control
Forced defrost Normal
Silent
mode
Normal
Forced defrost
Enable
Enable
Normal
Restriction of maximum
frequency
Enable Normal
Ignore refrigerant filling
abnormality
Enable Normal
Enable Normal
Switching the target discharge
pressure (Pdm)
Enable Normal
Switching (1) the target evaporation
temperature (ETm)
Switching (2) the target evaporation
temperature (ETm)
— — —
— —


— — —
— — —
Demand Control
Enable
(For high humidity)
58
CN51
X
5
4
3
/ ¨
¨
´ ±
J
J
´
±
¨
Y
L1 : Error display lamp
L2 : Compressor operation lamp
X, Y : Relay (Coil standard of 0.9W or less for DC 12V)
!
/ ¨
¨
±
±
¨
!
CN3N X
Y
SW1
SW2
1
2
3
X, Y : Relay (DC1mA)
SW1
SW2
ON
Heating
Validity of SW1
OFF
Cooling
Invalidity of SW1
SW1
SW2
ON
Heating
Validity of SW1
OFF
Cooling
Invalidity of SW1
J
´
/ ¨
¨
±
±
¨
!
CN3D X
Y
SW1
SW2
1
2
3
The silent mode and the demand control are selected by switching
the Dip switch 8-1 on outdoor controller board.
It is possible to set it to the following power sonsumption (compared with ratings) by
setting SW1,2
Silent mode Silent mode operation
Outdoor controller board DIP SW8-1 SW1 SW2 Function
Demand control
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON

OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
100%
75%
50%
0%
(Normal)
(Stop)
/ Distant control board
± Relay circuit
¨ External output adapter (PAC-SA88HA-E)
¨ Outdoor unit control board
/ Remote control panel
± Relay circuit
¨ External input adapter (PAC-SC36NA)
¨ Outdoor unit control board
± Relay power supply
! Procure locally
¨ Max. 10m[33ft]
/ Remote control panel
± Relay circuit
¨ External input adapter (PAC-SC36NA)
¨ Outdoor unit control board
± Relay power supply
! Procure locally
¨ Max. 10m[33ft]
± Lamp power supply
! Procure locally
¨ Max. 10m[33ft]
~
~
Y
X
Y
X
~
Y
X
L1
L2
9-6. OUTDOOR UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT CONNECTOR
State (CN51)
Auto change over (CN3N)
Silent Mode / Demand Control (CN3D)
59
A1
A2
L3 L2 L1
T3 T2 T1
Parts name Check points
Disconnect the connector then measure the resistance with a tester.
(At the ambient temperature 10T~30T [50°F~86°F])
Thermistor (TH3)
<Outdoor pipe>
Thermistor (TH4)
<Discharge>
Thermistor (TH6)
<Low pressure saturated
temperature>
Thermistor (TH7)
<Outdoor>
Thermistor (TH8)
<Heatsink>
Normal
160k0~410k0
4.3k0~9.6k0
39k0~105k0
TH4
TH3
TH6
TH7
TH8
Abnormal
Open or short
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
(At the ambient temperature 20T [68°F])
Solenoid valve coil
<Four-way valve>
(21S4)
Motor for compressor
(MC)
Normal Abnormal
Open or short
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
(Surrounding temperature 20T [68°F])
Normal
1183 ± 1000
Abnormal
Open or short
Solenoid valve coil
<Bypass valve>
(SV1)
Refer to next page. Fan motor(MF1,MF2)
1190 ± 1000
0.1880
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
(Winding temperature 20T [68°F])
Normal Abnormal
Open or short
W
V
U
Normal
5.60 ± 5%
Abnormal
Open* or short
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
*In case of open failure, check ACTM with a tester as well.
(Refer to 9-9. Test point ; the item of ACTM)
Rush current protect
resistor (RS)
only PUMY-P48NHMU(1)(-BS)
Note : As for P36NHMU and
P48NHMU2(-BS),rush current
protect resistor is mounted on noise
filter curcuit board. (200±5% / 10W)
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
Coil (A1-A2)
Reference value : 1.45k0
Normal Abnormal
Open or short
Note : As for P36NHMU and
P48NHMU2(-BS),52C relay is
mounted on noise filter curcuit board.
(Reference value : 1550 (typ))
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
Normal
Reference value : 0.040
Abnormal
Open or short*
*Because the resistor of the reactor is little, it is difficult to determine if it is short or normal with an ordinary tester.
52C relay (52C)
only PUMY-P48NHMU(1)(-BS)
Reactor (DCL)
9-7. HOW TO CHECK THE PARTS
PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
60
Notes
· High voltage is applied to the connecter (CNF1, 2) for the fan motor. Give attention to the service.
· Do not pull out the connector (CNF1, 2) for the motor with the power supply on.
(It causes trouble of the outdoor controller circuit board and fan motor.)
Self check
Symptom : The outdoor fan cannot turn around.
J
´
Check method of DC fan motor (fan motor / outdoor controller circuit board)
Power supply check(Remove the connector (CNF1, 2))
Measure the voltage in the outdoor controller circuit board.
TEST POINT J : VDC (between 1 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector): VDC DC280-340V (When ACTM stops), DC350V (When ACTM is operating)
TEST POINT ´ : VCC (between 5 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector): VCC DC15V
No
NG
NG
Wiring contact check
Contact of fan motor connector (CNF1, 2)
Fuse check
Check the fuse (F500) on outdoor
controller board.
Recover wiring.
Replace outdoor controller board.
Replace the fan motor.
Replace outdoor controller board (MULTI.B.) (C.B)
and fan motor (MF1, 2).
Replace outdoor
controller board.
Replace the fan motor.
Is the voltage normal?
Is there contact failure? Yes
Yes
No
Did the fuse blow?
No
Yes
Check the operation of fan. END
Yes OK
Check the operation. END
OK
㪝㪘㪥㩷㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩䇭㩿㪤㪝㪈㪀
㪠㫅㫍㪼㫉㫋㪼㫉
㪻㫉㫀㫍㪼㫉
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪞㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪓㪄㩷㫇㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㫊㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㩿㫀㫅㫍㪼㫉㫋㪼㫉㩷㪻㫉㫀㫍㪼㪀
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪓㪄㩷㫇㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㫊㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㩿㪾㪸㫋㪼㩷㪻㫉㫀㫍㪼㪀
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪄㪕㩷㩷㫉㫆㫋㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫀㪾㫅㪸㫃
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪓㪄㩷㪺㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃㩷㫍㫆㫃㫋㪸㪾㪼










㪚㪥㪝㪈
㪚㪥㪛㪚 㪝㪌㪇㪇
㪛㪚㪈㪌㪭
㪛㪚㪇㪄㪍㪅㪌㪭
㪛㪚㪇㪄㪈㪌㪭㩷㫇㫌㫃㫊㪼
㪚㪌㪈㪇
㪤㫌㫃㫋㫀㩷㪺㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃㫃㪼㫉㩷㪹㫆㪸㫉㪻
㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽲㩷㪭
㪛㪚
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽳㩷㪭㪺㪺
㪚㪟㪜㪚㪢㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫

㪛㪚㪉㪏㪇㪄㪊㪌㪇㪭
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽴㩷㪭㫊㫇
㪧㪚㪌㪈㪈
㪚㪌㪈㪌
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽵㩷㪭
㪝㪞
㪚㪏㪉㪘
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽴㩷㪭㫊㫇
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽵㩷㪭
㪝㪞
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽳㩷㪭㪺㪺
㪚㪟㪜㪚㪢㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫
㪝㪘㪥㩷㪤㪦㪫㪦㪩䇭㩿㪤㪝㪉㪀
㪠㫅㫍㪼㫉㫋㪼㫉
㪻㫉㫀㫍㪼㫉
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪞㫉㫆㫌㫅㪻
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪓㪄㩷㫇㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㫊㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㩿㫀㫅㫍㪼㫉㫋㪼㫉㩷㪻㫉㫀㫍㪼㪀
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪓㪄㩷㫇㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㫊㫌㫇㫇㫃㫐㩷㩿㪾㪸㫋㪼㩷㪻㫉㫀㫍㪼㪀
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪄㪕㩷㩷㫉㫆㫋㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫀㪾㫅㪸㫃
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪓㪄㩷㪺㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃㩷㫍㫆㫃㫋㪸㪾㪼







㪚㪥㪝㪉
㪛㪚㪇㪄㪍㪅㪌㪭
㪛㪚㪇㪄㪈㪌㪭㩷㫇㫌㫃㫊㪼
㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽲㩷㪭
㪛㪚
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽴㩷㪭㫊㫇
㪧㪚㪌㪈㪉
㪚㪌㪈㪍
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽵㩷㪭
㪝㪞
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽴㩷㪭㫊㫇
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽵㩷㪭
㪝㪞
㪫㪜㪪㪫㪪㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫㩷㽳㩷㪭㪺㪺
㪚㪟㪜㪚㪢㩷㪧㪦㪠㪥㪫



㪚㪥㪛㪚
㪧㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㪹㫆㪸㫉㪻
· The inverter control P.C. board is built in the fan motor of this outdoor unit.
· When F500 that is on controller board is blown, change the fan motor and multi controller board at the same time (F500 is
impossisble to changae).
· For outdoor unit, there are 2 fan motors (up and down; MF1/MF2), it is possible to connect to either CNF1 or CNF2 on the
board.
· It is abnormal when the abnormlity is detected from either both fan motors or only one side.
61
Check method of multi controller board
Normal
LED1 LED2
Fuse check
Check the fuse on Multi controller board
Did the fuse (F500) blow?
Replace Multi board and fan motor.
*See DC fan check
Did the fuse (F1 and F2) blow? Check the SV1 and 21S4 and wiring.
7seg LED is lit?
(SW1 : all off)
280V to 350V DC?
*Check wiring
*Replace multi controller board
*Check the breaker and main incoming power
*Check noise filter board
*Check wiring
Check the voltage from the power board
to CNDC(PNK) connector.
No
No
Yes
(lit)
No (No lit)
Yes
No
Multi controller board check
Yes (blow)
Yes (blow)
Noise filter circuit board CNAC2(RED)
208/230V
±10% AC
LI
NI
208/230V
±10% AC
CNDC (PNK)
Power circuit board
3
-
1
CNDC
(PNK)
LO
NO
NO LO
conv.
circuit
Multi controller board
280-350V DC
208/230V
±10% AC
3 1
CNAC (RED) F1
F2
F500
208/230V ±10% AC
L1
L2
TB1
62
Check method of power board
Normal
Is the voltage of main incoming power
208/230V AC ?
*Check the breaker and power supply
Is the voltage to the compressor
(U-V,U-Wand V-W) balanced ?
*To check the voltage of the parts on this board with a tester is difficult due to its location.
Test points are limited.
*Check wiring
*Check model setting switch SW4
on the multi controller board.
*Replace power board
Is the voltage of CNDC(PNK) on multi
board 280-350V DC?
*Check wiring
*Check power board
*Check noise filter board
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Power board check
Multi controller board
Noise filter circuit board
208/230V ±10% AC
LI
NI
208/230V ±10% AC
3
-
1
CNDC
(PNK)
LO
NO
Power board
280-350V DC
208/230V ±10% AC
COMP
W
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN2
(WHT)
U-V 10V-180V AC
U-W10V-180V AC
V-W10V-180V AC
conv.
circuit
*See test point
52C
P36NHMU
P48NHMU2
W
W
W
V
U
Circuit diagram
L1
L2
TB1
63
Check method of noise filter circuit board
Normal
Is the voltage of main incoming power
208/230V±10% AC ?
*Check the breaker and power supply
Is the voltage of CNAC (RED) on multi
board CNAC (RED)
208/230V±10% AC?
*Check wiring
*Replace noise filter board
Is the voltage of CNDC(PNK) on multi
board 280-350V DC?
*Check wiring
*Check power board,
*To check the voltage of the parts on this board with a tester is difficult due to its location.
Test points are limited.
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
No
No
No
Is the voltage between M1 and M2 on
TB3 (M-NET transmission) 24-30V DC?
*Check wiring
*Check M-NET power board
*Check noise filter board
No
Turn off the incoming power supply
and check the resistance of RS1 on
the Noise filter board. *1
RS1 = open ?
Yes (open)
*Replace Noise filter board and check
52C-relay,wirign,power board and ACTM.
No
(normal)
*1 As for P48NHMU(1), 52C-relay and RS
are not mounted on noise filter circuit board.
Noise filter circuit board check
Yes
208/230V
±10% AC
Power circuit board
CNDC
(PNK)
NO LO
conv.
circuit
Noise filter circuit board
280-350V DC
208/230V
±10% AC
Multi controller board
CNAC2(RED)
2 1
M-NET power board
CNAC1(WHT)
5 3 1
3 1
208/230V ±10% AC 208/230V ±10% AC
To multi controller board
CNDC(PNK)
RS1(resistor) *1
52C(relay) *1
12V DC from multi
board CNLVB
*1 As for P48NHMU(1), 52C-relay and RS
are not mounted on noise filter circuit board.
Circuit diagram
L2
L1
TB1
64
Check method of ACTM
Normal
Is the voltage of main incoming power
208/230V ± -10% AC?
*Check the breaker and power supply
*To check the voltage of the parts on this board with a tester is difficult due to its location.
Test points are limited.
Is the voltage of CNDC(PNK) on multi
board 330 - 350V DC during cooling or
heating operation?
*Check wiring
*Check 52C relay
*Check ACTM
Yes
Yes
No
No
Is the voltage between 3pin and
4pin of CN2 on multi controller
board 18V DC?
*Replace multi controller board
Yes
No
ACTM check
(Active Filter Module)
Power supply
52C relay
Bus bar voltage
(DC)
COMP (Hz)
ACTM OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
0Hz
ex. 48Hz
0V
290/325V
330-350V
ON
208/230V
min Hz
290/325V
OFF
TIME CHART
power on starts stop
Noise filter circuit board
208/230V
±10% AC
LI
NI
208/230V ±10% AC
LO
NO
Power board
operate:330-350V DC
stop :290-325V DC
ACTM
Multi controller board
3
-
1
CNDC
(PNK)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN2
(WHT)
conv. circuit
208/230V
±10% AC
CN2 3-4pin : 18V DC
ACTM gate drive power supply
operate:330-350V DC
stop :290-325V DC
P48NHMU(1)
P36NHMU
P48NHMU2
52C
52C
DCL
Circuit giagram
COMP
W
U-V 10V-180V AC
U-W10V-180V AC
V-W10V-180V AC
W
W
W
V
U
L1
L2
TB1
65
Check method of M-NET transmission power board
Normal
24-30V DC ?
*Correct the short circuit point on
the M-NET transmission line.
24-30V DC ?
Is the incoming main voltage
208/230V ±10% AC ?
*Check wiring
*Replace M-NET transmission power board
*Check breaker and incoming power supply
*Check noise filter board
*Check wiring
Check the voltage between M1 and M2 on the
transmission terminal block TB3
Disconnect the indoor - outdoor transmission wiring
from the terminal block TB3 , and check the voltage
between M1 and M2 on TB3 again.
*To check the voltage of the parts on this board with a tester is difficult due to its location.
Test points are limited.
No
Yes
(24-30V DC )
No
Yes
(208-230V AC )
No
Yes
(24-30V DC )
M-NET transmission power board check
Noise filter
circuit board
1
-
3
CNAC1(WHT)
Multi controller board
M1 M2
CNS1
(RED)
2 1
CN102
(WHT)
TB3
4 3 2 1
208/230V
±10% AC
NI
LI
208/230V
±10% AC
CN1
CN2
24V-30V DC
24V-30V DC (Non-polar)
To Indoor Unit
M-NET transmission power board
L2
L1
TB1
66
<Thermistor feature chart>
Low temperature thermistors
• Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3)
• Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temperature> (TH6)
• Thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7)
0:[32°F] 15k'
10:[50°F] 9.6k'
20:[68°F] 6.3k'
25:[77°F] 5.2k'
30:[86°F] 4.3k'
40:[104°F] 3.0k'
Thermistor R0 = 15k' ± 3%
B constant = 3480 ± 2%
Rt =15exp{3480(
273+t

273
)}
1 1
Thermistor R120 = 7.465k' ± 2%
B constant = 4057 ± 2%
Rt =7.465exp{4057(
273+t

393
)}
1 1
20:[68°F] 250k'
30:[86°F] 160k'
40:[104°F] 104k'
50:[122°F] 70k'
60:[140°F] 48k'
70:[158°F] 34k'
80:[176°F] 24k'
90:[194°F] 17.5k'
100:[212°F] 13.0k'
110:[230°F] 9.8k'
High temperature thermistor
• Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4)
0
10
20
30
40
50
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-4 -14 32 50 68 86 104122
T
°F
Temperature
R
e
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

(
k
0
)
500
400
300
200
100
0
25 50 75 100 120
77 122 167 212 248
T
°F
Temperature
R
e
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

(
k
0
)
t : :=(°F-32)/1.8
t : :=(°F-32)/1.8
0:[32°F] 180k'
25:[77°F] 50k'
50:[122°F] 17k'
70:[158°F] 8k'
90:[194°F] 4k'
Thermistor R50 = 17k' ± 2%
B constant = 4170 ± 3%
Rt =17exp{4170(
273+t

323
)}
1 1
Medium temperature thermistor
Heatsink temperature thermistor (TH8)
200
150
100
50
0
25 50 75 100 110 125
77 122 167 212 230 257
T
ºF
Temperature
R
e
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

(
k
0
)
t : :=(°F-32)/1.8
9-8. HOW TO CHECK THE COMPONENTS
0.5
2.5 5
363 725
MPa
PSIG
2.5
4.5
Vout (V)
PRESSURE
3
2
1
WHT
BLU
BLK
S
E
N
S
O
R
5V DC
GND
63HS
Vout MICRO
COMPUTER
MULTI
CONTROLLER BOARD
´-J : 5V (DC)
´-J : Output Vout (DC)
<HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR>
67
9-9. TEST POINT DIAGRAM
Outdoor multi controller board
PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
SW2
pump down
21S4
Four-way valve
SV1
Bypass valve
CNAC
Power supply for multi
controller board
CNS1
Indoor/ outdoor unit
connecting wire
CNS2
Transmission wire of
centrallized control
CN40,CN41
Centralized control power
supply/ For storing
jumper connector selection
CN102
Connect to the M-P.B
(Transmission power board)
CN51
External signal
output
SW4
Model select
SW7
Forced defrost
SW3
Test run
CN2
Connect to the outdoor
power circuit board
1-5:
Power circuit board →
Transmitting signal to
the multi controller board
(0-5V DC)
2-5: Zero cross signal
(0-5V DC)
3-4: 18VDC
(ACTM power supply)
6-5: 16V DC
(Inverter drive power supply)
7-5: 16V DC
(Inverter drive power supply)
CNDC
DC290V–350V
(1(+)–3(-))
VCC (TEST POINT2)
(Voltage between pins of
C82A) : DC15V
(Same as CNF1,2 5(+)–4(-))
VSP (TEST POINT3)
(voltage between pins of
C515 and C516) :
DC0V (when stopped)
DC1–6.5V (when operated)
(Same as CNF1,2 6(+)–4(-))
CNF1, 2
Connect to fan motors
1–4 : DC290V–350V
5–4 : DC15V
6–4 : DC0–6.5V
7–4 : DC15V (when stopped)
DC0–15V pulse
(when operated)
VDC (TEST POINT1)
(Voltage between pins of
C510) : DC290V–350V
(Same as CNF1,2 1(+)–4(-))
VFG (TEST POINT4)
(voltage between left pins of
PC511 and PC512, pin1 and
pin2) :
(Same as CNF1,2 7(+)–4(-))
TH4 Thermistor
<Discharge>
TH7/ 6 Thermistor
<Outdoor/ Saturation tem-
perature of suction pressure>
63HS
High presser sensor
63H
High presser switch
TH3 Thermistor
<Outdoor pipe>
CN3D
Input of demand control
63L
Low pressure switch
SW1
Display selection
(Self diagnosis)
SWU2, SWU1
Address setting
SW8
Demand/ Silent selection
52C
52C relay signal
CNLVB
(only P36/P48NHMU2)
Connect to the oudoor noise
filter circuit board(CN52C)
1–6 : DC12V
CNDC and C510 have the same voltage.
Also possible to check at self check No. 45
SW1 : 10110100
68
Outdoor power circuit board
PUMY-P48NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU1
PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
PUMY-P36NHMU
PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
Note:The marks, L , N , N1 , N2 , P1 , P2 , U , V and W shown
in the diagram are not actually printed on the board.
TABU/V/W
Connect to the compressor (MC)
Voltage among phases:10V~180V AC
TABP1/SC-P1
Connect to 52C (P48NHMU)
Connect to ACTM (+)
(P36NHMU, P48NHMU2)
TABP2/SC-P2
Connect to the
ACTM(P)
CN4
Connect to the
outdoor controller
circuit board (CN4)
CN2
Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board
(CN2)
1-5:Transmitting signal to the outdoor
controller circuit board (0~5V DC)
2-5:Zero cross signal (0~5V DC)
3-4:18V DC
6-5:16V DC
7-5:16V DC
CN3
Thermistor (TH8)
<Heatsink>
CN5
Detection of primary
current
Connect to the
outdoor noise filter
circuit board (CN5)
CNDC
310V DC (1+, 3–)
Connect to the outdoor con-
troller circuit board
TABS/T
Connect to the outdoor
noise filter circuit board
Voltage among
phases:208/230V AC
Brief Check of POWER MODULE
W Usually, they are in a state of being short-circuited if they are broken.
Measure the resistance in the following points (connectors, etc.).
If they are short-circuited, it means that they are broken.
1. Check of POWER MODULE
1.Check of DIODE circuit
S - P1 , T - P1 , S - N1 , T - N1
2.Check of IGBT circuit
P2 - U , P2 - V , P2 - W , N2 - U , N2 - V , N2 - W
TABN1/SC-N1
Connect to the ACTM(-)
TABN2/SC-N2
Connect to the ACTM (N2)
69
Outdoor noise filter circuit board
PUMY-P48NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU1
PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
CNAC2
208/230V AC
(Connect to the
outdoor control-
ler circuit board
(CNAC))
EI
Connect to
the earth
LI, NI
Voltage of 208/230V AC is input
(Connect to the terminal block (TB1))
CN5
Primary current
(Connect to the
outdoor power
circuit board
(CN5))
LO, NO
Voltage of 208-230V AC is output
(Connect to the outdoor power
circuit board)
TABS
TABT
CNAC1
208/230V AC
(Connect to the
M-NET power cir-
cuit board
(M-P.B.))
Current
tranceformer
(Primary current)
70
Outdoor noise filter circuit board
PUMY-P36NHMU
PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
CNAC2
208/230V AC
(Connect to the
outdoor control-
ler circuit board
(CNAC))
EI
Connect to
the earth
LI, NI
Voltage of 208/230V AC is input
(Connect to the terminal block (TB1))
CN5
52C driving
signal (Connect
to the outdoor
controller circuit
board (CNLVB))
LO, NO
Voltage of
208/230V AC is out-
put (Connect to the
outdoor power
circuit board)
CNAC1
208/230V AC
(Connect to the
M-NET power
circuit board
(M-P.B.))
CN5
Primary current
(Connect to the
outdoor power
circuit board
(CN5))
RS1
Rush current protect
resistor
20" ± 5% / 10W
E2
Connect to the
earth
52C Relay
(Coil resistance 155" (typ))
Current
tranceformer
(Primary current)
71
Transmission power board
PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
CN2
Connect to the outdoor multi
controller board
1-2: 24–30V DC
3-4: 24–30V DC
CN1
Connect to the outdoor
noise filter circuit board
1–3 : 208/230V AC
72
Active filter module
PUMY-P48NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU1
PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
DCL
L1 L2 ACTM
P
I
N1
N2
(+)
(- )
L
o
a
d
+
Connection and internal circuit diagram
L1, L2
Connect to the DCL(Reactor)
Connect to the 52C
Connect to
the outdoor
power circuit
board(TABN1)
+

I
Not used
N2
Connect to
the outdoor
power circuit
board(TABN2)
N1
Non-connect
P
Connect to the out-
door power circuit
board(TABP2)
Connect to the out-
door power circuit
board(CNAF)
1 : GND
2-1 : 15V DC
3-1 : Control signal
4, 5 : Not used
6-1 : Control signal
Error condition Normal value (reference) Symptom when the unit is in trouble
(–) and N1 / N2 / I open less than 1" 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON)
(–) and L2
short 100k" ~ 1M" 1 The breaker operates
open W
1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
P and L2
short 100k" ~ 1M" 1 The breaker operates
open W
1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
P and N1 / N2 / I
short 100k" ~ 1M" 1 The breaker operates
open W
1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
L2 and N1 / N2 / I
short 100k" ~ 1M" 1 The breaker operates
open W
1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
Tester check points of Acive filter module
W The symptom when the unit is in open error condition is described to determine open error by tester check.
73
Active filter module
PUMY-P36NHMU
PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
+
DCL
L1 L2 ACTM
P
Io
N1
N2
(+)
(- )
L
o
a
d
Connection and internal circuit diagram

+
L1, L2
Connect to the
DCL (Reactor)
Connect to the
outdoor power
circuit board
(TABP1)
N2
Non-connect
N1
Non-connect
P
Connect to the outdoor power
circuit board (TABP2)
Connect to the outdoor power
circuit board (CNAF)
1 : GND
2-1 : 15V DC
3-1 : Control signal
4, 5 : Not used
6-1 : Control signal
Upper
side
Connect to the outdoor
power circuit board (TABN1)
Lower
side
lo
Connect to the outdoor power
circuit board (TABN2)
Error condition Normal value (reference) Symptom when the unit is in trouble
(–) and Io open less than 1" 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON)
(–) and L2
short 100k" ~ 1M" 1 The breaker operates
open W
1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
P and L2
short 100k" ~ 1M" 1 The breaker operates
open W
1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
P and Io
short 100k" ~ 1M" 1 The breaker operates
open W
1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
L2 and Io
short 100k" ~ 1M" 1 The breaker operates
open W
1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.189 "ACTM error" display)
Tester check points of Acive filter module
W The symptom when the unit is in open error condition is described to determine open error by tester check.
74
9-10. OUTDOOR UNIT FUNCTIONS
SW:setting
0....OFF
1....ON
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
S
W
1

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
R
e
l
a
y

o
u
t
p
u
t

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

C
h
e
c
k

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

c
h
e
c
k

s
t
a
t
u
s

P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

i
n
p
u
t
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

i
n
p
u
t
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

i
n
p
u
t
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

1
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

2
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

3
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

1
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

2
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

3
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

2
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

3
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

4
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

5
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

6
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

7
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

8
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

9
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e

t
i
m
e
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e

t
i
m
e
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

C
a
p
a
c
it
y

c
o
d
e

(
N
o
.

1

in
d
o
o
r

u
n
it
)
C
a
p
a
c
it
y

c
o
d
e

(
N
o
.

2

in
d
o
o
r

u
n
it
)
C
a
p
a
c
it
y

c
o
d
e

(
N
o
.

3

in
d
o
o
r

u
n
it
)
C
a
p
a
c
it
y

c
o
d
e

(
N
o
.

4

in
d
o
o
r

u
n
it
)
C
a
p
a
c
it
y

c
o
d
e

(
N
o
.

5

in
d
o
o
r

u
n
it
)
1
C
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
o
r

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
N
o
.
1

u
n
i
t

c
h
e
c
k
2
5
2
C
N
o
.
2

u
n
i
t

c
h
e
c
k
4
S
V
1
N
o
.
4

u
n
i
t

c
h
e
c
k
O
v
e
r

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
7
N
o
.
7

u
n
i
t

c
h
e
c
k
5
(
S
V
2
)
N
o
.
5

u
n
i
t

c
h
e
c
k
6
N
o
.
6

u
n
i
t

c
h
e
c
k
T
H
6

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
8
L
i
g
h
t
i
n
g

a
l
w
a
y
s
N
o
.
8

u
n
i
t

c
h
e
c
k
T
H
8

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
O
N
:

l
i
g
h
t

o
n



O
F
F
:

l
i
g
h
t

o
f
f

W
h
e
n

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

o
c
c
u
r
s
,

c
h
e
c
k

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
.
C
h
e
c
k
:

l
i
g
h
t

o
n



N
o
r
m
a
l
:

l
i
g
h
t

o
f
f
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

i
n
p
u
t

m
i
c
r
o
p
r
o
c
e
s
s
o
r

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

(
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
)
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

a
l
l

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
i
e
s

r
e
m
a
i
n
i
n
g

i
n

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

a
l
l

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
i
e
s

r
e
m
a
i
n
i
n
g

i
n

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
i
e
s

u
p

t
o


p
r
e
s
e
n
t

(
i
n
c
l
u
d
i
n
g

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y


t
e
r
m
i
n
a
l
s
)

H
i
s
t
o
r
y

r
e
c
o
r
d

i
n

1

i
s

t
h
e


l
a
t
e
s
t
;

r
e
c
o
r
d
s

b
e
c
o
m
e

o
l
d
e
r


i
n

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e
;

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

r
e
c
o
r
d


i
n

1
0

i
s


t
h
e

o
l
d
e
s
t
.
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

c
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e

c
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
o
r

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

t
i
m
e
T
h
e
r
m
o

O
N

:

l
i
g
h
t

o
n



T
h
e
r
m
o

O
F
F

:

l
i
g
h
t

o
f
f

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t


c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

T
h
e

N
o
.

1

u
n
i
t

w
i
l
l

s
t
a
r
t

f
r
o
m


t
h
e

a
d
d
r
e
s
s

w
i
t
h

t
h
e

l
o
w
e
s
t


n
u
m
b
e
r
N
o
t
e
s
A
l
t
e
r
n
a
t
i
n
g

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

a
d
d
r
e
s
s
e
s

0
0
0
0
-
9
9
9
9

a
n
d

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

(
i
n
c
l
u
d
i
n
g

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

c
o
d
e
)
0
~
9
9
9
9
(
u
n
i
t
:
:
1
-
h
o
u
r
)
0
~
9
9
9
9
(
u
n
i
t
:
:
1
0
-
h
o
u
r
)
0
~
2
5
5
E
x
c
i
t
a
t
i
o
n

C
u
r
r
e
n
t
N
o
.
1

u
n
i
t

m
o
d
e
N
o
.
1

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
s
t
a
r
t

a
f
t
e
r

3

m
i
n
u
t
e
s
N
o
.
2

u
n
i
t

m
o
d
e
N
o
.
2

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
o
r

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
N
o
.
3

u
n
i
t

m
o
d
e
N
o
.
3

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
(
d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
)
N
o
.
4

u
n
i
t

m
o
d
e
N
o
.
4

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
N
o
.
5

u
n
i
t

m
o
d
e
N
o
.
5

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
N
o
.
6

u
n
i
t

m
o
d
e
N
o
.
6

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
N
o
.
7

u
n
i
t

m
o
d
e
N
o
.
7

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
N
o
.
8

u
n
i
t

m
o
d
e
N
o
.
8

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
0
0
0
0
~
9
9
9
9

(
A
l
t
e
r
n
a
t
i
n
g

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

a
d
d
r
e
s
s
e
s

a
n
d

e
r
r
o
r

c
o
d
e
)
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

m
o
d
e
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
n

t
h
e

L
E
D
1
,

2

(
d
i
s
p
l
a
y

d
a
t
a
)
N
o
.
D
e
l
a
y

c
o
d
e
1
2
0
2
1
2
0
5
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
2
2
1
D
e
l
a
y

c
o
d
e
1
4
0
2
1
6
0
0
1
6
0
1
4
3
2
0
4
3
3
0
4
3
5
0
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
T
H
4
)

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

O
u
t
d
o
o
r

p
i
p
e

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
T
H
3
)

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

R
a
d
i
a
t
o
r

p
a
n
e
l

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r

(
T
H
8
)

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

O
u
t
s
i
d
e

a
i
r

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
T
H
7
)

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
H
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e


a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
6
3
H
S
)

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
O
v
e
r

c
h
a
r
g
e

r
e
f
r
i
g
e
r
a
n
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
n
s
u
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t

r
e
f
r
i
g
e
r
a
n
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
H
e
a
t
s
i
n
k

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
P
o
w
e
r

m
o
d
u
l
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

i
n

t
h
e

n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
s
H
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
H
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
H
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
A
d
d
r
e
s
s

d
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
T
H
4
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
T
H
4
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

s
e
n
s
o
r
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
T
H
3

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
S
a
t
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

o
f

s
u
c
t
i
o
n

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
T
H
6
)

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r

i
n
s
u
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t

w
i
r
i
n
g

v
o
l
t
a
g
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

C
o
o
l
i
n
g

:

l
i
g
h
t

o
n



H
e
a
t
i
n
g
:

l
i
g
h
t

b
l
i
n
k
i
n
g

S
t
o
p

f
a
n
:

l
i
g
h
t

o
f
f
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

1
0

(
t
h
e

o
l
d
e
s
t
)
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

h
i
s
t
o
r
y

1

(
t
h
e

l
a
t
e
s
t
)
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

a
d
d
r
e
s
s

e
r
r
o
r
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

a
d
d
r
e
s
s

e
r
r
o
r
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

s
e
n
s
o
r
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

s
e
n
s
o
r
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
H
e
a
t
s
i
n
k
o
v
e
r
h
e
a
t
i
n
g
O
v
e
r

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n
t
e
r
c
e
p
t
i
o
n
T
H
4

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
T
H
3

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

f
a
n

r
o
t
a
n
t
i
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
T
H
7

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
H
e
a
t
s
i
n
k
o
v
e
r
h
e
a
t
i
n
g

d
e
l
a
y
H
e
a
t
s
i
n
k
o
v
e
r
h
e
a
t
i
n
g

d
e
l
a
y
S
H
d
(
lo
w

d
is
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
)
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
S
H
d
(
lo
w

d
is
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
)
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
O
v
e
r

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n
t
e
r
c
e
p
t
i
o
n
d
e
l
a
y
O
v
e
r

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
i
n
t
e
r
c
e
p
t
i
o
n

d
e
l
a
y
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
r
a
t
u
r
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

e
r
r
o
r
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
r
a
t
u
r
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
r
a
t
u
r
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
I
n
s
u
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t

r
e
f
i
g
e
r
a
n
t
a
m
o
u
n
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
n
s
u
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t

r
e
f
i
g
e
r
a
n
t
a
m
o
u
n
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
F
r
o
z
e
n

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

d
e
l
a
y
I
n
s
u
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t

r
e
f
i
g
e
r
a
n
t
a
m
o
u
n
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
F
r
o
z
e
n

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

d
e
l
a
y
T
H
3

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
P
o
w
e
r

m
o
d
u
l
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
P
o
w
e
r

m
o
d
u
l
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
y

d
e
l
a
y
L
o
w
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

f
a
n

r
o
t
a
n
t
i
a
l

f
r
e
-
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
L
o
w
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
T
H
6

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

f
a
n

r
o
t
a
n
t
i
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
lit
y

d
e
la
y
L
o
w
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
6
3
H
S

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

s
e
n
s
o
r
o
p
e
n
/
s
h
o
r
t
T
H
7

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
6
3
H
S

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

s
e
n
s
o
r
o
p
e
n
/
s
h
o
r
t

d
e
l
a
y
T
H
7

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
6
3
H
S

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
d
e
l
a
y
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

s
e
n
s
o
r
o
p
e
n
/
s
h
o
r
t

d
e
l
a
y
s
t
a
r
t

o
v
e
r

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n
t
e
r
c
e
p
t
i
o
n

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
s
e
r
i
a
l

c
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
b
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
s
t
a
r
t

o
v
e
r

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n
t
e
r
-
c
e
p
t
i
o
n

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
c
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
(
P
O
W
E
R
B
O
A
R
D
)
a
b
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
s
t
a
r
t

o
v
e
r

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n
t
e
r
-
c
e
p
t
i
o
n

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
c
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
(
P
O
W
E
R
B
O
A
R
D
)
a
b
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
s
t
a
r
t

o
v
e
r

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n
t
e
r
-
c
e
p
t
i
o
n

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
S
H
d
(
lo
w

d
is
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
)
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
s
t
a
r
t

o
v
e
r

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n
t
e
r
-
c
e
p
t
i
o
n

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
75
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
1
S
W
1

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
I
C
1

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
I
C
2

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
I
C
3

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
I
C
4

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
I
C
5

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
O
C

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

s
t
a
t
u
s
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

d
e
m
a
n
d

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

c
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
o
r

O
N
/
O
F
F
C
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
o
r

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
I
n
p
u
t

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

o
f

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
T
h
e
r
m
o

O
N

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

t
i
m
e
T
o
t
a
l

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

o
f

t
h
e
r
m
o

o
n
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t
s
D
C

b
u
s

v
o
l
t
a
g
e
S
t
a
t
e

o
f

L
E
V

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
t
a
t
e

o
f

c
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
o
r

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

1
S
t
a
t
e

o
f

c
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
o
r

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

2
1
2
3
4
7
5
6
8

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t


o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

m
o
d
e
L
i
g
h
t

o
n
/
l
i
g
h
t

o
f
f
I
n
p
u
t
:

l
i
g
h
t

o
f
f



N
o

i
n
p
u
t
:

l
i
g
h
t

o
n
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

c
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

d
e
m
a
n
d

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

N
o
t
e
s
0
~
2
5
5
0
0
0
0
~
9
9
9
9

(
u
n
i
t

:

o
1
0
)
0
~
9
9
9
.
9

(
A
)
0
~
9
9
9
.
9

(
A
)
0
0
0
0
~
9
9
9
9

(
u
n
i
t

:

o
1
0
)
0
~
2
5
5
0
~
2
5
5

(
M
a
x
.

8

u
n
i
t
)
0
~
9
9
9
.
9

(
V
)
O
F
F
T
d

o
v
e
r

h
e
a
t

p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
o
n
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
H
e
a
t
s
i
n
k
o
v
e
r

h
e
a
t

p
r
e
-
v
e
n
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
H
d

d
e
c
l
e
a
s
e

p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
o
n
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
e
c
o
n
d
a
r
y
c
u
r
r
e
n
t

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
M
i
n
.
S
j
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
s

o
n

T
d
L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
s

o
n

P
d
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
t
e
m
p
.
(
h
e
a
t
i
n
g
)
B
a
c
k
u
p
L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
s

o
n

T
d
C
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

o
f

h
i
g
h

c
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
i
o
n

r
a
t
i
o

p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
o
n
F
r
e
e
z
e
p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
o
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
F
a
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
t
h
e
r
m
o
O
N
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
t
h
e
r
m
o
O
F
F
H
e
a
t
i
n
g
t
h
e
r
m
o
O
N
H
e
a
t
i
n
g
t
h
e
r
m
o
O
F
F
O
N
/
O
F
F
H
e
a
t
i
n
g
/
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
/
N
o
r
m
a
l
D
E
F
R
O
S
T
/
N
O
R
e
f
r
i
g
e
r
a
n
t

p
u
l
l

b
a
c
k
/
n
o
E
x
c
i
t
a
t
i
o
n

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
/
n
o
P
9
6
:
A
u
t
o
c
h
a
n
g
e
o
v
e
r

f
i
x
e
d

m
o
d
e
C
N
3
N
1
-
2

i
n
p
u
t
P
9
5
:
U
n
d
e
f
i
n
e
d
C
N
3
S
1
-
2

i
n
p
u
t
P
9
4
:
D
e
m
a
n
d
C
N
3
D
1
-
3

i
n
p
u
t
P
9
3
:
S
i
l
e
n
t
C
N
3
D
1
-
2

i
n
p
u
t
3
-
m
i
n
.
d
e
l
a
y
/
n
o
P
9
7
:
A
u
t
o
c
h
a
n
g
e
o
v
e
r

p
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
o
n
C
N
3
N
1
-
3

i
n
p
u
t
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

m
o
d
e
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
n

t
h
e

L
E
D
1
,

2

(
d
i
s
p
l
a
y

d
a
t
a
)
N
o
.
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

i
n
p
u
t
S
t
a
t
e

o
f

c
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
o
r

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
(
H
z
)

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

(
W
o
r
d
s
)
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
H
z

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
y

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

l
i
m
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
H
z

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
y

d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

l
i
m
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
M
a
x
.
H
z

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
M
a
x
.
H
z

l
i
m
i
t
a
t
i
o
n

w
h
e
n

p
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y

o
n
H
z

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
y

b
y
p
a
s
s

v
a
l
v
e
A
b
n
o
r
m
a
l

r
i
s
e

o
f

P
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
h
a
t

r
e
s
t
r
a
i
n
s

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l

r
i
s
e

o
f

d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
H
e
a
t
s
i
n
k

o
v
e
r

h
e
a
t

p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
H
e
a
t
s
i
n
k

o
v
e
r

h
e
a
t

p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
e
c
o
n
d
a
r
y

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
e
c
o
n
d
a
r
y

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
I
n
p
u
t

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

c
o
n
t
o
l
I
n
p
u
t

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

c
o
n
t
o
l
H
z

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

o
f

r
e
c
e
i
p
t

v
o
l
t
a
g
e

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e

p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
o
n
M
a
x
.
H
z

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

d
u
e

t
o

v
o
l
t
a
g
e

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
H
z

r
e
s
t
r
a
i
n

o
f

r
e
c
e
i
p
t

v
o
l
t
a
g
e

c
h
a
n
g
e
M
a
x
.
H
z

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

d
u
e

t
o

r
e
c
e
i
p
t

v
o
l
t
a
g
e

c
h
a
n
g
e
T
h
e

s
e
c
o
n
d

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

v
a
l
u
e

w
h
e
n
m
i
c
r
o

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

o
f

P
O
W
E
R

B
O
A
R
D

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

i
s

d
e
t
e
c
e
d
T
h
e

r
a
d
i
a
t
o
r

p
a
n
e
l

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
w
h
e
n

m
i
c
r
o
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

o
f

P
O
W
E
R

B
O
A
R
D

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

i
s

d
e
t
e
c
e
d
0
~
9
9
9
.
9
[
A
r
m
s
]
-
9
9
.
9
~
9
9
9
.
9
(
S
h
o
r
t
/
O
p
e
n
:
-
9
9
.
9

o
r

9
9
9
.
9
)
F
r
o
z
e
n

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
T
H
6

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
P
o
w
e
r

m
o
d
u
l
e
a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
(
h
e
a
t
i
n
g
)
B
a
c
k
u
p
S
V

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
M
a
x
.

H
z
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
I
n
p
u
t

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

r
e
s
t
r
a
i
n
o
f

r
e
c
e
i
p
t

v
o
l
t
a
g
e
c
h
a
n
g
e
M
a
x
.

H
z
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
76
6
4
6
5
6
6
6
7
6
9
7
0
7
1
7
2
7
3
7
4
7
5
7
6
7
7
7
8
8
0
8
1
8
2
8
3
8
4
8
5
8
6
8
7
8
8
8
9
9
0
9
1
9
2
9
3
9
4
9
5
9
6
S
W
1

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
T
a
r
g
e
t

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

f
a
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
t
e
p

n
u
m
b
e
r
E
E
R

f
a
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
t
e
p

n
u
m
b
e
r

(
c
o
o
l
i
n
g
)
I
C
1

L
E
V

O
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e
I
C
2

L
E
V

O
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e
I
C
3

L
E
V

O
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e
I
C
4

L
E
V

O
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e
I
C
5

L
E
V

O
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e
H
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e


s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
d
)

k
g
f
/
c
m
2
T
H
4
(
T
d
)

°
C
T
H
6
(
E
T
)

°
C
T
H
7
(
O
u
t
d
o
o
r
-
t
e
m
p
.
)

°
C
T
H
3
(
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

p
i
p
e
)

°
C
T
H
8
(
P
o
w
e
r

m
o
d
u
l
e
)

°
C
I
C
1

T
H
2
3
(
G
a
s
)

°
C
I
C
2

T
H
2
3
(
G
a
s
)

°
C
I
C
3

T
H
2
3
(
G
a
s
)

°
C
I
C
4

T
H
2
3
(
G
a
s
)

°
C
I
C
5

T
H
2
3
(
G
a
s
)

°
C
I
C
1

T
H
2
2
(
L
i
q
u
i
d
)

°
C
I
C
2

T
H
2
2
(
L
i
q
u
i
d
)

°
C
I
C
3

T
H
2
2
(
L
i
q
u
i
d
)

°
C
I
C
4

T
H
2
2

(
L
i
q
u
i
d
)

°
C
I
C
5

T
H
2
2

(
L
i
q
u
i
d
)

°
C
I
C
1

T
H
2
1
(
I
n
t
a
k
e
)


°
C
I
C
2

T
H
2
1

(
I
n
t
a
k
e
)

°
C
I
C
3

T
H
2
1

(
I
n
t
a
k
e
)

°
C
I
C
4

T
H
2
1

(
I
n
t
a
k
e
)

°
C
I
C
5

T
H
2
1

(
I
n
t
a
k
e
)

°
C
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

S
C

(
c
o
o
l
i
n
g
)

°
C
1
2
3
4
7
5
6
8
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

a
c
t
u
a
l

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

t
a
r
g
e
t

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

f
a
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
t
e
p
s

(
t
a
r
g
e
t
)
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

o
f

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

S
L
E
V

a
n
d

i
n
d
o
o
r

L
E
V

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

s
u
b
c
o
o
l

(
S
C
)

d
a
t
a

a
n
d

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

h
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e


s
e
n
s
o
r

a
n
d

e
a
c
h

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
N
o
t
e
s
0
~
F
F
(
1
6

p
r
o
g
r
e
s
s
i
v
e
)
0
~
2
5
5
0
~
1
5

0
~
2
0
0
0
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

m
o
d
e
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
n

t
h
e

L
E
D
1
,

2

(
d
i
s
p
l
a
y

d
a
t
a
)
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9

-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9

-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9

(
W
h
e
n

t
h
e

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

i
s

n
o
t

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d
,
i
t

i
s

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
e
d

a
s
"
0
"
.
)

N
o
.
77
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

t
a
r
g
e
t

s
u
b
c
o
o
l

s
t
e
p

d
a
t
a

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

S
C
/
S
H

d
a
t
a

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

s
u
p
e
r
h
e
a
t

d
a
t
a

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

a
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
a
r
g
e
t

d
a
t
a

D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

h
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

a
n
d

e
a
c
h

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

a
c
t
u
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f


f
a
n

s
t
e
p

n
u
m
b
e
r

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

S
L
E
V

a
n
d

i
n
d
o
o
r

L
E
V

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
n

t
h
e

L
E
D
1
,

2

(
d
i
s
p
l
a
y

d
a
t
a
)
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9

d
u
r
i
n
g

h
e
a
t
i
n
g
:

s
u
b
c
o
o
l

(
S
C
)
/
d
u
r
i
n
g

c
o
o
l
i
n
g
:

s
u
p
e
r
h
e
a
t

(
S
H
)
-
2
~
4
-
9
9
.
9
~
9
9
9
.
9
P
d
m
(
0
.
0
~
3
0
.
0
)
E
T
m
(
-
2
.
0
~
2
3
.
0
)
S
C
m
(
0
.
0
~
2
0
.
0
)
S
C
m
/
S
H
m
(
0
.
0
~
2
0
.
0
)
-
9
9
.
9
~
9
9
9
.
9

[
°
F
]
0
.
0
~
7
1
1
.
0

[
P
S
I
G
]
-
9
9
.
9
~
9
9
9
.
9

[
°
F
]
0
~
F
F
(
1
6

p
r
o
g
r
e
s
s
i
v
e
)
0
~
1
5
0
~
2
0
0
0
9
7
9
8
9
9
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
2
1
0
3
1
0
5
1
0
6
1
0
7
1
0
8
1
0
9
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
6
1
2
8
1
2
9
1
3
1
1
3
2
1
3
3
1
3
4
1
3
5
T
a
r
g
e
t

s
u
b
c
o
o
l

s
t
e
p
I
C
1

S
C
/
S
H








°
C

I
C
2

S
C
/
S
H








°
C

I
C
3

S
C
/
S
H








°
C

I
C
4

S
C
/
S
H








°
C

I
C
5

S
C
/
S
H








°
C

D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e

s
u
p
e
r
h
e
a
t

(
S
H
d
)








°
C
T
a
r
g
e
t

P
d

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

(
h
e
a
t
i
n
g
)








k
g
f
/
c
T
a
r
g
e
t

E
T

d
i
s
p
l
a
y

(
c
o
o
l
i
n
g
)


°
C
T
a
r
g
e
t

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

S
C

(
c
o
o
l
i
n
g
)

°
C
T
a
r
g
e
t

i
n
d
o
o
r

S
C
/
S
H

(
I
C
1
)

°
C
T
a
r
g
e
t

i
n
d
o
o
r

S
C
/
S
H

(
I
C
2
)

°
C
T
a
r
g
e
t

i
n
d
o
o
r

S
C
/
S
H

(
I
C
3
)

°
C
T
a
r
g
e
t

i
n
d
o
o
r

S
C
/
S
H

(
I
C
4
)

°
C
T
a
r
g
e
t

i
n
d
o
o
r

S
C
/
S
H

(
I
C
5
)

°
C
T
H
4

(
T
d
)


°
F
T
H
3

(
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

p
i
p
e
)


°
F
T
H
6

(
E
T
)

°
F
T
H
7

(
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

t
e
m
p
.
)

°
F
H
i
g
h

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
d
)

P
S
I
G
T
H
8

(
P
o
w
e
r

m
o
d
u
l
e
)

°
F
A
c
t
u
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
F
a
n

s
t
e
p

n
u
m
b
e
r

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
I
C
1

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
I
C
2

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
I
C
3

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
I
C
4

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
I
C
5

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8







D
i
s
p
l
a
y

m
o
d
e
N
o
.

















N
o
t
e
s
S
W
1

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
78
1
3
6
1
3
7
1
3
8
1
3
9
1
4
0
1
4
1
1
4
2
1
4
3
1
4
4
1
4
5
1
4
6
1
4
7
1
4
8
1
4
9
1
5
0
1
5
1
1
5
2
1
5
3
1
5
4
1
5
5
1
5
6
1
5
7
1
5
8
1
5
9
1
6
0
1
6
1
1
6
2
1
7
0
1
7
1
1
7
2
1
7
3
1
7
4
S
W
1

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
H
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e


s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
k
g
f
/
c
T
H
4

s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y



°
C
T
H
6

s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y



°
C
T
H
3

s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y



°
C
T
H
8

s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y



°
C
O
C

S
C

(
c
o
o
l
i
n
g
)

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y



°
C
I
C
1

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y











°
C
I
C
2

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y











°
C
I
C
3

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y











°
C
I
C
4

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y











°
C
I
C
5

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y











°
C
I
C
1

T
H
2
1

I
n
t
a
k
e

°
F
I
C
2

T
H
2
1

I
n
t
a
k
e

°
F
I
C
3

T
H
2
1

I
n
t
a
k
e

°
F
I
C
4

T
H
2
1

I
n
t
a
k
e

°
F
I
C
5

T
H
2
1

I
n
t
a
k
e

°
F
I
C
6

T
H
2
1

I
n
t
a
k
e

°
F
I
C
7

T
H
2
1

I
n
t
a
k
e

°
F
I
C
8

T
H
2
1

I
n
t
a
k
e

°
F
I
C
1

T
H
2
3

G
a
s

°
F
I
C
2

T
H
2
3

G
a
s

°
F
I
C
3

T
H
2
3

G
a
s

°
F
I
C
4

T
H
2
3

G
a
s

°
F
I
C
5

T
H
2
3

G
a
s

°
F
I
C
6

T
H
2
3

G
a
s

°
F
I
C
7

T
H
2
3

G
a
s

°
F
I
C
8

T
H
2
3

G
a
s

°
F
R
O
M

v
e
r
s
i
o
n

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
R
O
M

t
y
p
e
C
h
e
c
k

S
u
m

c
o
d
e
I
C
1

T
H
2
2

L
i
q
u
i
d

°
F
I
C
2

T
H
2
2

L
i
q
u
i
d

°
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
n

t
h
e

L
E
D
1
,

2

(
d
i
s
p
l
a
y

d
a
t
a
)
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

h
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e


s
e
n
s
o
r
,

a
l
l

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
s
,

a
n
d

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

e
a
c
h
i
n
d
o
o
r

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

v
e
r
s
i
o
n

d
a
t
a

o
f

R
O
M
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

R
O
M

t
y
p
e
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

c
h
e
c
k

s
u
m

c
o
d
e

o
f

R
O
M
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

e
a
c
h
i
n
d
o
o
r

l
i
q
u
i
d

p
i
p
e

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9

[
°
F
]
(
W
h
e
n

t
h
e

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

i
s

n
o
t

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d
,
i
t

i
s

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
e
d

a
s
"
3
2
"
.
)

-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9

[
°
F
]
(
W
h
e
n

t
h
e

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

i
s

n
o
t

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d
,
i
t

i
s

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
e
d

a
s
"
3
2
"
.
)

N
o
.


























D
i
s
p
l
a
y

m
o
d
e

























N
o
t
e
s
79
1
7
5
1
7
6
1
7
7
1
7
8
1
7
9
1
8
0
1
8
1
1
8
2
1
8
3
1
8
4
1
8
5
1
8
6
1
8
7
1
8
8
1
8
9
1
9
2
1
9
3
1
9
5
1
9
6
1
9
7
1
9
8
1
9
9
2
0
0
2
0
1
2
0
2
2
0
3
2
0
4
2
0
6
2
0
7
2
0
8
2
0
9
2
1
0
S
W
1

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
I
C
3

T
H
2
2

L
i
q
u
i
d

°
F
I
C
4

T
H
2
2

L
i
q
u
i
d

°
F
I
C
5

T
H
2
2

L
i
q
u
i
d

°
F
I
C
6

T
H
2
2

L
i
q
u
i
d

°
F
I
C
7

T
H
2
2

L
i
q
u
i
d

°
F
I
C
8

T
H
2
2

L
i
q
u
i
d

°
F
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
e
m
p
.

a
T
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
e
m
p
.

b
T
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
e
m
p
.

c
T
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
e
m
p
.

d
T
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
e
m
p
.

a
°
F
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
e
m
p
.

b
°
F
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
e
m
p
.

c
°
F
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
e
m
p
.

d
°
F
4
2
2
0

E
r
r
o
r

h
i
s
t
o
r
y
A
c
t
u
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
F
a
n

s
t
e
p

n
u
m
b
e
r

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
C
1

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
C
2

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
C
3

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
C
4

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
C
5

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
H
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e


s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y


k
g
f
/
c
T
H
4

s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a


a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
T
H
6

s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a


a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
T
H
3

s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a


a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
T
H
8

s
e
n
s
o
r

d
a
t
a


a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
I
C
1

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
I
C
2

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
I
C
3

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
I
C
4

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
I
C
5

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
n

t
h
e

L
E
D
1
,

2

(
d
i
s
p
l
a
y

d
a
t
a
)
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

e
a
c
h
i
n
d
o
o
r

l
i
q
u
i
d

p
i
p
e

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r

E
x
c
e
p
t

S
e
r
v
i
c
e

R
e
f
.

P
U
M
Y
-
P
4
8
N
H
M
U
(
-
B
S
)
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

a
c
t
u
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f


f
a
n

s
t
e
p

n
u
m
b
e
r

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

o
f

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

S
L
E
V

a
n
d

i
n
d
o
o
r

L
E
V

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

h
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e


s
e
n
s
o
r

a
n
d

a
l
l

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
s

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

S
C
/
S
H

a
n
d

a
l
l

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
s

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9

[
°
F
]
(
W
h
e
n

t
h
e

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

i
s

n
o
t

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d
,
i
t

i
s

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
e
d

a
s
"
3
2
"
.
)

-
1
2
T
÷
a
<
b
<
c
<
d
÷
4
0
T

o
r
a
=
c


a
n
d


b
=
d
,

-
1
2
T
÷
a
<
d
÷
4
0
T
I
n
i
t
i
a
l

v
a
l
u
e



a
=

-
1
2
T
,

b
=
0
T
,

c
=
1
0
T
,

d
=
2
0
T
1
0
.
4
°
F
÷
a
<
b
<
c
<
d
÷
1
0
4
°
F

o
r

a
=
c


a
n
d


b
=
d
,

1
0
.
4
°
F
÷
a
<
d
÷
1
0
4
°
F
I
n
i
t
i
a
l

v
a
l
u
e



a
=
1
0
.
4
°
F
,

b
=
3
2
°
F
,

c
=
5
0
.
0
°
F
,

d
=
6
8
.
0
°
F
0
~
F
F
(
1
6
p
r
o
g
r
e
s
s
i
v
e
)
0
~
2
0
0
~
2
0
0
0
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9
N
o
.


























D
i
s
p
l
a
y

m
o
d
e

























N
o
t
e
s
E
x
.

a
=
-
5
T
,

b
=
5
T
,

c
=
1
5
T
,

d
=
2
5
T
S
E
T



:

0
5


1
8


0
0


8
0


0
5


0
0


0
5


0
0


1
5


0
0


2
5
M
O
N
I

:

2
5

1
8


0
0
P
r
i
m
a
r
y

h
e
a
t
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
:

S
W
4
-
4

O
N
H
D
=
0
5
,

C
M
=
1
8



o
p
1
=
0
0
(
T
)
/
0
1
(
°
F
)
o
p
2
,
o
p
3
=
a



o
p
4
,
o
p
5
=
b



o
p
6
,

o
p
7
=
c



o
p
8
,
o
p
9
=
d
a
b
c
d
a
=
c
b
=
d


A
C
T
M
e
r
r
o
r


C
T

s
e
n
s
o
r
d
i
s
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
U
n
d
e
r
v
o
l
t
a
g
e
O
v
e
r
v
o
l
t
a
g
e
80
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
3
2
1
4
2
1
5
2
1
6
2
1
7
2
1
8
2
1
9
2
2
0
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
4
2
2
5
2
2
6
2
2
7
2
2
8
2
2
9
2
3
0
2
3
1
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
4
2
3
5
2
3
6
2
3
7
2
3
8
2
3
9
2
4
0
2
4
1
2
4
2
2
4
3
2
4
4
2
4
5
2
4
6
S
W
1

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
I
C
6

C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

c
o
d
e

I
C
7

C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

c
o
d
e
I
C
8

C
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

c
o
d
e
I
C
6

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
I
C
7

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
I
C
8

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
d
e
I
C
6

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e
I
C
7

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e
I
C
8

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e
I
C
6

T
H
2
3
(
G
a
s
)

°
C

I
C
7

T
H
2
3
(
G
a
s
)

°
C
I
C
8

T
H
2
3
(
G
a
s
)

°
C
I
C
6

T
H
2
2
(
L
i
q
u
i
d
)

°
C
I
C
7

T
H
2
2
(
L
i
q
u
i
d
)

°
C
I
C
8

T
H
2
2
(
L
i
q
u
i
d
)

°
C
I
C
6

T
H
2
1
(
I
n
t
a
k
e
)

°
C
I
C
7

T
H
2
1
(
I
n
t
a
k
e
)

°
C
I
C
8

T
H
2
1
(
I
n
t
a
k
e
)

°
C
I
C
6

S
C
/
S
H

°
C

I
C
7

S
C
/
S
H


°
C

I
C
8

S
C
/
S
H


°
C

I
C
6

t
a
r
g
e
t

S
C
/
S
H

°
C

I
C
7

t
a
r
g
e
t

S
C
/
S
H


°
C

I
C
8

t
a
r
g
e
t

S
C
/
S
H

°
C

I
C
6

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
I
C
7

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
I
C
8

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y
I
C
6

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

°
C

I
C
7

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

°
C

I
C
8

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

d
e
l
a
y

°
C

I
C
6

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
C
7

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
C
8

L
E
V

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
I
C
6

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C

I
C
7

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C

I
C
8

S
C
/
S
H

a
t

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y

°
C

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
n

t
h
e

L
E
D
1
,

2

(
d
i
s
p
l
a
y

d
a
t
a
)
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

m
o
d
e
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

m
o
d
e
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

o
f

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

S
L
E
V

a
n
d

i
n
d
o
o
r

L
E
V
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

d
a
t
a

f
r
o
m

h
i
g
h
-
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
,

a
l
l

t
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
s
,

a
n
d

o
u
t
d
o
o
r

S
C
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

S
C
/
S
H

d
a
t
a
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

a
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
a
r
g
e
t

d
a
t
a
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

L
E
V
a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

S
C
/

S
H

d
a
t
a

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

p
u
l
s
e

o
f

i
n
d
o
o
r

L
E
V

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
D
i
s
p
l
a
y

o
f

S
C
/

S
H

d
a
t
a

a
t

t
i
m
e

o
f

a
b
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
t
y
0
~
2
5
5
O
F
F
F
a
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
t
h
e
r
m
o
O
N
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
t
h
e
r
m
o
O
F
F
H
e
a
t
i
n
g
t
h
e
r
m
o
O
N
H
e
a
t
i
n
g
t
h
e
r
m
o
O
F
F
N
o
.


























D
i
s
p
l
a
y

m
o
d
e

























N
o
t
e
s
0
~
2
0
0
0
0
~
2
0
0
0
0
~
2
0
0
0
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9
(
W
h
e
n

t
h
e

i
n
d
o
o
r

u
n
i
t

i
s

n
o
t

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d
,
i
t

i
s

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
e
d

a
s
"
0
"
.
)
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9
S
C
m
/
S
H
m

(
0
.
0
~
1
4
.
0
)
-
9
9
.
9

~

9
9
9
.
9

d
u
r
i
n
g

h
e
a
t
i
n
g
:
s
u
b
c
o
o
l

(
S
C
)
/
d
u
r
i
n
g

c
o
o
l
i
n
g
:
s
u
p
e
r
h
e
a
t

(
S
H
)
81
10 ELECTRICAL WIRING
10-1. OVERVIEW OF POWER WIRING
10-2. WIRE DIAMETER AND MAIN POWER SWITCH CAPACITY
10-2-1. Wiring diagram for main power supply
10-2-2. Power supply wire diameter and capacity
This chapter provides an introduction to electrical wiring for the CITY MULTI-S series, together with notes concerning power
wiring, wiring for control (transmission wires and remote controller wires), and the frequency converter.
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Grounded
Grounded
Pull box
Breaker for Wiring
and Current Leakage
Power supply
(Single phase 60Hz 208/230V)
Breaker for Wiring
and Current Leakage
Power supply
(single phase 60Hz 208/230V)
(1) Use a separate power supply for the outdoor unit and indoor unit.
(2) Bear in mind ambient conditions (ambient temperature, direct sunlight, rain water,etc.) when proceeding with the wiring and connections.
(3) The wire size is the minimum value for metal conduit wiring. The power cord size should be 1 rank thicker consideration of voltage drops.
Make sure the power-supply voltage does not drop more than 10 %.
(4) Specific wiring requirements should adhere to the wiring regulations of the region.
(5) Power supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord.
For example, use wiring such as YZW.
(6) Install an earth longer than other cables.
(7) Use copper supply wires. Use electric wires over the rating voltage 300V.
Warning:
· Be sure to use specified wires to connect so that no external force is imparted to terminal connections. If connections are not fixed firmly,
it may cause heating or fire.
· Be sure to use the appropriate type of overcurrent protection switch. Note that generated overcurrent may include some amount of direct
current.
Caution:
· Some installation site may require attachment of an earth leakage breaker. If no earth leakage breaker is installed, it may cause an electric
shock.
· Do not use anything other than breaker and fuse with correct capacity. Using fuse and wire or copper wire with too large capacity may cause a
malfunction of unit or fire.
30 A 30 mA 0.1 sec. or less 30 A 26 A 40 A
Indoor Unit
Main Cable*2
Minimum Wire Thickness
(mm
2
[AWG])
Breaker for Current
Leakage
Refer to installation manual of indoor unit.
Minimum
circuit
ampacity
Maximum rating
of over current
protector device Model
Outdoor Unit P36, P48 5.3 [AWG10] 5.3 [AWG10]
Breaker
for
Wiring*1
Ground
~/N (single), 60Hz 208/230V
~/N (single), 60Hz 208/230V
Power Supply
*1. A breaker with at least 3.0mm contact separation in each poles shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
*2. Use copper supply wires. Use the electric wires over the rating voltage 300V.
82
10-3. DESIGN FOR CONTROL WIRING
Please note that the types and numbers of control wires needed by the CITY MULTI-S series will depend on the remote
controllers and whether they are linked with the system.
10-3-1. Selection number of control wires
10-3-3. M-NET Remote controller wiring
10-3-2. Control signal wires
Use
Remote controller → indoor unit
Wires connecting → indoor units
Wires connecting → indoor units with outdoor unit
Wires connecting → outdoor units
2 wires (non-polar)
M-NET remote controller
Remote controller used in system control operations.
• Group operation involving different refrigerant systems.
• Linked operation with upper control system.
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n


w
i
r
e
s
Transmission wires
• Types of transmission cables : Shielding wire CVVS or CPEVS.
• Cable diameter : More than 1.25E [AWG 16]
• Maximum wiring length : Within 200 m [656 ft]
Kind of remote control cable
Cable diameter
Remarks
Shielding wire MVVS
0.5 to 1.25E [AWG 20 to AWG 16]
When 10m is exceeded, use cable with the same
specifications as 10-3-2. Transmission line wiring
10-4. SYSTEM SWITCH SETTING
In order to identify the destinations of signals to the outdoor units, indoor units, and remote controller of the MULTI-S
series, each microprocessor must be assigned an identification number (address). The addresses of outdoor units, indoor
units, and remote controller must be set using their settings switches. Please consult the installation manual that comes with
each unit for detailed information on setting procedures.
10-5. EXAMPLE EXTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR A BASIC SYSTEM
10-5-1. Example using a M-NET remote controller
Outdoor
unit
Power supply
Single phase 2 wire.
60Hz 208/230V
Power supply
Single phase.
60Hz 208/230V
Grounded
Group operation
Remote controller wire
Pull box
Indoor unit
Breaker for Wiring
and Current Leakage
15A Breaker for Wiring
and Current Leakage
71.6mm × 2
[AWG14]
71.6mm × 2
[AWG14]
0.5~1.25mm
2
× 2
[AWG20 ~ AWG16]
1.25mm
2
× 2
[AWG16]
10-3-4. MA Remote control cables
Kind of remote control cable
Cable diameter
2-core cable (unshielded)
0.3 to 1.25 ± [AWG 22 to AWG 16]
83
(3) Method of obtaining system power factor
Use the following formula and the total power and current obtained in parts 1 and 2 in the above table to calculate the
system power factor.
System power factor =
(Total system power consumption)
(Total system current x voltage)
o 100%
10-6-2. Applying to an electric power company for power and total current
Calculations should be performed separately for heating and cooling employing the same methods; use the largest
resulting value in your application to the electric power company.
10-6. METHOD FOR OBTAINING ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WHEN A CAPACITY
AGREEMENT IS TO BE SIGNED WITH AN ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY
The electrical characteristics of connected indoor unit system for air conditioning systems, including the MULTI-S
series, will depend on the arrangement of the indoor and outdoor units.
First read the data on the selected indoor and outdoor units and then use the following formulas to calculate the electrical
characteristics before applying for a capacity agreement with the local electric power company.
10-6-1. Obtaining the electrical characteristics of a CITY MULTI-S series system
(1)Procedure for obtaining total power consumption
*1 Please note that the power consumption of the outdoor unit will vary depending on the total capacity of the selected
indoor units.
Total power consumption of each indoor unit
*1 power consumption of outdoor unit
Total power consumption of system
See the technical manual of each indoor unit
Standard capacity table— Refer to 5-2.
See the technical manual of each indoor unit
1
2
1+2 <kW>
Page numbers in this technical manual
Power consumption
(2)Method of obtaining total current
*2 Please note that the current through the outdoor unit will vary depending on the total capacity of the selected indoor units.
Total current through each indoor unit
*2 current through outdoor unit
Total current through system
See the technical manual of each indoor unit
Standard capacity table— Refer to 5-2.
See the technical manual of each indoor unit
1
2
1+2 <A>
Page numbers in this technical manual
Subtotal
84
11 REFRIGERANT PIPING TASKS
Line-Branch Method
Connection Examples
(Connecting to 4 Indoor Units)
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Model
PUMY-P36,48
Liquid Line (mm [inch]) Gas Line (mm [inch])
¢15.88 [5/8] ¢9.52 [3/8]
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Model number
18 or lower
24 to 54
¢6.35 [1/4]
¢12.7 [1/2]
¢9.52 [3/8]
¢15.88 [5/8]
Outdoor Unit
First Branch
Indoor unit
A
B
C
A+B+C+a+b+c+d÷ 120m [394ft]
A+B+C+d ÷ 80m [262ft]
B+C+d ÷ 30m [100ft]
30 meters [100ft] or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters [70ft] or less)
12 meters [39ft] or less
Use an optional branch piping kit (CMY-Y62-G-E).
Total Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section
Permissible
Length
Permissible High/
Low Difference
(L)
(')
(H)
(h)

Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit

Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping

Additional refrigerant charge
Select the size from the right table.
(1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Outdoor Unit to First Branch
(Outdoor Unit Piping Diameter)
(1) Section From Oudoor Unit
to First Branch (A)
(2) Sections From Branch to
Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d)
(3) Section From Branch to
Branch (B,C)
(3) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Branch to Branch
(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Branch to Indoor Unit
(Indoor Unit Piping Diameter)
<Additional Charge>
<Example>
Outdoor model : P48
Indoor
1 : P24 A : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] a : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 15m [49 ft]
2 : P15 B : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] b : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft]
3 : P08 C : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] c : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft]
4 : P06 d : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 20m [66 ft]
The total length of each liquid line is as follows;
¢9.52 [3/8"] : A + B + C + a = 10 m + 10 m + 10 m + 15 m = 45 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 33 ft + 49 ft = 148 ft]
¢6.35 [1/4"] : b + c + d = 10 m +10 m + 20 m = 40 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 66 ft = 132 ft]
<Calculation example>
Additional
refrigerant charge = 45 m × 0.06 kg + 40 m × 0.024 kg – 3.0 kg = 0.7kg (rounded up)
= [148 ft × 0.041 lbs + 132 ft × 0.016 lbs – 6.6 lbs = 1.58 lbs]
Additional
refrigerant charge
[lbs]
(kg)
Liquid pipe size
Total length of
¢9.52 × 0.06 kg
[3/8" × 0.041 lbs] =
Liquid pipe size
Total length of
¢6.35 × 0.024 kg
[1/4" × 0.016 lbs]
(m) × 0.06 (kg/m),
[ft] × 0.041 [lbs/ft]
(m) × 0.024 (kg/m),
[ft] × 0.016 [lbs/ft]
+
Refrigerant
amount for outdoor
unit
3.0kg
[6.6 lbs]

At the
conditions
below:
¢9.52 [3/8]
¢15.88 [5/8]
• Refrigerant of 3kg [6.6 lbs] equivalent to 50m
[165 ft] total extended piping length is already
included when the outdoor unit is shipped.
Thus, if the total extended piping length is
50m [165 ft] or less, there is no need to
charge with additional refrigerant.
• If the total extended piping length exceeds
50m [165 ft], calculate the required additional
refrigerant charge using the procedure
shown on the right.
• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge
is a negative amount, do not charge with any
refrigerant.
±
/
A
H
B C
L
'
d
a
h
b c
¨
¨
¨ ¨
11-1. REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM
85
Header-Branch Method
Connection Examples
(Connecting to 4 Indoor Units)
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Model
¢9.52 [3/8]
¢15.88 [5/8]
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Model number
18 or lower
24 to 54
¢6.35 [1/4]
¢12.7 [1/2]
¢9.52 [3/8]
¢15.88 [5/8]
Outdoor Unit
First Branch
Indoor unit
A
B
C
A+a+b+c+d ÷ 120m [394 ft]
A+d ÷ 80m [262 ft]
d is 30 meters[100 ft] or less
30 meters [100 ft] or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters [70 ft] or less)
12 meters [39 ft] or less
Please select branching kit, which is sold separately, from the table below.
(The kit comprises sets for use with liquid pipes and for use with gas pipes.)
Total Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section
Permissible
Length
Permissible High/
Low Difference
(L)
(')
(H)
(h)

Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping

Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit

Additional refrigerant charge
Select the size from the right table.
(1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Out-
door Unit Piping Diameter)
(1) Section From Outdoor Unit
to First Branch (A)
(2) Sections From Branch to
Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d)
(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit
Piping Diameter)
• Refrigerant of 3kg [6.6 lbs] equivalent to 50m
[165 ft] total extended piping length is
already included when the outdoor unit is
shipped.
Thus, if the total extended piping length is
50m [165 ft] or less, there is no need to
charge with additional refrigerant.
• If the total extended piping length exceeds
50m [165 ft], calculate the required additional
refrigerant charge using the procedure
shown on the right.
• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge
is a negative amount, do not charge with any
refrigerant.
<Additional Charge>
<Example>
Outdoor model : P48
Indoor
1 : P24 A : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 30 m [98ft] a : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 15m [49ft]
2 : P15 b : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft]
3 : P08 c : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft]
4 : P06 d : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 20m [66 ft]
The total length of each liquid line is as follows;
¢9.52 : A + a = 30 m + 15 m = 45 m [98 ft + 49 ft = 147 ft]
¢6.35 : b + c + d = 10 m + 10 m + 20 m = 40 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 66 ft = 132 ft]
<Calculation example>
Additional
refrigerant charge = 45 m
×
0.06 kg + 40 m
×
0.024 kg – 3.0 kg = 0.7kg (rounded up)
= [147 ft
×
0.041 lbs + 132 ft
×
0.016 lbs – 6.6 lbs = 1.54 lbs]
Additional
refrigerant charge
(kg)
[lbs]
Liquid pipe size
Total length of
¢9.52
×
0.06 kg
[3/8"
×
0.041 lbs]
(m)
×
0.06 (kg/m),
[ft]
×
0.041 [lbs/ft]
=
Liquid pipe size
Total length of
¢6.35
×
0.024 kg
[1/4"
×
0.016 lbs]
(m)
×
0.024 (kg/m),
[ft]
×
0.016 [lbs/ft]
+
Refrigerant
amount for outdoor
unit
3.0kg
[6.6 lbs]

At the
conditions
below:
Branch header (4 branches)
CMY-Y64-G-E
Branch header (8 branches)
CMY-Y68-G-E
PUMY-P36,48
±
/
A
a b c
¨
´
¨ ¨
d
H
h
L

86
Method of Combined Branching of Lines and
Headers
Connection Examples
(Connecting to 5 Indoor Units)
Outdoor unit
First branching (branching
joint)
Branching joint
Indoor unit
Branching header
To downstream unit
Blind caps
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
A+B+C+a+b+c+d+e is 120 meters [394 ft] or less
A+B+b is 80 meters [262 ft] or less
B+b is 30 meters [100 ft] or less
30 meters [100 ft] or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters [70 ft] or less)
12 meters [39 ft] or less
Please select branching kit, which is sold separately, from the table below.
(The kit comprises sets for use with liquid pipes and for use with gas pipes.)
Total Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section
Permissible
Length
Permissible High/
Low Difference
(L)
(')
(H)
(h)

Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit

Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping

Additional refrigerant charge
Select the size from the right table.
(1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Out-
door Unit Piping Diameter)
(1) Section From Outdoor Unit
to First Branch (A)
(2) Sections From Branch to
Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d,e)
(3) Section From Branch to
Branch (B,C)
(3) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Branch to Branch
(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section
From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit
Piping Diameter)
• Refrigerant of 3kg [6.6 lbs] equivalent to 50m
[165 ft] total extended piping length is
already included when the outdoor unit is
shipped.
Thus, if the total extended piping length is
50m [165 ft] or less, there is no need to
charge with additional refrigerant.
• If the total extended piping length exceeds
50m [165 ft], calculate the required additional
refrigerant charge using the procedure shown
on the right.
• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge
is a negative amount, do not charge with any
refrigerant.
<Additional Charge>
<Example>
Outdoor model : P48
Indoor
1 : P24 A : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] a : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 15m [49 ft]
2 : P15 B : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] b : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft]
3 : P08 C : ¢9.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] c : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft]
4 : P06 d : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft]
5 : P06 e : ¢6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft]
The total length of each liquid line is as follows;
¢9.52 : A + B + C + a = 10 m + 10 m + 10 m + 15 m = 45 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 33 ft + 49 ft = 148 ft]
¢6.35 : b + c + d + e = 10 m + 10 m + 10 m + 10 m = 40 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 33 ft + 33 ft = 132 ft]
<Calculation example>
Additional
refrigerant charge = 45 m × 0.06 kg + 40 m × 0.024 kg – 3.0 kg = 0.7kg (rounded up)
= [148 ft × 0.041 lbs + 132 ft × 0.016 lbs – 6.6 lbs = 1.58 lbs]
Additional
refrigerant charge
(kg)
[lbs]
Liquid pipe size
Total length of
¢9.52 × 0.06 kg
[3/8" × 0.041 lbs]
(m) × 0.06 (kg/m),
[ft] × 0.041 [lbs/ft]
=
Liquid pipe size
Total length of
¢6.35 × 0.024 kg
[1/4" × 0.016 lbs]
(m) × 0.024 (kg/m),
[ft] × 0.016 [lbs/ft]
+
Refrigerant
amount for outdoor
unit
3.0kg
[6.6 lbs]

At the
conditions
below:
Branch Joint
CMY-Y62-G-E
Branch Header (4 branches)
CMY-Y64-G-E
Branch Header (8 branches)
CMY-Y68-G-E
A
F
B
A
E
G
C
D
D D D
D
A
C
b
B
3
H
h
4
L
'
5
1
2
c d e
a
Note: Pipe re-branching after the header branching
is not possible.
Note: The total of downstream unit models in the
table is the total of models as seen from point
A in the figure above.
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Model
PUMY-P36, 48
Liquid Line (mm [inch]) Gas Line (mm [inch])
¢15.88 [5/8] ¢9.52 [3/8]
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Liquid Line
Gas Line
Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Model number
18 or lower
24 to 54
¢6.35 [1/4]
¢12.7 [1/2]
¢9.52 [3/8]
¢15.88 [5/8]
¢9.52 [3/8]
¢15.88 [5/8]
87
Indoor unit
The smallest
room
The second
smallest room
Outdoor unit
Ventilation apparatus
Indoor unit
Opening
Wall
Outdoor unit
(Situation in which there
are no door openings or
in which there are open-
ings above and blow
doors that occupy at
least 0.15% of the floor
area)
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
11-2. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE
11-2-1. Introduction
R410A refrigerant of this air conditioner is non-toxic and
non-flammable but leaking of large amount from an indoor
unit into the room where the unit is installed may be deleteri-
ous.
To prevent possible injury, the rooms should be large
enough to keep the R410A concentration specified by KHK
: (a high pressure gas safety association) installation guide-
lines S0010 as follows.
Note:
When single refrigeration system is consists of several
independent refrigeration circuit, figure out the total refrig-
erant amount by each independent refrigerant circuit.
Follow (1) to (3) to confirm the R410A concentration and
take appropriate treatment, if necessary.
(1) Calculate total refrigerant amount by each refrig-
erant system.
Total refrigerant amount is precharged refriger-
ant amount at ex-factory plus additional charged
amount at field installation.
(2) Calculate room volumes (K[ft
3
]) and find the room
with the smallest volume
The part with represents the room with the
smallest volume.
(a) Situation in which there are no partitions
(3) Use the results of calculations (1)and (2) to
calculate the refrigerant concentration:
If the calculation results do not exceed the maximum concen-
tration, perform the same calculations for the larger second
and third room, etc., until it has been determined that nowhere
will the maximum concentration be exceeded.
Indoor unit
All refrigerant of this system will leak out to this
room if there is leakage at this indoor unit.
Direction
of refrigerant flow
Outdoor unit
* Maximum concentration
Maximum refrigerant concentration of R410A of a room
is 0.30 kg/K accordance with the installation guidelines.
To facilitate calculation, the maximum concentration is
expressed in units of O/K ( kg of R410A per K)
(KHK installation guidelines S0010)
Maximum concentration of R410A: 0.3O/K[0.019lbs/ft
3
]
11-2-2. Confirming procedure of R410A concentration
(b) There are partitions, but there are openings that allow
the effective mixing of air.
(c) If the smallest room has mechanical ventilation
apparatus that is linked to a household gas detection
and alarm device, the calculations should be performed
for the second smallest room.
Total refrigerant in the refrigerating unit (O[lbs])
[ maximum concentration
The smallest room in which an indoor (O/K[lbs/ft
3
])
unit has been installed (K[ft
3
])
Maximum concentration of
R410A:0.3O/K[0.019lbs/ft
3
]
The installer and system specialist shall secure safety against leakage according to local regulations or standards.
The following standards may be applicable if local regulations are not available.
88
12 DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
OUTDOOR UNIT : PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS) PUMY-P48NHMU(-BS)
PUMY-P48NHMU1(-BS) PUMY-P48NHMU2(-BS)
Continued to the next page.
OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
1. Removing the service panel and top panel
(1) Remove 3 service panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and slide
the hook on the right downward to remove the service
panel.
(2) Remove screws (3 for front, 3 for rear/5 × 10) of the top
panel and remove it.
Figure 1
Top panel fixing screws
Top panel
Service panel
fixing screws
Service panel
Grille
fixing
screws
Fan grille
2. Removing the fan motor (MF1, MF2)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Remove 5 fan grille fixing screws (5 × 10) to detach the
fan grille. (See figure 1.)
(4) Remove a nut (for right handed screw of M6) to detach
the propeller. (See photo 1.)
(5) Disconnect the connectors, CNF1 and CNF2 on Multi
controller board in electrical parts box.
(6) Remove 4 fan motor fixing screws (5 × 25) to detach the
fan motor. (See photo 2.)
Fan motor fixing screws
Photo 3
3. Removing the electrical parts box
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Disconnect the connecting wire from terminal block.
(4) Remove all the following connectors from Multi controller board;
fan motor, thermistor <Outdoor pipe>, thermistor <Discharge>,
thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp>,
thermistor <Outdoor>, high pressure switch,
high pressure sensor, low pressure switch,
4-way valve coil and bypass valve coil.
Pull out the disconnected wire from the electrical parts box.
<Diagram symbol in the connector housing>
• Fan motor (CNF1, CNF2)
• Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3)
• Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4)
• Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp, Outdoor> (TH6/7)
• High pressure switch (63H)
• High pressure sensor (63HS)
• Low pressure switch (63L)
• Solenoid valve coil <Four-way valve> (21S4)
• Solenoid valve coil <Bypass valve> (SV1)
(5) Remove the terminal cover and disconnect the
compressor lead wire.
Photo 1 Fan
motor
Fan motor fixing screws
Propeller
Front panel
Nut
Photo 2
Grille
fixing
screws
Slide
Electrical
parts box
Terminal cover
Cover panel
(Front)
Cover panel
fixing screws
Valve bed
Terminal block
(TB1)
Multi controller
board (MULTI.B)
Terminal block
(TB3) (TB7)
Compressor (MC)
89
OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
Photo 4 (6) Remove electrical parts box fixing screw (4 × 10) and
detach the electrical parts box by pulling it upward. The
electrical parts box is fixed with 2 hooks on the left and 1
hook on the right.
Electrical parts box
Electrical parts box fixing screw
From the previous page.
Photo 5 4. Removing the thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.>
(TH6)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Disconnect the connectors, TH6 and TH7 (red), on the
Multi controller board in the electrical parts box.
(4) Loosen the wire clamps on top of the electrical parts box.
(5) Pull out the thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.>
(TH6) from the sensor holder.
Note: In case of replacing thermistor <Low pressure
saturated temp.> (TH6), replace it together with
thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) since they are
combined together.
Refer to No.5 below to remove thermistor <Outdoor>.
Thermistor
<TH6>
Electrical
parts box
5. Removing the thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Disconnect the connector TH7 (red) on the Multi controller
board in the electrical parts box.
(4) Loosen the wire clamps on top of the electrical parts box.
(See photo 4.)
(5) Pull out the thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) from the sensor
holder.
Note: In case of replacing thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7),
replace it together with thermistor <Low pressure
saturated temp> (TH6), since they are combined
together.
Refer to No.4 above to remove thermistor <Low
pressure saturated temp>.
Photo 6
Lead wire of thermistor
<Outdoor> (TH7)
Sensor holder
Lead wire of thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7)
Sensor holder
PUMY-P48NHMU(1)
PUMY-P36NHMU/P48NHMU2
90
4-way valve coil
(21S4)
7. Removing the 4-way valve coil (21S4)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
[Removing the 4-way valve coil]
(3) Remove 4-way valve solenoid coil fixing screw
(M4 × 6).
(4) Remove the 4-way valve coil by sliding the coil toward you.
(5) Disconnect the connector 21S4 (green) on the Multi
controller board in the electrical parts box.
Photo 8
4-way
valve
Thermistor
<Low pressure
saturated temp.>
(TH6)
OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTOS
Photo 7 6. Removing the thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) and
thermistor <Discharge> (TH4)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Disconnect the connectors, TH3 (white) and TH4 (white),
on the Multi controller board in the electrical parts box.
(3) Loosen the clamp for the lead wire in the rear of the
electrical parts box.
(4) Pull out the thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) and
thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) from the sensor holder.
Thermistor
<Discharge>
(TH4)
Thermistor
<Outdoor pipe>
(TH3)
Compressor
(MC)
4-wayvalve coil
fixing screw
8. Removing the 4-way valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball
valve and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then
remove the valve bed.
(4) Remove 4 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 10) in the
rear of the unit and then remove the right side panel.
(5) Remove the 4-way valve coil.(See photo 8.)
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of 4-way valve.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3: When installing the 4-way valve, cover it with a
wet cloth to prevent it from heating (120°C [248°F]
or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of
pipes are not oxidized.
91
OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTOS
9. Removing bypass valve coil(SV1) and bypass valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 × 10) in the
rear of the unit and remove the right side panel.
(4) Remove the bypass valve coil fixing screw (M4 × 6).
(5) Remove the bypass valve coil by sliding the coil upward.
(6) Disconnect the connector SV1 (white) on the Multi
controller circuit board in the electrical parts box.
(7) Recover refrigerant.
(8) Remove the welded part of bypass valve.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by
removing the right side panel.
Photo 9
High pressure
switch (63H)
High pressure
sensor (63HS)
Bypass valve
coil fixing screw
Bypass valve
coil (SV1)
Bypass valve
10. Removing the high pressure switch (63H) and
low pressure switch (63L)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Remove the electrical parts box. (See photo 4.)
(4) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 o 10) in the
rear of the unit and remove the right side panel.
(5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure switch and low
pressure switch.
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of high pressure switch and low
pressure switch.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3: When installing the high pressure switch and low
pressure switch, cover them with a wet cloth to
prevent them from heating (100°C [212°F] or more),
then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes
are not oxidized.
11. Removing the high pressure sensor (63HS)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Remove the electrical parts box. (See photo 4.)
(4) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 o 10) in the
rear of the unit and remove the right side panel.
(5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure sensor.
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of high pressure sensor.
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov-
ing the right side panel.
Note 3: When installing the high pressure sensor, cover it
with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (100°C
[212°F] or more), then braze the pipes so that the
inside of pipes are not oxidized.
Photo 10
High pressure
sensor (63HS)
Low pressure
switch (63L)
92
Accumulator
OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTOS
12. Removing the compressor (MC)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Remove 2 front cover panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and
remove the front cover panel. (See photo 3.)
(4) Remove 2 back cover panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and
remove the back cover panel.
(5) Remove the electrical parts box. (See photo 3.)
(6) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve
and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then remove the
valve bed.
(7) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 10) in the rear
of the unit and then remove the right side panel.
(8) Remove 3 separator fixing screws (4 × 10) and remove
the separator.
(9) Recover refrigerant.
(10) Remove the 3 points of the motor for compressor fixing
nut using a spanner or a monkey wrench.
(11) Remove the welded pipe of motor for compressor inlet
and outlet and then remove the compressor.
Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Photo 11
Compressor
(MC)
Valve bed
Valve bed fixing screw
Separator
fixing screw
Valve
bed fixing
screws
Compressor
fixing nut
13. Removing the accumulator
(1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1.)
(3) Remove 2 front cover panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and
remove the front cover panel. (See photo 3.)
(4) Remove 2 back cover panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and
remove the back cover panel.
(5) Remove the electrical parts box. (See photo 3.)
(6) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve
and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then remove the
valve bed.
(7) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 10) in the
rear of the unit and then remove the right side panel.
(8) Recover refrigerant.
(9) Remove 4 welded pipes of power receiver inlet and outlet.
(10) Remove 2 receiver leg fixing screws (4 × 10).
(See photo 13.)
Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Photo 12
Photo 13
Inlet
Outlet
Separator
Accumulator
Accumulator leg fixing screws
Accumulator
Accumulator leg
93
1
2
3 4 5 6
7 8
6
9
11
10
12
13
13-1. STRUCTURAL PARTS
PUMY-P48NHMU
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU1
PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
Part No. Part Name
Specification
No.
Wiring
Diagram
Symbol
Recom-
mended
Q
,
ty
PUMY-P48
NHMU(-BS)
PUMY-P48
NHMU1(-BS)
Remarks
(Drawing No.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Including CONDUIT PLATE
Including CONDUIT PLATE
Including CONDUIT PLATE
Including CONDUIT PLATE
R01 E04 662
T7W E02 691
T7W E04 667
R01 E18 686
R01 E26 686
R01 E19 130
R01 30L 655
T7W E01 658
R01 E14 658
T7W E00 658
R01 E05 658
T7W E16 661
T7W E06 668
R01 E01 698
R01 E06 641
R01 E00 655
SIDE PANEL (L)
FAN GRILLE
FRONT PANEL
BASE ASSY
BASE ASSY
MOTOR SUPPORT
HANDLE
COVER PANEL (FRONT)
COVER PANEL (FRONT)
COVER PANEL (REAR)
COVER PANEL (REAR)
SIDE PANEL (R)
SERVICE PANEL
REAR GUARD
TOP PANEL
HANDLE
Q
,
ty/set
w Parts of PUMY-P48NHMU are set as the same service parts as PUMY-P48NHMU-BS.
13 PARTS LIST
94
26
25
27
30
29
28
21
24
23
22
1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
18
4
7
8
9
5
6
13-2. FUNCTIONAL PARTS
PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1
PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS
95
Part No. Part Name Specification No.
Wining
Diagram
Symbol
Recom-
mended
Q
,
ty
Remarks
(Drawing No.)
Q
,
ty/set
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
72.5×70.8×1000mm
[7(3/32) × 7(1/32) × L(39-1/2)]inch
R01 E44 221
R01 E01 115
R01 E02 097
T7W E07 413
T97 410 742
T7W E04 410
T7W E06 411
R01 E03 450
R01 E35 440
T7W E02 490
R01 E22 425
T7W E04 208
R01 25T 209
T7W E03 428
T7W E17 242
T7W E18 242
T7W E05 403
R01 E75 202
T7W E05 208
T7W E29 408
T7W E02 259
T7W 850 716
T7W E14 346
R01 H76 310
T7W E17 716
R01 E01 311
T7W E01 234
T7W E09 259
T7W E26 313
T7W E01 233
T7W E09 254
R01 E66 202
R01 E00 201
R01 E65 202
FAN MOTOR
PROPELLER FAN
NUT
CHARGE PLUG
COMPRESSOR
STOP VALVE
BALL VALVE
STRAINER
ACCUMULATOR
OIL SEPARATOR
CAPILLARY TUBE
H.P SENSOR
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
BYPASS VALVE
SOLENOID COIL <BYPASS VALVE>
SOLENOID COIL <4-WAY VALVE>
4-WAY VALVE
THERMISTOR
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HEAT EXCHANGER
CONTACTOR
TERMINAL BLOCK
NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT BOARD
MULTI CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BOARD
TERMINAL BLOCK
TRANSMISSION POWER BOARD
RESISTOR
REACTOR
POWER CIRCUIT BOARD
ACT MODULE
MAIN SMOOTHING CAPACITOR
THERMISTOR (OUTDOOR PIPE)
THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE)
THERMISTOR (HEATSINK)
PUMY-P48NHMU(1)
PUMY-P48NHMU(1)-BS
MF1,2
MC
63HS
63L
SV1
21S4
TH6,7
63H
52C
TB1
N.F.
MULTI.B.
TB3, TB7
M-P.B.
RS
DCL
P.B.
ACTM
CB
TH3
TH4
TH8
ANB33FDCMT
Including
RUBBER MOUNT
3/8
5/8
3P (L1,L2,GR)
3P (M1, M2, S)
Part numbers that are circled are not shown in the figure.
96
26
25
27
29
28
21
24
23
22
1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
4
7
8
9
5
6
18
14-1. FUNCTIONAL PARTS
PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P36NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
14 RoHS PARTS LIST
97
Part No. Part Name Specification No.
R
o
H
S Wining
Diagram
Symbol
Recom-
mended
Q'ty
Remarks
(Drawing No.)
Q'ty/set
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
72.5×70.8×1000mm
[7(3/32) × 7(1/32) × L(39-1/2)]inch
T7W E27 763
R01 E08 115
R01 E09 097
T7W E07 413
T97 415 755
T7W E04 410
T7W E06 411
R01 E06 450
R01 E44 440
T7W E02 490
R01 E26 425
R01 E07 208
R01 E00 209
T7W E03 428
T7W E17 242
T7W E18 242
T7W E05 403
R01 H01 202
T7W E07 208
T7W E41 408
R01 N54 310
R01 E27 246
R01 E02 311
R01 E20 259
R01 E64 313
R01 E07 233
T7W E45 716
R01 E18 346
R01 E99 202
R01 E22 255
R01 H00 202
R01 E12 201
R01 E06 239
FAN MOTOR
PROPELLER FAN
NUT
CHARGE PLUG
COMPRESSOR
STOP VALVE
BALL VALVE
STRAINER
ACCUMULATOR
OIL SEPARATOR
CAPILLARY TUBE
H.P SENSOR
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
BYPASS VALVE
SOLENOID COIL <BYPASS VALVE>
SOLENOID COIL <4-WAY VALVE>
4-WAY VALVE
THERMISTOR
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HEAT EXCHANGER
CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BOARD
TERMINAL BLOCK
M-POWER BOARD
REACTOR
POWER CIRCUIT BOARD
ACT MODULE
TERMINAL BLOCK
NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT BOARD
THERMISTOR (HEATSINK)
MAIN SMOOTHING CAPACITOR
THERMISTOR (OUTDOOR PIPE)
THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE)
FUSE
PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS)
PUMY-P48NHMU2(-BS)
MF1,2
MC
63HS
63L
SV1
21S4
TH6,7
63H
C.B.
TB3, TB7
M-NET.P.B.
DCL
P.B.
ACTM
TB1
N.F.
TH8
CE
TH3
TH4
F1, 2
ANB33FDHMT
Including
RUBBER MOUNT
3/8
5/8
3P (M1, M2, S)
3P (L1,L2,GR)
250V, 6.3A
Part numbers that are circled are not shown in the figure.
98
1
2
3 4 5 6
7
8
6
9
11
10
12
13
14
14-2. STRUCTURAL PARTS
PUMY-P36NHMU
PUMY-P36NHMU-BS
PUMY-P48NHMU2
PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS
Part No. Part Name
Specification
No.
R
o
H
S Wiring
Diagram
Symbol
Recom-
mended
Q,ty
PUMY-P36
NHMU(-BS)
PUMY-P48
NHMU2(-BS)
Remarks
(Drawing No.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
T7W E03 662
T7W E03 691
T7W E06 667
R01 E31 686
R01 E27 130
R01 E01 655
R01 E13 658
R01 E11 658
T7W E01 617
T7W E19 661
T7W E08 668
R01 E07 698
R01 E14 641
R01 E02 655
SIDE PANEL (L)
FAN GRILLE
FRONT PANEL
BASE ASSY
MOTOR SUPPORT
HANDLE
COVER PANEL (FRONT)
COVER PANEL (REAR)
CONDUIT PLATE
SIDE PANEL (R)
SERVICE PANEL
REAR GUARD
TOP PANEL
HANDLE
Q
,
ty/set
w Parts of PUMY-P36/48NHMU are set as the same service parts as PUMY-P36/48NHMU-BS.
99
15 OPTIONAL PARTS
CMY-Y62-G-E
CMY-Y64-G-E
NUMBER OF BRANCHING POINTS
2
4
CMY-Y68-G-E 8
BRANCH PIPE (Joint)
Part No.
DRAIN SOCKET
Part No. PAC-SG61DS-E
AIR OUTLET GUIDE
Part No. PAC-SG59SG-E
DRAIN PAN
Part No. PAC-SG64DP-E
w Need 2 pieces.
AIR GUIDE
Part No. PAC-SH63AG-E
w Need 2 pieces.
HEAD OFFICE : TOKYO BLDG., 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO100-8310, JAPAN
cCopyright 2008 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO., LTD.
Distributed in Jul. 2008 No. OC366 REVISED EDITION-C PDF 7
Distributed in Dec. 2007 No. OC366 REVISED EDITION-B PDF 9
Distributed in Apr. 2006 No. OC366 REVISED EDITION-A PDF 10
Distributed in Jan. 2006 No. OC366 PDF 10
Made in Japan
New publication, effective Jul. 2008
Specifications subject to change without notice
TM

1

TECHNICAL CHANGES
PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS

PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS

· Compressor (MC) and oil have been changed. ANB33FDCMT (Ester oil: MEL56) ANB33FDHMT(Ether oil: FV50S) · Electrical parts have been changed. Multi controller board (MULTI. C.B.) Noise filter circuit board (N.F.) Active filter module (ACTM) Relay (52C) , Resister (RS) (including N.F.)

PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU-BS

PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS

• Primary heating ON/OFF control has been added.

1-1. PRIMARY HEATING ON/OFF CONTROL SET-UP
(1) Primary heating operation controls another heat source that depends on the main system's operations, which means the interlock operation shown in "c)" will be possible.
a) Service ref. PUMY-P48NHMU(-BS) does not have this function. b) Indoor unit must be R410A UL model for this function to operate. Note: Following Indoor models DO NOT HAVE this feature available: PMFY-P12NBMU PKFY-P06NAMU PMFY-P06NBMU PMFY-P15NBMU PKFY-P08NAMU PMFY-P08NBMU c) Different Indoor unit applications that can be applied:

(2) Outdoor unit DIPSW4-4 for Primary Heating Control:
Set DIPSW4-4 when power is turned off at unit. OFF: Disable Primary Heating Function (Initial setting) ON : Enable Primary Heating Function

(3) Determine required Indoor Fans Speed during defrost mode:
a) With no Primary heating output the Indoor fan normally goes off to prevent cold drafts during the defrost cycles. b) With Primary heating control the auxiliary heat will be on during defrost mode, thus cold drafts will not be present. (Ducted units only) c) For models PEFY and PDFY (Ducted) recommended to use "Black" (20K) connector. d) For models PLFY, PCFY, PKFY and PFFY (Ductless) recommended "None", no connector required. e) To set the fan airflow rate to be used during defrost operation, insert the resistance that is packed within the optional adaptor cable kit (PAC-YU24HT-F) into the CN22 sensor input. You can choose at what speed the indoor fan operates during defrost cycles bases on chart below. Fan airflow rate setting During defrost operation CN22 input resistance ( ) CN22 input (cable color) FAN SPEED SETTING OFF 0 None Stopped 20k Black Setting on remote controller 27k Blue Very Low ON 39k White Low 62K Red High
CN22

Wiring

Note: The setting will be disabled "when Heater contact signal is OFF".

2

(4) Determine Fan Airflow setting during Indoor Thermo OFF conditions:
a) These settings are done within Indoor DIPSW1-7 and DIPSW1-8, see chart below for options. b) Recommended SW1-7 OFF and SW1-8 ON will determine airflow based on "Setting on the remote controller". Auxiliary Heating Signal Thermo Condition SW1-7 OFF ON OFF ON SW1-8 OFF OFF ON Very low Low Setting on remote controller Stopped Setting on remote co ntroller Fan speed Fan speed setting setting OFF ON

ON

(5) Setting Outdoor unit and Auxiliary heat switch over temperatures.
When the DIPSW 4-4 is set to "ON", the outdoor unit and the contact output operates as shown below. a) Outdoor default setting and operations are shown below: Stage 1 - Outdoor unit HP operation - Defrost : Heater contact ON signal - Other than defrost : Contact OFF Stage 2 - Outdoor unit HP operation - Heater contact ON signal Stage 3 - Outdoor unit OFF (Standby) - Heater contact ON signal

Amb. Decreasing Amb. Incareasing

a -12: [10 F]

b 0: [32 F]

c 10: [50 F]

d 20: [68 F]

TH7 = Outdoor Temperature

When the set temperature ranges overlap, the previously set pattern (1,2 or 3) has a priority. The stage 1 has the highest priority, 2 the second and then 3. b) Based on above chart listed the sequence of operation on "On Ambient Decrease" Stage 1 :(TH7 = > 10 :) : the Outdoor unit runs in HP mode. Stage 2 :(TH7 = 10: to -12:) : the Outdoor unit runs in HP mode with Auxiliary heating. Stage 3 :(TH7 = < -12:) : Auxiliary heating only (Outdoor unit is OFF). c) Based on above chart listed the sequence of operation on " On Ambient Increase" Stage 3 :(TH7 = < 0 :) : Auxiliary heating only (Outdoor unit is OFF). Stage 2 :(TH7 = > 0: to 20:) : Auxiliary heating with Outdoor unit in HP mode. Stage 1 :(TH7 = > 20:) : Outdoor unit in HP mode only.

3

230V/60Hz S R S 88H 88H H1 FS1 FS2 FS1 FS2 88H H2 FS1. CPEV or equivalent.e.Electromagnetic contactor Wiring digram Control board CN24 4 Green + X Red CN22 .9W or less *Use the diode that is recommended by the relay manufacturer at both ends of the relay coil.(6) Locally procured wiring A basic connection method is shown. Cable size : 0. (i. interlocked operation with the electric heater with the fan speed setting on high Remote control Board Relay circuit Adapter Indoor unit control board Outdoor unit control board Dip switch SW4-4 "ON" Electric Heater power source CN24 Yellow Red White 1 2 1 2 X Electric Heater Red Preparations in the field Maximum cable length is 10 m (32ft) For relay X use the specifications given below Operation coil Rated voltage : 12VDC Power consumption :0. Recommended circuit R 1-phase power supply 208V. H2 ----. CVS. The length of the electrical wiring for the PAC-YU24HT is 2 meters (6-1/2 ft) To extend this length.5 mm2 ~ 1.Overheat protection thermostat 88H --------.Heater 26H 26H --------. Control cable type : CVV.Thermal fuse H1. 2 ----.25 mm2 (AWG22 to AWG16) Don`t extend the cable more than 10 meters (32ft). use sheathed 2-core cable.

Charge refrigerant from liquid phase of gas cylinder. dust or moisture enters into refrigerant cycle. in their packaging. Avoid using thin pipes. (4) When performing service. composition change may occur in refrigerant and the efficiency will be lowered. If a charging cylinder is used. · Charging should be performed with the cylinder of syphon stood vertically. Gauge manifold Charge hose Gas leak detector Torque wrench Tools for R410A Flare tool Size adjustment gauge Vacuum pump adaptor Electronic refrigerant charging scale Store the piping to be used during installation indoors and keep both ends of the piping sealed until just before brazing. Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve. If dirt. Do not use a charging cylinder. that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc. charge the cycle with specified amount of refrigerant.) 5 . (2) Do not release refrigerant in the air. (Leave elbow joints. poisonous gases will be released. (Refrigerant is charged from liquid phase. Vacuum pump oil may flow back into refrigerant cycle and that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc. ether oil or alkylbenzene oil (small amount) as the refrigerant oil applied to flares and flange connections. If other refrigerant (R22 etc. Contamination inside refrigerant piping can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc. Use ester oil. the composition of refrigerant will change and the efficiency will be lowered. Make sure that the inside and outside of refrigerant piping is clean and it has no contamination such as sulfur hazardous for use. chlorine in refrigerant can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc. dirt. CAUTIONS RELATED TO NEW REFRIGERANT Cautions for units utilizing refrigerant R410A Use new refrigerant pipes. Ventilate the room if refrigerant leaks during operation. [2] Additional refrigerant charge When charging directly from cylinder · Check that cylinder for R410A on the market is syphon type. dust or moisture enters into refrigerant cycle. etc. install a filter drier simultaneously. use pipes with specified thickness. Keep the tools with care. The following tools are necessary to use R410A refrigerant. Do not use refrigerant other than R410A. If refrigerant comes into contact with a flame. (3) After completing service. In addition. Be sure to use a filter drier for new refrigerant. shaving particles. etc. that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil or malfunction of compressor.2 SAFETY PRECAUTION 2-1. that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil or malfunction of compressor. If the refrigerant is charged from gas phase.) If dirt.) is used. [1] Cautions for service (1) Perform service after recovering the refrigerant left in unit completely. oxides. Use the following tools specifically designed for use with R410A refrigerant. If large amount of mineral oil enters.

·Use high-tension side pressure of 5. If the unit is installed in a coastal area. 4. No.) 3. If the unit is damaged during installation or maintenance. Water collecting in the base of the outdoor unit could cause rust. PRECAUTIONS FOR SALT PROOF TYPE "-BS" MODEL Although "-BS" model has been designed to be resistant to salt damage. Be sure to install the unit in a location with good drainage. ·Attach on vacuum pump.09MPa·G or over. 7.3MPa·G or over.Unit Gravimeter [3] Service tools Use the below service tools as exclusive tools for R410A refrigerant. If the cover panel may become covered with salt. rainwater may not clean the panel. Specifications 2-2. 6 . 1 Tool name Gauge manifold ·Only for R410A ·Use the existing fitting specifications. 5. clean the unit with water regularly to remove any salt build-up. Be sure to check the condition of the unit regularly. Avoid installing the unit in a location where it will be exposed directly to seawater or sea breeze. R407C or R410A. be sure to install the unit in a location where the salt will be washed away by rainwater. To ensure that water does not collect in the base of the outdoor unit. observe the following precautions to maintain the performance of the unit. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Charge hose Electronic scale Gas leak detector Adaptor for reverse flow check Refrigerant charge base Refrigerant cylinder Refrigerant recovery equipment ·Only for R410A ·Top of cylinder (Pink) ·Cylinder with syphon ·Use the detector for R134a. be sure to repair it. 1. make sure that the base is level. 6. (If a sunshade is installed. ·Only for R410A ·Use pressure performance of 5. not at angle. 2.

0 22.0 [1-9/64] — 36.1 13.52 3/8 12. (Vacuum Tools for other refrigerants valve prevents back flow of oil and refri.0 26. 1Thickness of pipes Because the working pressure of R410A is higher compared to R22. Cautions for refrigerant piping work New refrigerant R410A is adopted for replacement inverter series.88 5/8 19.4 R410A R22 [11/32-23/64] 9.8 [1/32] 0.8 [1/32] 9. refrigerant charge and operation check Gas leak check Refrigerant recovery Refrigerant charge Apply to flared section Prevent compressor malfunction when charging refrigerant by spraying liquid refrigerant Prevent gas from blowing out when detaching charge hose Vacuum drying and air purge R410A tools Tool exclusive for R410A Tool exclusive for R410A Tool for HFC refrigerant Tool exclusive for R410A Tool exclusive for R410A Ester oil. (Use the new tool as the tool exclusive for R410A.2-3.6 19. Furthermore as the working pressure of R410A is 1.6 time higher than that of R22.7mm [7/256 inch] or below. which has higher risk of leakage because its working pressure is higher than that of other refrigerants.0 29. Use torque wrench corresponding to each dimension. Dimension A Dimension B Flare cutting dimensions Outside Nominal dimensions[inch] diameter 6.0 [7/8] 24. be sure to use refrigerant piping with thickness shown below.8 [1/32] 6.0 [1-3/64] 27. The dimension B of flare nut for R410A also have partly been changed to increase intensity as shown below.2 [49/64-25/32] 19.0 [43/64] 22. R410A is a refrigerant.0 [5/128] 19.0 [1/2-33/64] 13.35 1/4 0.) : Tools for other refrigerants can be used under certain conditions.0 17.88 5/8 — 1.) Diagram below: Piping diameter and thickness Thickness (mm) [inch] Nominal Outside dimensions[inch] diameter (mm) R410A R22 0. (Never use pipes of 0.3 Flare nut dimensions Outside Nominal dimensions[inch] diameter[inch] 6.0 3Tools for R410A (The following table shows whether conventional tools can be used or not.7 (mm) [inch] Dimension A ( +0 ) -0. their sizes of flared sections and flare nuts are different. flare cutting dimension of copper pipe for R410A have been specified separately from the dimensions for other refrigerants as shown below. ether oil and alkylbenzene oil (minimum amount) Can R22 tools be used? Can R407C tools be used? Ester oil.35 1/4 9.70 1/2 15. Although the refrigerant piping work for R410A is same as for R22.05 3/4 (mm) [inch] Dimension B R410A R22 17.70 1/2 15.52 3/8 12.05 3/4 9.0 [5/128] 1. : Tools for other refrigerants can be used. ether oil: Alkylbenzene oil: minimum amount Tool exclusive for R410A Tool exclusive for R410A (Usable if equipped with adopter for reverse flow) (Usable by adjusting flaring dimension) (Usable if equipped with adopter for reverse flow) (Usable by adjusting flaring dimension) Tools for other refrigerants can be used if equipped with adopter for reverse flow check Flaring work of piping Tools for other refrigerants Flare tool can be used by adjusting flaring dimension Tools for other refrigerants can be used Bend the pipes Bender Tools for other refrigerants can be used Pipe cutter Cut the pipes Tools for other refrigerants can be used Welder and nitrogen gas cylinder Weld the pipes Tools for other refrigerants can be used Refrigerant charging scale Refrigerant charge Vacuum gauge or thermis.Check the degree of vacuum.35 1/4 9. the dimension B changes. For 1/2 and 5/8 inch.0 [41/64-21/32] 16.8 [1/32] 12. Therefore.8 [1/32] 0.) Tools and materials Gauge manifold Charge hose Gas leak detector Refrigerant recovery equipment Refrigerant cylinder Applied oil Safety charger Charge valve Vacuum pump Use Air purge.05 3/4 2Dimensions of flare cutting and flare nut The component molecules in HFC refrigerant are smaller compared to conventional refrigerants.4 — 23. Set copper pipe correctly referring to copper pipe flaring dimensions for R410A below.88 5/8 19. to enhance airtightness and intensity. In addition to that.2 16.52 3/8 0. 7 .70 1/2 1.8 [1/32] 0.0 [5/128] 15.can be used tor vacuum gauge and gerant to thermistor vacuum gauge) vacuum valve Charging cylinder Tool exclusive for R410A Refrigerant charge : Prepare a new tool. exclusive tools are necessary so as not to mix with different kind of refrigerant.

8 . (1 indoor unit of Fresh Air type is connected with 1 outdoor unit. UNIT CONSTRUCTION Outdoor unit Capacity Number of units Total system wide capacity P36 Type 06 ~ Type 36 1~ 6 unit P48 Type 06 ~ Type 54 1~ 8 unit Indoor unit that can be connected 50% ~130% of outdoor unit capacity CMY-Y62-G-E Branching pipe components Branch header (2 branches) CMY-Y64-G-E Branch header (4 branches) CMY-Y68-G-E Branch header (8 branches) Model Capacity 06 08 12 15 18 24 27 30 36 48 54 Ceiling Ceiling Ceiling Floor Standing Concealed mounted Wall Mounted Supended 2-way flow 1-way flow 4-way flow built-in Exposed Cocealed (Fresh Air)*1 PLFY-P PLFY-P PMFY-P PEFY-P PDFY-P PKFY-P PCFY-P PFFY-P PEFY-P NCMU-E NBMU-E NLMU-E NBMU-E NMLU-E NMHU-E NMSU-E NMU-E NAMU-E NGMU-E NFMU-E NGMU-E NEMU-E NRMU-E NMHU-E-F Ceiling Casette Ceiling Conceald Decorative panel Name M-NET remote controller MA remote controller PAR-21MAA PAR-F27MEA-US Remote Model number controller • A handy remote controller for use in conjunction • Address setting is not necessary. It is possible only by 1:1 system.3 OVERVIEW OF UNITS 3-1. Refer to 3-2(2). • Addresses must be set.) Operating temperature range (outdoor temperature) for fresh air type indoor units differ from other indoor units. *1. Functions with the Melans centralized management system.

Thermo-off(FAN-mode) automatically starts if the outdoor temp.B.B.B.21~43 [70~109°F] *2 D.15.B.B.B.B.Thermo-off(FAN-mode) automatically starts if the outdoor temp.5~35 [60~95°F] D. (3) Guaranteed voltage 198~253V.B.].[68°FD. *3.B.B. : Wet Bulb Temperature *1.B.P 30 N B M U . 15~27°C [59~81°F] W. 15~24°C [59~75°F] D.15. -18~15°C [0~60°F] D.-10~20 [14~68°F] *3 W.-5~20 [23~68°F] *3 P54 W.B.B.P 48 N H M U -BS Refrigerant R410A Frequency conversion controller UL model M-NET control Outdoor unit model type Salt proof Power supply type N: Single phase 208/230V 60Hz Outdoor unit Sub-number MULTI-S UL model M-NET control Unit model type NEW frequency converter one-to-many air conditioners (flexible design type) Indicates equivalent to Cooling capacity Indicates equivalent to Cooling capacity Power supply N: Single phase 208/230V 60Hz (2) Operating temperature range Cooling Indoor-side intake air temperature Outdoor-side intake air temperature Notes W.3-2. ■ In case of connecting fresh air type indoor unit Capacity of Fresh air type indoor Indoor-side and Outdoor-side intake air temperature P30 Cooling Heating D. : Dry Bulb Temperature W.E PAC type L : Ceiling cassette K : Wall-mounted type E : Hidden skylight type C : Ceiling suspended type M : Ceiling cassette type F : Floor standing type Refrigerant R410A/R22 commonness Frequency conversion controller PU M Y . 60Hz 9 . -5~46°C [23~115°F]*1 Heating D.21~43 [70~109°F] *2 D.B. UNIT SPECIFICATIONS (1) Method for identifying MULTI-S model ■ Indoor unit < When using Model 30 > ■ Outdoor unit <When using model 48 > P L F Y .5~35 [60~95°F] *2.[70°FD. 10~46°C DB[50~115°FDB] : In case of connecting PKFY-P06/P08 type indoor unit.B.]. is lower than 21 D.B. is higher than 20 D.

Ampacity 26A Sound level (Cool/Heat) dB 49 / 51 External finish Munsell 3Y 7.Circuit.B.B. Outdoor : D. [D.2 Starting method Inverter Crankcase heater W — Heat exchanger Plate fin coil (Anti corrosion fin treatment) Fan Fan(drive) No. 20m[70ft] : In case of installing outdoor unit lower than indoor unit.350 [53-5/32] Weight kg [lbs] 130 [287] Refrigerant R410A Charge kg [lbs] 8.000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h Heating Capacity Btu/h 40.B. PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS) Item 36.74 Input Current (Cool) A *3 % 98. 26.1°C [D. 6. Over current detection Fan motor protection Overheating/Voltage protection Total Piping length (Max.] 330+30 [13+1-3/16) H mm [in.22 Input (Cool) kW *3 14.7°C / W. 8.88/14.23/15.8/1.] 950 [37-13/32] D mm [in.52 [3/8] Piping diameter Gas mm[inch] 15.086 3 [CFM] Airflow m /min 100 [3.800(130%) Power Supply Single phase . 10~46°C[50~115°F]DB : In case of connecting PKFY-P06/P08 type indoor unit.B. *2.4 SPECIFICATIONS Service Ref. 95°F] (In case of connecting 2 indoor units of PLFY-P18BM type) Heating Indoor : D.B.086 + 0.18 *3 COP (Heat) W/W 4.412 CFM=K/min × 35. 80°F / W.1°C *Above specification data is subject to rounding variation.B.) 6 Max.4536 Outdoor : D. 21.B.] 1. 43°F] 10 . 47°F / W.93 *3 (Heat) *3 Input Current A 12.B. 60Hz . 208/230V 30A Breaker Size Max.4°C [D.9 EER (Cool) Btu/h/W *3 11.530] Dimensions (HxWxD) W mm [in.B.5 [18.7] L [oz] Oil (Model) 2. fuse size 40A Min. 70°F] Btu/h=kW × 3.24 Power factor (Heat) % *3 98.3 [73] (FV50S) Protection High pressure protection HP switch devices Compressor protection Discharge thermo.3°C / W.31 lbs=kg/ 0.B.1 Refrigerant control Linear Expansion Valve Compressor Hermetic ANB33FDHMT Model Motor output kW 2. 19.88 [5/8] (cool) -5~ 46 DB [23~115°F DB]*2 Guranteed operation range (heat) -18~ 15 WB [0~60°F WB] Rating conditions Note.B. 35°C [D. 67°F] *3. Connectable Capacity Btu/h 46.000 3.*1. Cooling Indoor : D.B.00 Connectable indoor units (Max. Electrical data is for only outdoor unit. Propeller fan 2 Fan motor output kW 0.4 Power factor (Cool) *3 Input (Heat) kW 2.) m [ft] 120 [394] Farthest m [ft] 80 [262] Max Height difference m [ft] 30 [100]*1 Chargeless length m [ft] 50 [165] Liquid mm[inch] 9.

000 54.1°C *Above specification data is subject to rounding variation. 26.B.] H mm [in.4°C [D.086 100 [3. 67°F] *3.B. 43°F] 11 . 80°F / W. 6.88 [5/8] -5~ 46 DB [23~115°F DB]*2 -18~ 15 WB [0~60°F WB] Rating conditions Note. Cooling Indoor : D.350 [53-5/32] 130 [287] R410A 8.88 23.97 24.086 + 0.5 4.6/21. 95°F] (In case of connecting 2 indoor units of PLFY-P24BM type) Heating Indoor : D. Item Cooling Capacity Btu/h Heating Capacity Btu/h Input (Cool) kW *3 Input Current (Cool) A *3 % Power factor (Cool) *3 Input (Heat) kW *3 *3 Input Current (Heat) A Power factor (Heat) % *3 EER (Cool) Btu/h/W *3 *3 COP (Heat) W/W Connectable indoor units (Max.52 [3/8] 15.3 [73] (MEL56/NHMU(1). *2. Electrical data is for only outdoor unit. 70°F] Btu/h=kW × 3.] Weight kg [lbs] Refrigerant Charge kg [lbs] L [oz] Oil (Model) Protection High pressure protection devices Compressor protection Fan motor protection Total Piping length (Max. 8.B. 208/230V 30A 40A 26A 50 / 52 Munsell 3Y 7.B. [D.B. 10~46°C[50~115°F]DB : In case of connecting PKFY-P06/P08 type indoor unit. 60Hz . 20m[70ft] : In case of installing outdoor unit lower than indoor unit. ANB33FDHMT(NHMU2) 2.] D mm [in.412 CFM=K/min × 35.1 Linear Expansion Valve Hermetic ANB33FDCMT(NHMU(1)). Over current detection Overheating/Voltage protection 120 [394] 80 [262] 30 [100]*1 50 [165] 9.66 3.B.B.5 [18. 19.3 99.31 lbs=kg/ 0.4536 Outdoor : D.8/1.4 Inverter — Plate fin coil (Anti corrosion fin treatment) Propeller fan 2 0.000 4.) m [ft] Farthest m [ft] Max Height difference m [ft] Chargeless length m [ft] Liquid mm[inch] Piping diameter Gas mm[inch] (cool) Guranteed operation range (heat) PUMY-P48NHMU/NHMU1/NHMU2(-BS) 48.7 99.400 (130%) Single phase .B.Service Ref.0/21. 21.B.7] 2. 47°F / W.*1. Fan motor output kW 3 Airflow m /min [CFM] (HxWxD) Dimensions W mm [in. Connectable Capacity Btu/h Power Supply Breaker Size Max.1°C [D.Ampacity Sound level (Cool/Heat) dB External finish Refrigerant control Compressor Model Motor output kW Starting method Crankcase heater W Heat exchanger Fan Fan(drive) No.B.530] 950 [37-13/32] 330+30 [13+1-3/16) 1.5 9. fuse size Min.24 8 62.7°C / W.) Max.B. Outdoor : D. 35°C [D.3°C / W. FV50S/NHMU2) HP switch Discharge thermo.Circuit.B.

5

DATA

5-1. COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY AND CHARACTERISTICS
5-1-1. Method for obtaining system cooling and heating capacity:
To obtain the system cooling and heating capacity and the electrical characteristics of the outdoor unit, first add up the ratings of all the indoor units connected to the outdoor unit (see table below), and then use this total to find the standard capacity with the help of the tables on 5-2.STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM. (1) Capacity of indoor unit Model Number for indoor unit Model 06 Model 08 Model12 Model 15 Model 18 Model 24 Model 27 Model 30 Model 36 Model 48 Model 54 Model Capacity 6 8 12 15 18 24 27 30 36 48 54

(2) Sample calculation

1System assembled from indoor and outdoor unit (in this example the total capacity of the indoor units is greater than that of
the outdoor unit) • Outdoor unit PUMY-P48NHMU • Indoor unit PKFY-P08NAMU-E o 2 , PLFY-P18NLMU-E o 2

2According to the conditions in 1, the total capacity of the indoor unit will be: 8 o 2 + 18 o 2 = 52 3The following figures are obtained from the 52 total capacity row of the standard capacity table (5-2.):
Capacity (Btu/h) Cooling Heating Outdoor unit power consumption (kW) Cooling 5.01 Heating 4.71 Outdoor unit current (A)/230V Cooling Heating 21.9 20.6

A 48,900

B 54,500

5-1-2. Method for obtaining the heating and cooling capacity of an indoor unit:
(1) The capacity of each indoor unit (Btu/h) = the capacity A(or B) o model capacity total model capacity of all indoor units

(2) Sample calculation (using the system described above in 5-1-1. (2) ): During cooling: • The total model capacity of the indoor unit is: 8000 o 2 + 18000 o 2=52000Btu/h Therefore, the capacity of PKFY-P08NAMU-E and PLFY-P18NLMU-E will be calculated as follows by using the formula in 5-1-2. (1): 8000 = 7,520 Btu/h 52000 18000 Model 18= 48,900 o = 16,930 Btu/h 52000 Model 08= 48,900 o During heating: • The total model capacity of indoor unit is: 9000 o 2 + 20000 o 2=58000 Btu/h Therefore, the capacity of PKFY-P08NAMU-E and PLFY-P18NLMU-E will be calculated as follows by using the formula in 5-1-2. (1): 9000 = 8,460 Btu/h 58000 20000 Model 18= 54,500 o = 18,790 Btu/h 58000 Model 08=54,500 o

12

5-2. STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM
* Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert the value following the formula on 5-1-1. 5-2-1. PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS)

Capacity(Btu/h) Power Consumption(kW) Current(A)/230V Total capacity of Indoor units* Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating 18 18,000 20,200 1.38 1.45 6.1 6.4 19 19,000 21,300 1.45 1.52 6.4 6.7 20 20,000 22,400 1.52 1.60 6.7 7.0 21 21,000 23,500 1.60 1.67 7.1 7.4 22 22,000 24,700 1.68 1.75 7.4 7.7 23 23,000 25,800 1.76 1.83 7.8 8.0 24 24,000 26,900 1.85 1.91 8.2 8.4 25 25,000 28,000 1.94 1.98 8.6 8.7 26 26,000 29,200 2.04 2.06 9.0 9.1 27 27,000 30,300 2.14 2.15 9.4 9.4 28 28,000 31,400 2.24 2.23 9.9 9.8 29 29,000 32,500 2.35 2.31 10.4 10.2 30 30,000 33,700 2.46 2.40 10.9 10.5 31 31,000 34,800 2.58 2.48 11.4 10.9 32 32,000 35,900 2.70 2.57 11.9 11.3 33 33,000 37,000 2.82 2.66 12.5 11.7 34 34,000 38,200 2.95 2.75 13.0 12.1 35 35,000 39,300 3.08 2.84 13.6 12.5 36 36,000 40,000 3.22 2.93 14.2 12.9 37 36,200 40,200 3.23 2.92 14.3 12.9 38 36,400 40,400 3.25 2.89 14.3 12.7 39 36,600 40,700 3.26 2.86 14.4 12.6 40 36,900 40,900 3.27 2.84 14.5 12.5 41 37,100 41,100 3.28 2.81 14.5 12.3 42 37,300 41,300 3.30 2.78 14.6 12.2 43 37,500 41,600 3.31 2.75 14.6 12.1 44 37,700 41,800 3.32 2.72 14.7 11.9 45 37,900 42,000 3.34 2.69 14.7 11.8 46 38,100 42,200 3.35 2.66 14.8 11.7

Current(A)/208V Cooling 6.8 7.1 7.4 7.8 8.2 8.6 9.0 9.5 9.9 10.4 10.9 11.5 12.0 12.6 13.2 13.8 14.4 15.1 15.7 15.8 15.9 15.9 16.0 16.0 16.1 16.2 16.2 16.3 16.4 Heating 7.1 7.4 7.8 8.1 8.5 8.9 9.3 9.6 10.0 10.4 10.8 11.2 11.7 12.1 12.5 12.9 13.4 13.8 14.2 14.2 14.1 13.9 13.8 13.6 13.5 13.4 13.2 13.1 12.9

Note) In some combination patterns, numerical value of the heating data may differ slightly (CAPACITY : about several hundred Btu/h)

13

5-2-2. PUMY-P48NHMU/NHMU1/NHMU2(-BS)

Capacity(Btu/h) Power Consumption(kW) Current(A)/230V Total capacity of Indoor units* Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating 24 24,000 26,900 2.11 2.32 9.2 10.2 25 25,000 28,000 2.20 2.41 9.6 10.5 26 26,000 29,200 2.29 2.50 10.0 10.9 27 27,000 30,300 2.38 2.59 10.4 11.3 28 28,000 31,400 2.48 2.68 10.8 11.7 29 29,000 32,500 2.58 2.78 11.3 12.1 30 30,000 33,700 2.68 2.87 11.7 12.6 31 31,000 34,800 2.78 2.97 12.2 13.0 32 32,000 35,900 2.89 3.07 12.6 13.4 33 33,000 37,000 3.00 3.17 13.1 13.9 34 34,000 38,200 3.11 3.28 13.6 14.3 35 35,000 39,300 3.23 3.38 14.1 14.8 36 36,000 40,400 3.35 3.49 14.6 15.2 37 37,000 41,500 3.47 3.60 15.2 15.7 38 38,000 42,700 3.60 3.71 15.7 16.2 39 39,000 43,800 3.72 3.82 16.3 16.7 40 40,000 44,900 3.85 3.93 16.8 17.2 41 41,000 46,000 3.99 4.05 17.4 17.7 42 42,000 47,200 4.12 4.17 18.0 18.2 43 43,000 48,300 4.26 4.28 18.6 18.7 44 44,000 49,400 4.41 4.41 19.3 19.3 45 45,000 50,500 4.55 4.53 19.9 19.8 46 46,000 51,700 4.70 4.65 20.5 20.3 47 47,000 52,800 4.85 4.78 21.2 20.9 48 48,000 54,000 4.97 4.88 21.7 21.3 49 48,300 54,200 4.98 4.83 21.8 21.1 50 48,500 54,300 4.99 4.79 21.8 20.9 51 48,700 54,400 5.00 4.75 21.8 20.8 52 48,900 54,500 5.01 4.71 21.9 20.6 53 49,100 54,600 5.01 4.67 21.9 20.4 54 49,300 54,800 5.02 4.63 21.9 20.2 55 49,600 54,900 5.03 4.59 22.0 20.1 56 49,800 55,000 5.04 4.55 22.0 19.9 57 50,000 55,100 5.04 4.51 22.0 19.7 58 50,200 55,200 5.05 4.47 22.1 19.5 59 50,400 55,300 5.06 4.43 22.1 19.4 60 50,600 55,500 5.07 4.39 22.1 19.2 61 50,800 55,600 5.07 4.35 22.2 19.0 62 51,100 55,700 5.08 4.31 22.2 18.8

Current(A)/208V Cooling 10.2 10.6 11.1 11.5 12.0 12.4 12.9 13.4 14.0 14.5 15.0 15.6 16.2 16.8 17.4 18.0 18.6 19.3 19.9 20.6 21.3 22.0 22.7 23.4 24.0 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.2 24.2 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.5 24.5 24.6 Heating 11.2 11.6 12.1 12.5 13.0 13.4 13.9 14.4 14.8 15.3 15.8 16.3 16.9 17.4 17.9 18.5 19.0 19.6 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.9 22.5 23.1 23.6 23.3 23.2 23.0 22.8 22.6 22.4 22.2 22.0 21.8 21.6 21.4 21.2 21.0 20.8

Note) In some combination patterns, numerical value of the heating data may differ slightly (CAPACITY : about several hundred Btu/h)

14

B. 26.B.4 25 (77) INDOOR :WB(°FWB) 1. under standard length (7.1 (70) 1.0 0. 8.8) INDOOR Heating capacity (ratio) :DB(°FDB) 15 (59) 21. Cooling performance curve Figure 2.4) 16 (60.70°F] Rated heating capacity Outdoor D.6 0. 35°C [D.67°F] Rated cooling capacity Outdoor D.5-3.6) 20 (68) 18 (64.B.1°C [D. 2) show the ratio by the temperature condition change when the rated capacity (total capacity) and the rated input are presumed 1.0 0.B. • Standard conditions: Indoor D. Heating performance curve 1.2 :WB(°FWB) 22 (71.8) INDOOR 1. 6.4 -5 0 23 32 10 50 20 68 30 86 40 46 °C DB 104 115 °F DB Cooling power consumption (ratio) 22 (71. 19.4 1.B.6 0. Correcting Changes in Air Conditions (1)The performance curve charts (Figure 1. CORRECTING COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY 5-3-1.4 -18 0 Heating power consumption (ratio) :DB(°FDB) 21. Individual capacity under stated conditions = total capacity under the stated conditions o individual capacity at the rated time total capacity at the rated time (3)Capacity correction factor curve Figure 1.4 1.7°C / W.B.B.4) 16 (60.6) 20 (68) 18 (64.6 1.1°C [D.2 1.6 0. (2)The capacity of each indoor unit may be obtained by multiplying the total capacity obtained in (1) by the ratio between the individual capacity at the rated time and the total capacity at the rated time.4°C [D.80°F / W.2 1.2 1.B.1 (70) 15 (59) 25 (77) INDOOR -12 -10 10 14 -5 23 0 32 5 41 10 50 15 °C WB 59 °F WB Outdoor Outdoor 15 .43°F] • Use the rated input and rated power values given in the characteristics table for each indoor unit.8 0. the input of each indoor unit must be added to obtain the total input.95°F] Indoor D.4 Cooling capacity (ratio) 1.B.B.6m [25ft]) and standerd temperature condition.47°F / W.0 0.8 0.8 0.B.4 1. 21.B.8 0.0 0. • The input is the single value of the outdoor unit.3°C / W.

48 models Capacity ratio [%] 90 85 Cooling P36 model 80 75 70 Cooling P48 model 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80[m] [16] [33] [50] [70] [80] [100] [115] [130] [150] [165] [180] [195] [215] [230] [245] [260][ft] Corrected pipe length (2) Method for Obtaining the Equivalent Piping Length Equivalent length for type P48 = (length of piping to farthest indoor unit) + (0. Correcting Capacity for Changes in the Length of Refrigerant Piping • During cooling.89 25 -4 0. to obtain the ratio (and the equivalent piping length) of the outdoor units rated capacity and the total in-use indoor capacity.89 32 0 0.95 18 -8 0.98 36 2 0.°F) Outdoor Intake temperature (W. Correction factor diagram Outdoor Intake temperature (W.B.95 14 -10 0. (1) Capacity CORRECTION CURVE (Figure 3) Cooling 100 95 Heating Heating P36. Correction of Heating Capacity for Frost and Defrosting If heating capacity has been reduced due to frost formation or defrosting.95 16 . to find the equivalent piping length. multiply the capacity by the appropriate correction factor from the following table to obtain the actual heating capacity. first find the capacity ratio corresponding to the standard piping length from Figure 3 at first.3 o number of bends in the piping) (m) Length of piping to farthest indoor unit: 80m [262ft] 5-3-3.88 28 -2 0.B.0 39 4 0. and then multiply by the heating capacity from Figure 2 to obtain the actual capacity. • During heating.°C) Correction factor 43 6 1. and then multiply by the cooling capacity from Figure 1 to obtain the actual capacity.5-3-2. first find the capacity ratio corresponding to standard piping length from Figure 3.9 21 -6 0.

Hz 8000 BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES.9ft] GROUND 17 .0002 μbar) 80 80 70 NC-70 70 NC-70 60 NC-60 60 NC-60 50 NC-50 50 NC-50 40 NC-40 40 NC-40 30 NC-30 30 NC-30 20 APPROXIMATE THRESHOLD OF HEARING FOR CONTINUOUS NOISE 20 NC-20 APPROXIMATE THRESHOLD OF HEARING FOR CONTINUOUS NOISE NC-20 10 10 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES. Hz MICROPHONE 1m [3. NOISE CRITERION CURVES PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS) MODE SPL(dB) COOLING 49 HEATING 51 LINE PUMY-P48NHMU(-BS) PUMY-P48NHMU1(-BS) PUMY-P48NHMU2(-BS) OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL.5m [4.5-4.0002 μbar) 90 MODE SPL(dB) COOLING 50 HEATING 52 LINE 90 OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL.3ft] UNIT 1. dB (0 dB = 0. dB (0 dB = 0.

88 (5/8 inch) ……Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection (FLARE) 9.150mm <5-29/32> The diagram below shows a basic example.6 Rear Air Intake 1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit) Please secure the unit firmly with 4 foundation (M10<W3/8>) bolts.(Bolts and washers must be purchased locally. rear and below. Handle .27<1-1/16>Knockout) 40<1-9/16> 45<1-25/32> 75 <2-31/32> When installing the conduit.1000mm<39-3/8> Min.Indication of STOP VALVE connection location. 30mm<1-3/16> Min.27<1-1/16>Knockout) Right trunking hole (Knockout) 40<1-9/16> 63<2-1/2> 55<2-3/16> 73<2-7/8> Rear trunking hole (Knockout) 45<1-25/32> 40<1-9/16> Conduit hole (2. Min.27<1-1/16>Knockout) 1 423<16-21/32> 2 1 507<19-31/32> Air intake 1 Front piping cover Rear piping cover 71<2-13/16> Right piping hole (Knockout) Conduit hole (2. 1/2 Conduit attachment 219<8-5/8> 2.) Side Air Intake 330<13> 37<1-15/32> 56<2-7/32> 370<14-9/16> 2 SERVICE SPACE Piping and wiring connections can be made from 4 directions: front..52 (3/8 inch) 1….33<1-5/16> 1088<42-27/32> 18 ……Refrigerant GAS pipe connction (FLARE) 15.22<7/8> 71<2-13/16> 63<2-1/2> 55<2-3/16> 63 <2-1/2> 73<2-7/8> 92 > /8 <3-5 92 <3-5 /8> 92<3-5/8> 65<2-9/16> 27<1-1/16> 92<3-5/8> Front trunking hole (Knockout) Bottom piping hole (Knockout) 40<1-9/16> 74<2-19/32> 92 <3-5 /8> 19<3/4> 55<2-3/16> 92<3-5/8> 81<3-3/16> 73<2-7/8> 27<1-1/16> 27<1-1/16> 92<3-5/8> Rear piping hole (Knockout) 31<1-7/32> Front piping hole (Knockout) 23<29/32> 23<29/32> 23<29/32> Unit : mm <inch> 65<2-9/16> mm<inch> 30<1-3/16> 220 <8-21/32> 145 145 145 <5-23/32> <5-23/32> <5-23/32> Drain hole 5.10mm<3/8> 417<16-13/32> <Foundation bolt height> ) Ground for the transmission line Ground for concentration control Handle Service panel Handle Handle 635<25> Example of Notes 1350<53-5/32> OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS 371<14-19/32> 23<29/32> Piping Knockout Hole Details Conduit hole (2.10mm<3/8> Min.10mm<3/8> FOUNDATION 70<2-3/4> 56<2-7/32> 42<1-21/32> 2-12 36 Oval hole (Foundation Bolt M10<W3/8>) Max. Explantion of particular details is given in the installation manuals etc. right.500mm <19-11/16> Air Discharge 950<37-13/32> Rear Air Intake 322<12-11/16> Handle Min. Dimensions of space needed for service access are shown in the below diagram. Set the attachment to the inner side of each panel. 19<3/4> 175 <6-7/8> 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS 600<23-5/8> 175 <6-7/8> 4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS 2-U Shaped notched hole (Foundation Bolt M10<W3/8>) PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS FREE Min.500mm <19-11/16> Min.150mm<5-29/32> Side Air Intake Ground for the power supply ("GR"marking position) ( Terminal block Left …… For the power supply Center … For the transmission line Right…… For concentration control 53<2-3/32> 28<1-3/32> Service space 30<1-3/16> Min.

30mm<1-3/16> Min.52 (3/8 inch) 1….150mm<5-29/32> Side Air Intake Ground for the power supply ("GR"marking position) ( Terminal block Left …… For the power supply Center … For the transmission line Right…… For concentration control 53<2-3/32> 28<1-3/32> Min.500mm <19-11/16> Air Discharge 950<37-13/32> Rear Air Intake 322<12-11/16> Handle Min.) Side Air Intake 330<13> 37<1-15/32> 56<2-7/32> 370<14-9/16> 2 SERVICE SPACE Piping and wiring connections can be made from 4 directions: front. 19<3/4> 175 <6-7/8> 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS 600<23-5/8> 175 <6-7/8> 4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS 2-U Shaped notched hole (Foundation Bolt M10<W3/8>) PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS FREE Min.Rear Air Intake 1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit) Please secure the unit firmly with 4 foundation (M10<W3/8>) bolts.10mm<3/8> 417<16-13/32> <Foundation bolt height> ) Ground for the transmission line Ground for concentration control 1350<53-5/32> 371<14-19/32> 23<29/32> Piping Knockout Hole Details Conduit hole (2.Indication of STOP VALVE connection location.500mm <19-11/16> Min. Dimensions of space needed for service access are shown in the below diagram.10mm<3/8> FOUNDATION 56<2-7/32> 2-12 36 Oval hole (Foundation Bolt M10<W3/8>) 70<2-3/4> 42<1-21/32> Max.33<1-5/16> 1088<42-27/32> Handle 635<25> 19 Handle Handle Example of Notes Service panel ……Refrigerant GAS pipe connction (FLARE) 15.1000mm<39-3/8> Min.10mm<3/8> Service space 30<1-3/16> Min.150mm <5-29/32> The diagram below shows a basic example..27<1-1/16>Knockout) 40<1-9/16> 45<1-25/32> 75 <2-31/32> When installing the conduit. Set the attachment to the inner side of each panel. Handle .27<1-1/16>Knockout) Rear trunking hole (Knockout) 1 423<16-21/32> 2 1 507<19-31/32> Air intake 1 Front piping cover Rear piping cover 71<2-13/16> Right piping hole (Knockout) Conduit hole (2. Min.rear and below. Explantion of particular details is given in the installation manuals etc.27<1-1/16>Knockout) Right trunking hole (Knockout) 45<1-25/32> 40<1-9/16> 63<2-1/2> 55<2-3/16> 73<2-7/8> 40<1-9/16> Conduit hole (2.right.88 (5/8 inch) ……Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection (FLARE) 9.22<7/8> 71<2-13/16> 63<2-1/2> 55<2-3/16> 63 <2-1/2> 73<2-7/8> 92 > /8 <3-5 27<1-1/16> 92<3-5/8> Front trunking hole (Knockout) Bottom piping hole (Knockout) 40<1-9/16> 74<2-19/32> 92 <3-5 /8> 92<3-5/8> 65<2-9/16> 19<3/4> 92<3-5/8> 55<2-3/16> 81<3-3/16> 92<3-5/8> Rear piping hole (Knockout) 31<1-7/32> Front piping hole (Knockout) 27<1-1/16> 92 <3-5 /8> 23<29/32> 23<29/32> 23<29/32> Unit : mm <inch> 65<2-9/16> 27<1-1/16> 73<2-7/8> mm<inch> 30<1-3/16> 220 <8-21/32> 145 145 145 <5-23/32> <5-23/32> <5-23/32> Drain hole 5.(Bolts and washers must be purchased locally. 1/2 Conduit attachment 219<8-5/8> 2.

referring to the service manual.B.B. 2 minutes (input voltage: 240 V).F2 F500 Terminal Block <Contralized Control> SW1 Motor for Compressor SW2 Fan Motor SW3 Solenoid Valve<Four way valve> SW4 Solenoid Valve<Bypass valve> Thermistor<Outdoor Pipe Temperature> SW5 SW6 Thermistor<Discharge Temperature> Thermistor<Low Pressure Saturated Temperature> SW7 SW8 Thermistor<Outdoor Temperature> SWU1 Thermistor<Heatsink> High Pressure Sensor<Discharge Pressure> SWU2 TRANS High Pressure Switch LED1. LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.7 SYMBOL WIRING DIAGRAM NAME SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS TB1 TB3 TB7 MC MF1. During normal operation The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit. make sure that LED1. 1s digit> Switch<Unit Address Selection. Components other than the outdoor board may be faulty: Check and take corrective action. CN1 Switch<Function Selection> CN2 Switch<Function Selection> Switch<Function Selection> Switch<Function Selection> Switch<Unit Address Selection. LED2 on the outdoor circuit board goes out.CNF2 21S4 SV1 SS CN3D CN3S CN3N CN51 X501~505 N. Multi Controller Board Fuse<6. Do not replace the outdoor board without checking.MF2 21S4 SV1 TH3 TH4 TH6 TH7 TH8 63HS 63H 63L CB ACTM RS DCL P.3A> LI/LO Fuse<3A> NI/NO Switch<Display Selection> EI Switch<Function Selection> CNAC1/2 Switch<Test Run> CN5 Switch<Model Selection> M-P. NOTES: 1.2 Low Pressure Switch LED3 Main Smoothing Capacitor CNS1 Active filter Module CNS2 Rush Current Protect Resistor CNAC Reactor CNDC Power Circuit Board CN2 Connection Terminal<U/V/W-Phase> CN4 Terminal<L/N-Phase> CN40 Terminal<DCVoltage> CN41 Terminal<DCVoltage> TH3 Connector TH4 Connector TH7/6 Connector 63HS Inverter Light Emitting Diodes <Inverter Control Status> 63H 63L CNF1. and then wait for at least 1 minute. the voltage [340 V] in the main capacitor will drop to 20 V in approx.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit. 20 . Self-diagnosis function The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) and LED1. 1 Compressor Indication operated Bit 2 52C 3 21S4 4 SV1 5 (SV2) 6 – 7 – 8 Always lit [Example] When the compressor and SV1 are turned during cooling operation.F. When servicing. 1 23 45 67 8 When fault requiring inspection has occurred The LED alternately indicates the inspection code and the location of the unit in which the fault has occurred. Cautions when Servicing ! WARNING: When the main supply is turned off. Terminal Block <Transmission> F1. 10ths digit> Transfomer Digital Indicator<Operation Inspection Display> LED<Power Supply to Main Microcomputer> Connector<Multi System> Connector<Centralized Cotrol> Connector<To Noise Filter Circuit Board> Connector<Power circuit board> Connector<To Power Circuit Board> Connector<To Power Circuit Board> Connector<Centralized Cotrol Power Supply> Connector<For storing Jumper Connector> Connector<Thermistor> Connector<Thermistor> Connector<Thermistor> Connector<High Pressure Sensor> Connector<High Pressure Switch> Connector<Low Pressure Switch> Connector<Fan Motor> Connector<Four-way Valve> Connector<Bypass Valve> Connector<For Option> Connector<For Option> Connector<For Option> Connector<For Option> Connector<For Option> Relay Noise Filter Circuit Board Connection Lead<L-Phase> Connection Lead<N-Phase> Connection Terminal<Ground> Connector Connector Transmission Power Board Connector<To Noise Filter Circuit Board> Connector<To Multi Controller Board> Caution for electrical work Use copper supply wires.B. LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit. U/V/W TAB-S/T TAB-P/P1/P2 TAB-N/N1/N2 CN2~5 CNDC CNAF IPM LED1 Terminal Block <Power Supply> MULTI.

B.63HS TH7TH6 TH3 TH4 63L 63H MULTI. LO NO CNAC2 CN5 (RED) (RED) 1 12 3 FOR CENTRALIZED CONTROL DC 30V(Non-polar) - TABP1 + TABN1 U V W 12 12 + TABN2 POWER SUPPLY ~/N NO FUSE AC208V/230V BREAKER 60Hz L1 L2 GR < 1 MODEL SELECT> SW4 MODELS PUMY-P48NHMU ON OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 (Note : Only PUMY-P48NHMU1 and PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS) DIP SW4-4 for primary heating control : Set DIP SW4-4 when power is turned off at unit. F. DIP SW4-4 OFF : Disable primary heating function (Initial setting) DIP SW4-4 ON : Enable primary heating function RED WHT BLK + CB EI CNAC1 (WHT) LI 1 3 NI MC 21 . 1234 CN2 (WHT) TP1 L1 L2 123456 TB3 M1 M2 S (BRN) RS (BRN) 52C DCL + P N1 N2 I - CN1 (WHT) 3 1 TO INDOOR UNIT CONNECTING WIRES DC 30V(Non-polar) ACTM P. B.B. 1 MF1 1 MF2 4 5 6 7 CNF2 (WHT) 4 5 6 7 CNF1 (WHT) 123 1234 12 12 63HS TH7/6 TH3 TH4 (WHT) (RED) (WHT)(WHT) 63H (YLW) 1 3 1 63L 3 (RED) CN3D CN3S CN3N (WHT) (RED) (BLU) 123 123 123 SWU2 SWU1 SW5 SW6 SW1 SW8 SW2 SW4 SW3 SW7 1 LED1 88 LED2 88 1234 5 CN51 (WHT) CN2 (WHT) 7654321 CN4 (WHT) 21 F500 CNDC (PNK) X505 X504 X503 X502 X501 F1 F2 3 1 SV2 (BLU) 3 1 TRANS LED3 CN102 (WHT) 4321 CN41 CN40 (WHT) (WHT) 4321 4321 52C (BLK) 3 1 21S4 (GRN) 3 1 21S4 SV1 SS (WHT) (WHT) 3 1 21 SV1 CNS1 CNS2 (RED) (YLW) CNAC 21 2 1 (RED) 2 1 M-P. CNAF (WHT) CN2 (WHT) CN3 (WHT) CN5 (RED) CN4 (WHT) TABN TABP + TB7 M1 M2 S (ORN) TH8 (ORN) TABT ~ ~ 123456 1234567 12 TABP2 CNDC (PIN) 1 3 TABS + ~ ~ N.

Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit. Cautions when Servicing • ! WARNING: When the main supply is turned off. LED2 on the outdoor circuit board goes out. and then wait for at least 1 minute. 1s digit> Switch<Unit Address Selection. Terminal Block <Comunication Line> TABU/V/W Terminal Block <Centralized Control Line> TABS/T Motor For Compressor TABP1/P2/P Fan Motor TABN1/N2/N Solenoid Valve<Four-Way Valve> DS2. Board CN52C> (Symbol of Board is CNLVB) SS Connector<Connection For Option> CN3D Connector<Connection For Option> CN3S Connector<Connection For Option> CN3N Connector<Connection For Option> CN51 Connector<Connection For Option> LED1.F. Low Pressure Switch LI/LO High Pressure Sensor NI/NO Solenoid Valve<Bypass valve> EI. NOTES: 1. the voltage [340 V] in the main capacitor will drop to 20 V in approx.B. LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.E2 Thermistor<Outdoor Pipe> 52C Thermistor<Discharge> Thermistor<Low Pressure Saturated> C. 10ths digit> Connector<To N. Do not replace the outdoor board without checking.F.DS3 IPM High Pressure Switch N.PUMY-P36NHMU SYMBOL PUMY-P36NHMU-BS NAME SYMBOL PUMY-P48NHMU2 NAME SYMBOL PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS NAME TB1 TB3 TB7 MC MF1. Self-diagnosis function The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) and LED1.MF2 21S4 63H 63L 63HS SV1 TH3 TH4 TH6 TH7 TH8 DCL ACTM CE Terminal Block <Power Supply> P.B. 22 . referring to the service manual. • Components other than the outdoor board may be faulty: Check and take corrective action. M-NET Power Circuit Board TP1 ConnectionTerminal<Ground> SW6 SW7 SW8 SWU1 SWU2 CNLVB Caution for electrical work Use copper supply wires. • During normal operation • The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit. 1 23 45 67 8 • When fault requiring inspection has occurred The LED alternately indicates the inspection code and the location of the unit in which the fault has occurred.B.LED2 LED<Operation Inspection Display> LED3 LED<Power Supply to Main Microcomputer> Fuse<T6. LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit. When servicing.F2 X501~505 Relay M-NET P.3AL250V> F1. make sure that LED1. 1 Compressor Indication operated Bit 2 52C 3 21S4 4 SV1 5 (SV2) 6 7 8 Always lit [Example] When the compressor and SV1 are turned during cooling operation. 2 minutes (input voltage: 240 V). SW1 Thermistor<Outdoor> SW2 Thermistor<Heatsink> SW3 Reactor SW4 Active Filter Module SW5 Main Smoothing Capacitor Power Circuit Board Connection Terminal<U/V/W-Phase> Connection Terminal<L/N-Phase> Connection Terminal<DC Voltage> Connection Terminal<DC Voltage> Diode Bridge Power Module Noise Filter Circuit Board Connection Terminal<L-Phase> Connection Terminal<N-Phase> Connection Terminal<Ground> 52C Relay Controller Circuit Board Switch<Display Selection> Switch<Function Selection> Switch<Test Run> Switch<Model Selection> Switch<Function Selection> Switch<Function Selection> Switch<Function Selection> Switch<Function Selection> Switch<Unit Address Selection.

B. B.63HS TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4 C. 4 TB3 M1 M2 S TO INDOOR UNIT CONNECTING WIRES DC 30V(Non-polar) TH8 t 2 2 WHT CE + RED RED 2 7 RED 6 1 TABP2 RED CN2 (WHT) IPM + TABN1 BLK U 1 CNAF (WHT) CNDC (PIN) 2 1 3 DS3 + DS2 + TABT BLU TABS WHT WHT TABP1 RED BLU NO N. MF1 MS 3~ MF2 MS 3~ 1 CNF1 7 (WHT) t t t t 63L 63H 1 3 1 4 1 2 2 1 63HS TH7/6 TH3 TH4 (WHT) (RED) (WHT) (WHT) 1 3 63L (RED) CN3D CN3S CN3N (WHT) (RED) (BLU) 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 CNLVB (RED) 6 SWU2 SWU1 SW5 SW6 2 1 SW1 SW8 SW2 SW4 SW3 SW7 LED1 LED2 1 CN2 4 (WHT) TP1 BLK CN1 (WHT)1 5 2 4 M-NET P.B. 1 CNF2 7 (WHT) 1 3 63H (YLW) 3 2 1 CNDC (PNK) X505 X504 X503 X502 TRANS CN4 CN2 (WHT) 1 (WHT) 7 1 2 LED3 F1 X501 CNS1 CNS2 (RED) (YLW) 1 SS 2 1 CNAC 1 2 1 2 (RED) (WHT) 2 2 2 F2 7 2 1 CN51 5 (WHT) 3 1 52C 3 (BLK) 1 21S4 3 (GRN) 1 SV2 2 1 SV1 3 (BLU) (WHT) SV1 CN40 CN41 (WHT) (WHT) 1 4 1 4 CN102 (WHT) 1 4 4 21S4 P. TB7 M1 M2 S FOR CENTRALIZED CONTROL DC 30V(Non-polar) YLW 2 WHT TABN2 RED TABU WHT TABV BLK TABW 7 1 CN3 2 (WHT) 1 CN5 2 (RED) 1 CN4 2 (WHT) TABN TABP LO 52C 1 CN52C (BLK) 2 2 + 2 3 CNAC2 (RED) 1 YLW U V MS 3~ W MC BLK E2 1 CN5 (RED) BLK LI BLU N I U U EI RED 2 2 DCL 4 3 1 2 RED + L1 L2 1 P N1 N2 Io 6 RED WHT BLK POWER SUPPLY ~/N 208/230V 60Hz TB1 RED L1 L2 GR BLU GRN ACTM CNAC1 (WHT) 1 MODEL SELECT 1:ON 0:OFF SW4 MODELS 1 2 3 4 5 6 PUMY-P36NHMU 0 1 1 0 1 0 PUMY-P48NHMU 0 1 1 0 0 1 23 . F.

8 Piping Outdoor unit For centralized management 051 Transmission wire For remote controller 78 78 9 01 9 01 Indoor unit 001 003 004 002 Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit 005 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 23 A transmission wire must be connected to each refrigerant system (outdoor and indoor)....051-100 Indoor unit .101-200 Remote controller 101 Address SW 78 78 78 78 78 78 Remote controller 102 Address SW 9 01 23 23 23 23 Remote controller 104 Address SW 9 01 45 6 9 01 45 6 Remote controller 154 Address SW 78 78 Remote controller 105 Address SW 78 78 9 01 23 23 1 9 01 45 6 45 6 9 01 45 6 45 6 9 01 23 9 01 23 9 01 23 9 01 23 1 1 1 1 45 6 45 6 For centralized management Outdoor unit 056 For remote controller 78 78 9 01 9 01 Indoor unit 010 009 Indoor unit Indoor unit 008 Indoor unit 007 Indoor unit 006 Address SW 78 78 78 78 Address SW 9 01 23 Address SW 78 78 Address SW 78 78 78 78 9 01 23 9 01 45 6 9 01 23 9 01 23 9 01 23 9 01 23 9 01 23 Remote controller 107 Address SW 78 78 Remote controller 157 Address SW 78 78 9 01 23 9 01 23 9 01 23 9 01 23 NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION 1 1 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 PUMY has no 100ths digit switch.... TRANSMISSION SYSTEM SETUP Set addresses: Outdoor unit ........ The address automatically become "100" if it is set as "01~50"......001-050 Remote controller ............ Address SW 9 01 23 9 01 23 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 45 6 23 23 45 6 45 6 Address SW 9 01 23 23 Address SW 9 01 9 01 9 01 9 01 9 01 9 01 Address SW Address SW Address SW 9 01 9 01 23 9 01 24 23 23 23 .... 23 23 23 23 23 23 8-1..

P48.5 0.8 L1000(mm) [ (3/32) (1/32) L(39-1/2)] inch Unit:mm<inch> Gas pipng 12.52<3/8> 25 .8-2. P18 P24. P54 P36.88<5/8> 15.52<3/8> 9. P15. P30.35<1/4> 9.88<5/8> Refrigerant pipng specifications <dimensions of flared connector> Capacity Indoor unit Outdoor unit Item P06.7<1/2> 15. P36. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DIAGRAM PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS Refrigerant flow in cooling Refrigerant flow in heating Service port Refrigerant Gas pipe <5/8 inch> Stop valve Strainer Pressure sensor (63HS) High pressure switch(63H) 4-way valve Solenoid valve(SV1) Capillary tube Check valve <High pressure> Oil separator Strainer Discharge thermistor(TH4) Compressor Heatsink thermistor(TH8) Thermistor(TH7) (Outdoor temperature) Thermistor<Saturation temperature of suction pressure>(TH6) Check valve<Low pressure> Accumulator Distributor Thermistor(TH3) (Pipe temperature) Strainer Low pressure switch(63L) Stop valve Refrigerant Liquid pipe <3/8 inch> Strainer Service port Capillary tube (for oil separator) : 2. P48 Liquid piping 6. P08. P12.

Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50. Set the address setting switch (on outdoor unit P. Group operation 101 RC (Main) 151 RC (Sub) 102 RC (Main) 152 RC (Sub) Main Remote Controller (RC) Sub Remote Controller (RC) Setting Method — Use the smallest 051 to 100 address of all the indoor units plus 50. 2. Set address switch (on outdoor unit P. Use the indoor unit (IC) within the group with the most functions as the IC (Main) unit. Range 001 to 050 OC 51 TB3 TB7 IC(Main) IC(Sub) 01 TB5 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S A B S M1M2 S 1 2 02 TB15 M1M2 S 1 2 a. Example for the System • Example for wiring control cables. Indoor unit address plus 151 to 200 150. 26 . The explanation for the system in this section : Use one single outdoor unit and multiple outdoor units for M-NET remote control system. 3. Unit Indoor Unit (IC) Outdoor unit (OC) A B A B A B A B • Using 2 remote controllers for each indoor unit. 101 RC Range 001 to 050 051 to 100 101 to 150 Outdoor unit (OC) Remote controller (RC) Setting Method — Use the smallest address of all the indoor unit plus 50. and the prohibited items are listed in the standard system with detailed explanation. c. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission cable block (TB3) for the outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable block (TB5) of each indoor unit (IC). A.B) as shown below. Unit IC (Main) IC (Sub) Range 001 to 050 001 to 050 Setting Method Use the smallest address within the same group of indoor units.C. 101 to 150 Indoor unit address plus 100. Use an address. wiring method and address setting.8-3. Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150. A B Outdoor Unit Main Remote Controller Sub Remote Controller 051 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 101 • Multiple indoor units operated together by 1 remote controller RC d. Operation using 2 remote controllers OC 51 TB3 TB7 TB5 IC IC 01 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S A B S M1M2 S 1 2 02 TB15 M1M2 S 1 2 a. Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100. other than that of the IC (Main) in the same group of indoor units. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission cable terminal block (TB5) of the IC main unit with the most recent address within the same indoor unit (IC) group to terminal block (TB6) on the remote controller.B) as shown below. Indoor unit address plus 100. • There is no need for setting the 100 position on the remote controller. c. b. b. Use non-polarized 2 wire. Example of a M-NET remote controller system (address setting is necessary.C. Set the address setting switch (on outdoor unit P. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission cable terminal block (TB5) for each indoor unit with the terminal block (TB6) for the remote controller (RC). Same as above. b.C. Use one single outdoor unit and multiple indoor units in the multiple outdoor units for the M-NET remote control system.B) as shown below. Unit Indoor unit (IC) L1 OC IC L2 IC 51 TB3 TB7 L3 TB5 01 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S A B S M1M2 S 1 2 02 TB15 M1M2 S 1 2 l1 l2 A B A B 102 RC • 1 remote controller for each indoor unit. SYSTEM CONTROL 8-3-1. Combinations of 1through 3 above are possible.) Example of wiring control cables 1. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main). Same as above. Same as above. Standard operation Wiring Method and Address Setting a. permissible lengths. c.

5 to 1. L3 + L1 [ 200m [656ft] Remote controller cable length 1. Same as above OC 51 TB3 TB7 IC(Main) IC(Sub) 01 M1M2 S A B S M1M2 S 1 2 02 M1M2 S 1 2 TB5 TB15 TB5 TB15 A B 102 RC • The remote controller address is the indoor unit main address plus 100. OC 51 TB3 TB7 TB5 IC IC 01 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S A B S M1M2 S 1 2 02 TB15 M1M2 S 1 2 A B A B TB15 MA 101 RC 51 TB3 TB7 TB5 IC IC 01 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S A B S M1M2 S 1 2 02 TB15 M1M2 S 1 2 A B A B A B A B A B 101 RC (Main) 151 RC (Sub) 102 RC (Main) 103 RC (Sub) 104 RC • Use the indoor unit(IC) address plus 150 as the sub remote controller address. the exceeding section should be 1. 27 . In this case. • Do not connect anything with TB15 of indoor unit(IC). If 0.25 mm2 [AWG16]) L1 + L2. R2 [10m [33ft] 2. If the length exceeds 10 meters [33ft].25 mm2 [AWG20 to AWG16] R1. it should be 152. Maximum 16 RC for 1 OC Permissible Lengths Longest transmission cable length (1. Symbol and the Maximum Remote controller Units for Connection Name Outdoor unit Indoor unit M-NET remote controller Symbol OC IC RC Maximum units for connection — One OC unit can be connected to 1-6(P36)/1-8(P48) IC units Maximum 2 RC for 1 indoor unit. it should be 101.• Name. • Three or more remote controller (RC) cannot be connected to 1 indoor unit. L2 + L3.25 mm2 [AWG16] and that section should be a value within the total extension length of the transmission cable and maximum transmission cable length. (L3) Same as above OC Prohibited items • M-NET remote controller(RC) and MA remote controller(MA) cannot be used together. In this case.

B. Example of a group operation system with 2 or more outdoor units and a M-NET remote controller. (Shielding wires and address settings are necessary.)
L1
OC IC (51)
TB3 M1M2 S M1M2 S TB7

IC (02)
TB5 M1M2 S

IC (05)
TB5 M1M2 S

IC (06)
TB5 M1M2 S

(01)
TB5 M1M2 S

Examples of Transmission Cable Wiring

1

2

3

L2

A B

A B

A B

(101) RC OC (53)
TB3 M1M2 S M1M2 S TB7

(105) RC

(155) RC

L3
IC (03)
TB5 M1M2 S

L4
IC (04)
TB5 M1M2 S

IC (07)
TB5 M1M2 S

Power Supply Unit
M1M2S 4

L6

DV 12V

L5
A B

L7

G-50A
M1M2 S

(104) RC

: : : : : ( ):

Group 1 Group 3 Group 5 Shielded Wire Sub Remote Controller Address

Wiring Method Address Settings

a. Always use shielded wire when making connections between the outdoor unit (OC) and the indoor unit (IC), as well for all OC-OC, and IC-IC wiring intervals. b. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 and the ground terminal on the transmission cable terminal block (TB3) of each outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal S on the transmission cable block of the indoor unit (IC). c. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable terminal block of the indoor unit (IC) that has the most recent address within the same group to the terminal block on the remote controller (RC). d. Connect together terminals M1, M2 and terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor unit (OC). e. DO NOT change the jumper connector CN41 on MULTI controller board. f. The earth processing of S terminal for the centralized control terminal block(TB7) is unnecessary. Connect the terminal S on the power supply unit with the earth. g. Set the address setting switch as follows. Unit IC (Main) IC (Sub) Outdoor Unit Range 01 to 00 01 to 50 51 to 100 Setting Method
Use the smallest address within the same group of indoor units. Use an address, other than that of the IC (Main) in the same group of indoor units. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main). Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50. *The address automatically becomes “100” if it is set as “01 - 50”.

Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100. Main Remote Controller 101 to 150 Sub Remote Controller 151 to 200 Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150. MA Remote Controller — Unnecessary address setting (Necessary main/ sub setting) h. The group setting operations among the multiple indoor units is done by the remote controller (RC) after the electrical power has been turned on.

28

• Name, Symbol, and the Maximum Units for Connection Permissible Length • Longest length via outdoor units : L1+L2+L3+L4, L1+L2+L3+L5, L1+L2+L6+L7 [ 500 meters [1640ft] (1.25mm2 [AWG16]) • Longest transmission cable length : L1, L3+L4, L3+L5, L6, L2+L6, L7 [ 200 meters (1.25mm2 [AWG16]) • Remote controller cable length : R1,R2, R2+R3, R4 [ 10 meters [33ft] (0.5 to 1.25mm2 [AWG20 to AWG16]) If the length exceeds 10 meters [33ft], use a 1.25 mm2 [AWG16] shielded wire. The length of this section (L8) should be included in the calculation of the maximum length and overall length.
OC IC (51)
TB3 M1M2 S M1M2 S TB7

IC (02)
TB5 M1M2 S

IC (05)
TB5 M1M2 S

IC (06)
TB5 M1M2 S

(01)
TB5 M1M2 S

A B

A B

A B

(101) RC OC IC (53)
TB3 M1M2 S M1M2 S TB7

(105) RC

(155) RC

IC (04)
TB5 M1M2 S

IC (07)
TB5 M1M2 S

(03)
TB5 M1M2 S

Prohibited items

Power Supply Unit
M1M2S

DV 12V
G-50A
M1M2 S

A B

(104) RC

: : : : : ( ):

Group 1 Group 3 Group 5 Shielded Wire Sub Remote Controller Address

• Never connect together the terminal blocks (TB5) for transmission wires for indoor units (IC) that have been connected to different outdoor units (OC). • Set all addresses to ensure that they are not overlapped. • M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller cannot be connected with the indoor unit of the same group wiring together.

29

C. Example of a MA remote controller system (address setting is not necessary.) NOTE : In the case of same group operation, need to set the address that is only main indoor unit. Example of wiring control cables 1. Standard operation
L1 OC L2

Wiring Method and Address Setting a. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission cable block (TB3) for the outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable block (TB5) of each indoor unit (IC). Use non-polarized 2 wire. b. Connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable terminal block (TB15) for each indoor unit with the terminal block for the MA remote controller (MA).
2

00

IC

IC

00
TB3 TB7 TB5 TB15 TB5
M1M2 S M1M2 S M1M2 S 1 2

00
TB15
M1M2 S 1 2

A B

1

A B

• 1 remote controller for each indoor unit.

MA

MA

2. Operation using 2 remote controllers
OC

00

IC

IC

00
TB3 TB7 TB5 TB15 TB5
M1M2 S M1 S M2 M1M2 S 1 2
4

00
TB15
M1M2 S 1 2
6

A B

A B

A B

A B

a. The same as above. b. The same as above. c. In the case of using 2 remote controllers, connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable terminal block (TB15) for each indoor unit with the terminal block for 2 remote controllers. · Set the sub remote controller position for one of MA remote controller’s main switch. Refer to the installation manual of MA remote controller

• Using 2 remote controllers for each indoor unit. 3. Group operation
OC

3

MA

5

MA

MA

MA

00

IC

IC

00
TB3 TB7 TB5 TB15 TB5
M1M2 S M1M2 S M1M2 S 1 2

00
TB15
M1M2 S 1 2

a. The same as above. b. The same as above. c. Connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable terminal block (TB15) of each indoor unit, which is doing group operation with the terminal block the MA remote controller. Use non-polarized tow wire. d. In the case of same group operation, need to set the address that is only main indoor unit. Please set the address of the indoor unit with the most functions in the same group in the number that 01-50 is young.

7

A B

• Multiple indoor units operated together by 1 remote controller

MA
8

Combinations of 1through 3 above are possible.

30

• Name. IC IC 00 00 TB3 TB7 TB5 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S M1M2 S M1M2 S 1 2 00 TB15 M1M2 S 1 2 A B A B A B A B A B MA MA MA MA MA Longest transmission cable length The same as above. R2 [ 200m [656ft] (0. and the Maximum Units for Connection Permissible Lengths Longest transmission cable length L1 + L2 [ 200m [656ft] (1. R5 +R6 [ 200m [656ft] (0. IC IC 00 00 TB3 TB7 TB5 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S M1M2 S M1M2 S 1 2 00 TB15 M1M2 S 1 2 A B A B MA MA 31 . MA remote controller cable length R3 +R4.3 ~ 1.25 mm2 [AWG22 to AWG16]) OC Three MA remote controller or more cannot be connect with the indoor unit of the same group.25 mm2 [AWG22 to AWG16]) TB3 Prohibited items The MA remote controller and the M-NET remote controller cannot be used together with the indoor unit the of the same group.25 mm2 [AWG16]) MA remote controller cable length R1. MA remote controller cable length R7 +R8 [ 200m [656ft] (0. IC IC OC 00 00 TB7 TB5 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S M1M2 S M1M2 S 1 2 00 TB15 M1M2 S 1 2 A B A B A B RC MA MA Longest transmission cable length The same as above.3 ~ 1.25 mm2 [AWG22 to AWG16]) OC The second MA remote controller is connected with the terminal block(TB15) for the MA remote controller of the same indoor unit(IC) as the first remote control. Symbol.3 ~ 1.

*The address automatically becomes “100” if it is set as “01 . e. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main). M2 and terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor unit (OC). 101 to 150 Main Remote Controller 151 to 200 Sub Remote Controller Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150. c. as well for all OC-OC. d. Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100. and IC-IC wiring intervals.D. b. Unit IC (Main) IC (Sub) Outdoor Unit Range 01 to 00 01 to 50 01 to 100 Setting Method Use the smallest address within the same group of indoor units. Connect together terminals M1. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 and the ground terminal on the transmission cable terminal block (TB3) of each outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal S on the transmission cable block of the indoor unit (IC). DO NOT change the jumper connector CN41 on MULTI controller board. (Shielding wires and address settings are necessary. The group setting operations among the multiple indoor units is done by the remote controller (RC) after the electrical power has been turned on. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable terminal block of the indoor unit (IC) that has the most recent address within the same group to the terminal block on the remote controller (RC). Connect the terminal S on the power supply unit with the earth. Always use shielded wire when making connections between the outdoor unit (OC) and the indoor unit (IC). — MA Remote Controller Unnecessary address setting (Necessary main/ sub setting) h.) L1 OC IC (51) TB3 M1M2 S M1M2 S TB7 IC IC (05) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 IC (01) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 m2 (02) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 m2 (06) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 Examples of Transmission Cable Wiring m1 L2 m3 A B m4 m1 A B A B MA OC (53) TB3 M1M2 S M1M2 S TB7 MA MA L3 IC (03) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 L4 IC (04) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 IC (07) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 M1M2 S DV 12V L7 G-50A M1M2 S A B MA : : : : : ( ): Group 1 Group 3 Group 5 Shielded Wire Sub Remote Controller Address Wiring Method Address Settings a. Example of a group operation with 2 or more outdoor units and a MA remote controller. g. other than that of the IC (Main) in the same group of indoor units. Use the smallest address of all the indoor units plus 50. Use an address. f.50”. 32 m1 Power Supply Unit L6 m3 . The earth processing of S terminal for the centralized control terminal block(TB7) is unnecessary. Set the address setting switch as follows.

25 mm2 [AWG20 to AWG16] ) IC (51) TB3 M1M2 S M1M2 S TB7 IC (02) TB15 1 2 TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 IC (05) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 IC (06) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 (01) TB5 M1M2 S A B A B A B MA OC IC (53) TB3 M1M2 S M1M2 S TB7 MA MA IC (04) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 IC (07) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 (03) TB5 M1M2 S TB15 1 2 Prohibited items Power Supply Unit M1M2 S DV 12V G-50A M1M2 S A B MA : : : : : ( ): Group 1 Group 3 Group 5 Shielded Wire Sub Remote Controller Address • Never connect together the terminal blocks (TB5) for transmission wires for indoor units (IC) that have been connected to different outdoor units (OC). • M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller cannot be connected with the indoor unit of the same group wiring together.25 mm2 [AWG16] or more) Remote controller cable length: m1 and m1+m2+m3 and m1+m2+m3+m4 200 m [656ft] (0. Symbol.25 mm2 [AWG16] or more) Longest transmission cable length (M-NET cable): L1 and L3+L4 and L6 and L2+L6 and L7 200 m [656ft] (1. and the Maximum Units for Connection Permissible Length Longest length via outdoor unit (M-NET cable): L1+L2+L3+L4 and L1+L2+L6+L7 500 m [1640ft] (1.3 to 1.• Name. 33 .

• Piping related : Perform leakage test of refrigerant and drain piping. While test running. NOTE 3 : During test run.For a test run. indoor unit. press TEST RUN button twice to perform test run. CHECK POINTS FOR TEST RUN 9-1-1. INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE”. 7 Check outdoor fans for normal operation. Inspect between the outdoor unit power supply terminal block and ground first. 34 . Otherwise electrical functions like auto vane will not operate normally.0 M . Never touch the on/ off switch of the remote controller(s). and power supply cable for secure connection. downward. however. metallic parts like refrigerant pipes or the electrical box next. ”HO” appears on display panel for 3 min. make test run reports .9 TROUBLESHOOTING 9-1. Make sure that all joints are perfectly insulated. • Installation related : Make sure that the panel of cassette type and electrical wiring are done. As for DIP switch setting of outdoor unit. if any. NOTE 2 : During test run operation 2-hours off timer activates automatically and remaining time is on remote controller and test run stops 2 later. (3) Before operation : a) Turn the power supply switch of the outdoor unit to on for compressor protection. The resistance should be over 1. Check stop valves on both liquid and gas side for full open. Procedures of test run (1) Before test run. NOTE 1 : If error code appears on remote controller or remote controller malfunction . this is not malfunction. refer to” 9-5. turn all power switch to on for test run. 9 Press ON/OFF button to stop and cancel test run. the indoor liquid pipe temperature is displayed on remote controller instead of room temperature. Do not touch the transmission cable and remote controller cable with the tester. and each angle). • Electrical wiring related : Check ground wire. 5 Press Fan speed button to make sure that fan speed is changed by the button. 2 12 hours later. “This function is not available” appears when air direction button is pressed. Perform test run according to the “Operation procedure” table of the bottom of this page. 6 Press AIR DIRECTION button or LOUVER button to make sure that air direction is adjustable(horizontal. ON/OFF FILTER CHECK TEST TIMER SET Operation procedure 1 Turn on the main power supply of all units at least 12 hours before test run. °C Display panel TEST RUN Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature indicator (see NOTE 3) TEST RUN indicator ON/OFF LED (Lights up in operation) ON/OFF button AIR DIRECTION button TEST RUN button LOUVER button AIR SPEED button (Cooling/Heating) OPERATION SWITCH button . b) Register control systems into remote controller(s). 8 Check interlocked devices (like ventilator) for normal operation. wait at least 12 hours from this point. Control panel TEMP. inspect the insulation resistance. and all linked equipment . (M-NET Remote controller) Check code indicator (see NOTE 1) Test run remaining time indicator (see NOTE 2) 1Hr. refer to “ 9-1-3 Countermeasures for Error During Test Run”. make sure that following work is completed. transmission cable. then inspect all electrical wiring of outdoor unit. Make sure that all switch settings of address or adjustments for special specification systems are correctly settled. In MA remote controller(s). this registration is unnecessary. Refer to “ 9-1-2 Special Function Operation and Settings (for M-NET Remote Controller)” as for settings . 3 Press OPERATION SWITCH button to make sure that air blows out. (4) More than 12 hours later from power supply to the outdoor unit. instruct the end user for proper usage of the system using owners’ manual and the test run report you made to certificate normal operation. remote controller cable.0 M . (5) When you deliver the unit after test run. (2) Safety check : With the insulation tester of 500V. refer to “ 9-1-3 Countermeasures for Error During Run”. Do not proceed inspection if the resistance in under 1. NOTE 4 : Depend on a model. 4 Select Cooling (or Heating) by OPERATION SWITCH button to make sure that cool (or warm) air blow out. If abnormalities are detected during test run. “TEST RUN “ appears on display panel. This is the end of test run operation. upward.

an error signal will be displayed as shown in Figure 3. If a selected indoor unit does not exist. and clear entries. The Lossnay unit will not operate if this setting is incorrect. *If it is desired to display the address of the Lossnay in the indoor unit address. • Changing to indoor unit address display mode: If the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller are pressed simultaneously and held for 2 seconds. * Apart from the indoor unit with the lowest address in the group. • Put in indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously and hold for two seconds. 35 .9-1-2. • Linking the Lossnay and the indoor unit: The display shown in Figure 5 will appear when the TEST RUN button is pressed. • Returning to the normal mode after completing entry: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode. *If the temperature adjustment buttons are pressed. • Displaying the address of the Lossnay unit and linked indoor unit: In this situation. (B) Paired settings: Used to set the linked operation of a Lossnay unit. (A) Group setting display Figure 2. Special Function Operation and Settings (for M-NET Remote Controller) • It is necessary to perform “group settings” and “paired settings” at making group settings of different refrigerant systems (multiple outdoor unit). the indoor unit number will be the lowest address of the group. When this happens. • Returning to the normal mode after completing entry: Press the FILTER and k buttons simultaneously and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode. *If the time setting buttons are pressed. • Changing to the linked operation unit address display state: The display shown in Figure 4 will appear when the a button on the remote control is pressed. a) Group settings • Turning off the remote controller: Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off). Figure 1. etc. (B) Making paired settings Figure 5. (A) Group settings: Enter the indoor unit controlled by the remote controller. • Changing address: Press the temperature adjustment buttons to change the displayed address to the address to be entered. Normal completion of entry Figure 3. • Entering the displayed address: Press the TEST RUN button to enter the indoor unit with the displayed address. Figure 4. *The above steps are the same as when making group settings (A). display the indoor unit address in the linked unit address. the address of the linked units may be changed to the address where it is desired to enter the Lossnay . check whether the indoor unit actually exists and perform entry again. check the content of entries. Completing normal entry The addresses of indoor unit and linked units are displayed simultaneously. (alternating display) These alternating IC or LC displays will appear when entry is completed normally. The indoor unit whose address is displayed and the Lossnay unit with a linked address will operate in a linked manner. Entry error signal Type of unit is displayed. and the above content will also be recorded. the display shown in Figure 1 will appear. The type of the unit will be displayed as shown in Figure 2 if entry is completed normally. display and enter the addresses of the other indoor unit that are to be linked with the Lossnay unit. b) Paired Settings • Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller’s ON/OFF button to turn it off (the indicator light will go off). A flashing “88” will appear if there is a problem with the entry (indicating that the unit does not exist). Flashing “88” indicates entry error. (1) Entering address: Follow the steps below to enter the addresses of the indoor unit using the remote controller. the address may be changed to the indoor unit that are to be linked.

only 1 address will be displayed no matter how many times the w button is pressed.. Figure 8. Display after address has been cleared normally Figure 7. "88" will appear in the unit type display location when an abnormality has occurred during clearing. Please repeat the clearing procedure. a) In making group settings: • Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller's ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off). • Displaying the indoor unit address to be cleared: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check. b) In making paired settings: • Turn off the remote controller: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check.(2) Address check: Refer to section (1) regarding address entry. • Returning to the normal mode after clearing an address: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check. • Returning to the normal mode after clearing an address: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check. • Put into the indoor unit address display mode: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check. a) In making group settings: • Turn off the remote controller: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check. • Displaying the addresses of other entered units: The addresses of the other entered units will be displayed in alternating fashion after resting the w button again. • Displaying the address of the indoor unit to be checked: Change the address to that of the indoor unit to be checked by pressing the temperature adjustment buttons . * When one entry is made. • Returning to the normal mode after completing check: Simultaneously press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode.. Figure 6. "88" will appear in the room temperature display location. • Changing to the linked operation unit address display state: Press the a button on the remote control. • Put into the linked unit address display mode: The procedure is same as b) in (2) Address check. • Displaying the address of the linked Lossnay unit: Press the w button to display the addresses of the linked Lossnay and indoor unit in alternation. • Display the address of the Lossnay unit or the indoor unit to be cleared. 36 . Display when an abnormality has occurred during clearing "--" will appear in the room temperature display location. (3) Clearing an address: Refer to section (1) regarding the address entry and section (2) regarding checking addresses. resulting in the display shown in Figure 8. • Locate the indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously and hold for 2 seconds. b) In making paired settings: • Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller's ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off). Display after address has been cleared normally (altenating display) "--" will appear in the unit type display location when an address has been cleared normally. • Put in indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously and hold for 2 seconds. • Returning to the normal mode after completing the check: Simultaneously press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller and hold for 2 seconds to return to the normal mode..Pressing the q button on the remote controller twice will clear the address entry of the displayed indoor unit. • Display indoor unit address: The entered indoor units address and type will be displayed each time the button is pressed. The display shown in Figure 7 will appear if an abnormality occurs and the entry is not cleared. • Put in the indoor unit address display mode: The procedure is same as a) in (2) Address check. resulting in the display shown in Figure 6. • Clearing indoor unit address : . • Deleting the address of a linked indoor unit: Pressing the q button on the remote controller twice will clear the address entry of the displayed indoor unit.

Only MA Remote controller is detected. Only MA Remote controller is detected. LED2 (LED indication) found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit. compressor lock) Power synchronization signal trouble Inverter trouble Overheat protection of radiator panel Power module trouble or Overcurrent trouble Fan controller trouble (Outdoor) Air inlet sensor trouble (TH21) or Discharge temperature sensor trouble (TH4) Liquid pipe temp. Determine the nature of the abnormality and apply corrective measures. Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. During normal operation The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit. LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF. a code number will appear in the temperature display area on the remote controller (or LED on the outdoor unit). Check code 0403 1102 1300 1302 1500 1501 1505 2500 2502 2503 4100 4115 4220 4230 4250 4400 5101 5102 5103 5105 5106 5110 5201 5300 5701 6600 6602 6603 6606 6607 6608 6831 6832 6833 6834 7100 7101 7102 7105 7111 Trouble Serial transmission trouble Discharge temperature trouble Low pressure trouble High pressure trouble Excessive refrigerant replenishment Insufficient refrigerant trouble Vacuum operation protection Water leakage Drain pump trouble Drain sensor trouble (THd) Overcurrent trouble (Overload.sensor trouble (TH22) or Low pressure saturated temp. 1 23 45 67 8 37 .9-1-3. Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. NOTE ) w When the outdoor unit detects No ACK error/ No responsive frame error. Only MA Remote controller is detected. 1 Compressor Indication operated Bit 2 52C 3 21S4 4 SV1 5 (SV2) 6 — 7 — 8 Always lit [Example] When the compressor and SV1 are turned during cooling operation.sensor trouble (TH6) Gas pipe temperature sensor trouble (TH23) Piping temperature sensor trouble (TH3) Outdoor temperature sensor trouble (TH7) Heatsink temperature sensor trouble (TH8) Pressure sensor trouble (63HS) Curnent sensor trouble Contact failure of drain float switch Dupricated unit address setting Transmission error (Transmission processor hardware error) Transmission error (Transmission route BUSY) Transmission and reception error (Communication trouble with transmission processor) Transmission and reception error (No ACK error) Transmission and reception error (No responsive frame error) MA communication receive signal error (no receive signal) MA commnication send signal error (starting bit derection error) MA commnication send error (H/W error) MA commnication receive error (Synchronous recovery error) Total capacity error Capacity code error Connecting unit number error Address set error Remote controller sensor trouble Detected unit Indoor Outdoor controller Remote Remarks Outdoor unit Multi controller board ~ Power board communiation trouble Check delay code 1202 Check delay code 1400 Check delay code 1402 Check delay code 1600 Check delay code 1601 Check delay code 4350 Check delay code 4165 Check delay code 4320 Check delay code 4330 Check delay code 4350 Check delay code 4500 Check delay code 1202 Check delay code 1211 Check delay code 1205 Check delay code 1221 Check delay code 1214 Check delay code 1402 Check delay code 4310 Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. and the air conditioning system will automatically cease operating. Only MA Remote controller is detected. Self-diagnosis function The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) and LED1. Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. Only M-NET Remote controller is detected. Countermeasures for Error During Test Run • If a problems occurs during test run. an object indoor unit is treated as a stop. and not assumed to be abnormal. Only M-NET Remote controller is detected.

Check points Check intake super heat. Check leakage of refrigerant. Defective operation of stop valve (Not fully open) Check piping and repair defectives. Check stop valve. Malfunction of linear expansion valve ~ Check indoor unit and repair Short cycle of indoor unit defectives. Abnormal if pressure detected by high pressure sensor and converted to saturation temperature exceeds 40 [104°F] during defrosting and discharge temperature thermistor (TH4) exceeds 110 [230°F] . Check if stop valve is fully open.pressure sensor 63HS detect) Abnormal if high-pressure sensor detects 4. 1500 Superheat due to low discharge temperature Abnormal if discharge superheat is continuously detected less than or equal to -15 [-27°F] even though linear expansion valve has minimum open pulse after compressor starts operating for 10 minutes. 4.03MPa [-4. connector (63L) on outdoor controller board Disconnection or loose connection of 63L Defective outdoor controller board Correct to proper amount of refrigerant. Defective action of linear expansion valve Replace outdoor controller board. High-pressure sensor input Check the high-pressure sensor. Clogged or broken pipe ~ Locked outdoor fan motor Check outdoor unit and repair defectives. When 5101 is displayed. connector (63H) on outdoor controller board Disconnection or contact failure of 63H connection Defective outdoor controller board Check linear expansion valve. refer to “Check points” for 5101. Disconnection or loose connection of ~ Check the connector (63L) on outdoor controller board. Clogged filter of indoor unit Decreased airflow caused by dirt of indoor fan Dirt of indoor heat exchanger Locked indoor fan motor Malfunction of indoor fan motor Check if stop valve is fully open. Turn the power off and check if 5101 is displayed when the power is turned again.35PSIG]) during compressor operation. Leakage or shortage of refrigerant Check linear expansion valve. Malfunction of outdoor fan motor Short cycle of outdoor unit Dirt of outdoor heat exchanger Check the inspected temperature of Decreased airflow caused by defective outside temperature thermistor on LED inspection of outside temperature display. Stop valve of outdoor unit is closed during operation.) ~ Check the connector (63H) on outdoor Disconnection or contact failure of controller board. Malfunction of fan driving circuit Check the solenoid valve performance. 38 .31MPa [625PSIG] or more (or over 4. Check linear expansion valve. Charge additional refrigerant.0. 63L: Low-pressure switch Causes Over-heated compressor operation caused by shortage of refrigerant Defective operation of stop valve Defective thermistor Defective outdoor controller board Defective action of linear expansion valve 1302 (1) High pressure (High-pressure switch 63H worked) Abnormal if high-pressure switch 63H worked ( ) during compressor operation.) High-pressure sensor defective Check the high-pressure sensor.15 MPa [602PSIG] 63H: High-pressure switch (2) High pressure (High . Solenoid valve (SV1) performance failure (High-pressure cannot be controlled by SV1. thermistor (It detects lower temperature than actual temperature.15MPa [602PSIG] for 3 minutes) during the compressor operation. Low pressure (63L worked) Abnormal if 63L is worked (under. circuit defective in multi controller board Disconnection or loose connection of discharge temperature thermistor (TH4) Defective holder of discharge temperature thermistor Check the installation conditions of discharge temperature thermistor (TH4).Display 1102 1300 Abnormal point and detecting method High discharging temperature Abnormal if discharge temperature thermistor (TH4) exceeds 125 [257°F] or 110 [230°F] continuously for 5 minutes.

set the SW2 and check the highpressure sensor level. Gas shortage When heating operation. Error detection of TH7/TH3 1) Thermistor defective 2) Thermistor input circuit defective in multi controller board 2500 Water leakage (Float 1. When heating. In the water Water leakage abnormality In the water In the air Water leakage suspensive abnormality Within 1 hour Within 1 hour 39 . Check the operation condition and refrigerant amount. · When turning to cooling operation or dry operation. Operation mode: When drain pump turns on as float switch detects to be in the water except during cooling/dry mode 6 min. 3. replace the multi controller board. In the water 15 sec. thermistor level. Suspensive Abnormality when float switch detects to be in the water and drain pump switch turns on and off except during cooling or dry model) mode. 2) According to “Outdoor unit functions”. 4. · Detected that [liquid pipe temperature – room temperature] -10deg[-18°F] Defective drain Clogged drain pump Clogged drain pipe Adverse flow of drain in other units Defective moving part of float switch Foreign matter on the moving part of float switch(ex. When cooling. and repeats the detection twice. thermistor (TH3) applies to the formula of (TH7-TH3)<5 [9°F] . High-pressure sensor is below about 2. Check the drain function. check the discharge temp. In the air 15 sec. According to “Outdoor unit functions”. refrigerant shortage feeling operation (When heating. 6 min.Display 1501 Abnormal point and detecting method Refrigerant shortage When the conditions of below detecting mode or are satisfied during the compressor operation. High pressure sensor is below about 2. Compressor is operating in HEAT mode.) Error detection of discharge superheat 1) High-pressure sensor defective 2) Discharge temperature thermistor defective 3) Thermistor input circuit defective and high-pressure sensor defective in multi controller board Check points Check the refrigerant amount. check the outdoor pipe temp. Causes Gas leakage. Check the value of resistance with the float switch ON/OFF. 15 sec. airflow or thermo OFF are mixed-operation. if the above mentioned detecting pressure level and temp. discharge superheat is 90 [162°F] or more. 2) Check the resistance of discharge temperature thermistor.32MPa [337PSIG] . <2500> is displayed. sludge etc. 2. 3. discharge superheat is 80 [144°F] or more. thermistor level. check the outer temp. 2. 3) According to “Outdoor unit functions”. 3) According to “Outdoor unit functions”. Check the ball valve is fully open. 1) Check the resistance of thermistor. <Detecting mode > When the below conditions are satisfied completely.04MPa [296PSIG] . Compressor is operating. The unit continues to detect abnormality while turned off. When the high-pressure sensor and discharge temp. 4. To release water leakage suspensive abnormality · When not detecting that the drain pump turns off and on within 1 hour after detecting suspensive abnormality. 15 sec. Discharge superheat is 80 [144°F] or more. 1. are big different from the actual pressure and temp. 2. thermistor are normal. Drain pump ON OFF Float switch ON OFF 15 sec. <Detecting mode > When the below conditions are satisfied completely. Difference of outer temperature thermistor (TH7) and outdoor piping temp. Abnormal when detecting that the drain pump turns on and off again within 1 hour after the detection of water leakage suspensive abnormality. 1) Check the ball valve is fully open.) Defective float switch Check moving part of float switch. 1.) Ball valve performance failure (not full opened. thermistor level. it causes a refrigerant shortage operation.

Detection timing of forced outdoor unit stop Constantly detected during unit operation and stop Releasing of forced outdoor unit stop Reset power supply of both abnormal indoor unit and its outdoor unit in same refrigerant system. <2502> is displayed. a) The drain sensor detects to be soaked in the water 10 times in a row. the detection record of a) and b) will be cleared. Forced outdoor unit stop cannot be released by remote controller OFF. Check the setting of lead wire of drain sensor and check clogs of the filter. 2502 is displayed on stopped unit. Check drain function. Also.Display Abnormal point and detecting method Causes Malfunction of drain pump Defective drain Clogged drain pump Clogged drain pipe Water drops on drain sensor • Drops of drain trickles from lead wire.) Drain pump abnormality (above ~ ) is detected before it becomes an outdoor unit forced stop condition. When indoor unit detects above condition. Malfunction of drain pipe is constantly detected during drain pump operation. • Clogged filter is causing wave of drain. as suspensive model) abnormality operation stops and changes to protect mode of restarting in 3 minutes. ( ) (Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the indoor unit which is cause of trouble. Check whether the indoor linear expansion valve leaks or not. b) The room teperature subtracted with liquid pipe temperature is detected to be less than -10 [-18°F] continuously for 30 minutes. a) and b). outdoor unit in same refrigerant sytem stops. indoor unit except for Fan or OFF mode unit stop. 40 . and if sensor temperature rises slightly. Defective indoor controller board Check points Check if drain-up machine works. The unit enters to forced outdoor unit stop when following conditions. When the drain sensor detects to be NOT soaked in the water. NOTE ) Above-mentioned ~ and ~ are detected independently. Replace indoor controller board when there is no problem in the above mentioned ~ . are satisfied (while the above mentioned detection is performed). Both of above mentioned ~ and the indoor linear expansion valve full-closed failure (leakage) happens synchronistically. 2502 Drain pump (DP) (Drain Let drain sensor self-heated. Drain pump is abnormal if the condition above is detected during suspensive abnormality.

Check the value of resistance with the float switch ON/OFF. *It takes 3 minutes and 15 seconds to detect abnormality including the time to judge to be in the water. *Before Forced outdoor unit stop Condition is met. Connector (CN31) contact failure (insertion failure) Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection Thermistor defective Indoor controller board (detecting circuit) failure Check whether the indoor controller board connector (CN31) is disconnected or not. Replace outdoor power circuit board. 2 and Forced outdoor unit stop condition are met 1. Drain sensor (THd. 2503 ~ are Check moving part of float switch. Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not. NOTE ) Above-mentioned ~ and detected independently. sludge etc. it is defective of the indoor controller board. Both of above mentioned ~ and the indoor linear expansion valve full-closed failure (leakage) happens synchronistically. 2502 Drain pump (DP) Judge whether the sensor is in the water or (Float in the air by turning the float switch switch ON/OFF. Check drain function. The unit which stops due to detecting abnormality displays <2502>. Check facility of power supply. DS) When the drain sensor detects short/open while the operation. When the conditions below 1. When the float switch remains to be turned ON for 3 minutes after detected to be in the water. the unit always detects .5A Stop valve is closed. Open stop valve. 4100 Compressor overcurrent interruption (When compressor locked) Abnormal if overcurrent of DC bus or compressor is detected within 30 seconds after compressor starts operating. Forced outdoor unit stop cannot be released by remote controller OFF. Check the resistance of thermistor. Check whether the indoor linear expansion valve leaks or not. If abnormality is not found in the method of the above-mentioned from to . Detected that [liquid pipe temperature – room temperature] -10deg[-18°F] for 30 minutes constantly. Detection timing of forced outdoor unit stop Constantly detected during unit operation and stop Releasing of forced outdoor unit stop Reset power supply of both abnormal indoor unit and its outdoor unit in same refrigerant system. The unit continue to detect abnormality while turned off. Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to compressor. 2. model) In the water: Detected that the float switch is ON for 15 seconds. disconnection or converse of compressor wiring connection Defective compressor Defective outdoor power board 41 .Display Abnormal point and detecting method Causes Malfunction of drain pump Defective drain Clogged drain pump Clogged drain pipe Defective moving part of float switch Foreign matter on the moving part of float switch(ex. The indoor unit detecting above stops due to detecting abnormality the outdoor unit in same refrigerant system (compressor is inhibited to operate). Check compressor. Over current : 27. the drain pump is judged to be abnormal and <2502> will be displayed. In the air:Detected that the float switch is OFF for 15 seconds.above. Decrease of power supply voltage Looseness. Change the indoor controller board. Float switch detects to be in the water for 15 minutes constantly.) Defective float switch Defective indoor controller board Defective driving circuit of drain pump Defective input circuit of float switch Check points Check if drain-up machine works. (Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the indoor unit which is cause of trouble.

To check the normality of operation. If ACTM is failed. Outdoor stop valve is closed. Check point Self check switch Tester check 2. and on again to check if 4230 is displayed within 30 minutes. bus voltage becomes uncontrollable and stops abnormally. Check CNAF wiring. (Refer to 9-9. Test point . • Decrease of DC bus voltage to 310V • Instantaneous decrease of DC bus voltage to 200V. the item of ACTM) Notes in case of 4220 error (Over voltage or voltage shortage) In PUMY models. Check if there is something which causes temperature rise around outdoor unit. resistor RS1 is mounted on noise filter circuit board. 52C relay. Check air flow path for cooling.Check point) and check such as input voltage. Check the voltage ACTM condition Normal DC bus voltage Target voltage 340-350V (DC) No. see the table above (1. No. Open stop valve. disconnection or converse of compressor wiring connection Defective compressor Defective outdoor power circuit board Contimued on the next page.189. Rise of ambient temperature Check outdoor fan. Decrease of power supply voltage Looseness. ACTM does not operate when the compressor is stopping (Including constraint electric continuity) and for 10 seconds after the compressor start to operate. rush current protect resistor is resistor RS (not mounted on the board). on 1 234 567 8 (Refer to 9-9. Test point .) Turn off power. Check compressor. • Increase of DC bus voltage to 400V. (Outdoor power circuit board). Replace outdoor controller circuit board.Display 4220 Abnormal point and detecting method Overvoltage or voltage shortage Abnormal if any of followings are detected during compressor operation. 1. Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to compressor. P36NHMU/P48NHMU2 (-BS) : Replace noise filter circuit board (Including 52C) Replace ACT module. 4230 Temperature of heatsink Abnormal if heat sink thermistor(TH8) detects temperature indicated below 85 [185°F] The outdoor fan motor is locked. (Outdoor power circuit board). Test point . the item of ACTM. wiring. For PUMYP36NHMU. To check ACTM itsef.45 SW1 : 10110100 The voltage (DC) of the condenser C510 or CNDC connector which is on Multi controller board Failure / no operation Less than 310V (DC) or over 400V (DC) Caution : Determine the voltage for 10 seconds after the compressor has operated. 42 . see DC bus voltage SW1 9-10. also check if there is the breaking of a wire in rush current protect resistor. or determine DC bus voltage of the both sides of condenser C510 or CNDC connector which is on Multi controller board using a tester.5A only if operation frequency is more than or equal to 40Hz or compressor current is more than or equal to 5A. (Upper limit of ambient temperature is 46 [115°F]. P48NHMU(1)(-BS) : Replace 52C. Replace outdoor power circuit board. see 9-9. The 4220 error history can be confirmed with SW1 No. • Decrease of input current of outdoor unit to 0. Replace outdoor power circuit board. Defective thermistor Defective input circuit of outdoor power circuit board Failure of outdoor fan drive circuit 4250 (1) Power module Check abnormality by driving power module in case overcurrent is detected. Check CN2 wiring on the outdoor power circuit board. bus voltage is controlled using ACTM. Replace outdoor power circuit board. When bus voltage is abnormal.45. Failure of outdoor fan motor Airflow path is clogged. Check facility of power supply. P48NHMU2. In case of ACTM failure. Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to compressor. the item of ACTM) Check CN5 wiring on the outdoor power circuit board. Causes Decrease of power supply voltage Disconnection of compressor wiring Defective 52C Defective ACT module Disconnection or loose connection of CN5 on the outdoor power circuit board Defective 52C drive circuit of outdoor power circuit board Disconnection or loose connection of CN2 on the outdoor power circuit board Defective ACT module drive circuit of outdoor controller circuit board Disconnection or loose connection of CNAF Check points Check the facility of power supply. Replace outdoor power circuit board. Check thermistor <TH8> temperature by micro computer. As for PUMY-P48NHMU(1)(-BS).

Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to compressor.3k 30 [86°F]····· 4. if the thermistor recover in 3minutes.5A Causes Stop valve of outdoor unit is closed. replace the thermistor. When the resistance is not below value. Short: 216 [421°F] or more (1k ) Open: 0 [32°F] or less (700k ) Note) When outer temperature thermistor (TH7) is 5 [41°F] or less on cooling. Then. Make sure to perform the voltage check with same performing frequency.3k 40 [104°F]··· 3.3: Open 219.0k When there is no problem in above mentioned .6k 20 [68°F]····· 6. disconnection or converse of compressor wiring connection Defective fan of indoor/outdoor units Short cycle of indoor/outdoor units Defective input circuit of outdoor controller board Defective compressor Check points Open stop valve. Check the voltage of the outdoor circuit controller board during operation. V-W and W-U) is same. (Outdoor power circuit board) Check indoor/outdoor fan. 0 [32°F]····· 15k 10 [50°F]····· 9. during test run (SW7-1 ON). Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not. Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not. For 10 minutes after starting compressor. Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor.4: Short 43 . the operation stops and the operation changes to protect mode of restarting in 3minutes. V. replace the multi controller board. Replace outdoor controller circuit board.) in thermistor during the operation. the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3minutes.)/open (low temp. 4400 Outdoor fan motor Abnormal if rotational frequency of the fan motor is not detected during DC fan motor operation. 1. replace the indoor controller board. Check the resistance of thermistor. In this time. Check whether the connector (TH4) in the multi controller board is connected or not. <5101> is displayed. Decrease of power supply voltage Looseness. open detecting is not determined as abnormality. (when the failure is still indicated even after performing the remedy 1 above. In this time. Check facility of power supply. it operates normally. Over current : 27. 0 [32°F]·····about 700k 10 [50°F]·····about 410k 20 [68°F]·····about 250k 30 [86°F]·····about 160k 40 [104°F]···about 104k Set the SW1 to on 1 234 567 8 Multi controller board input circuit failure When the temperature in multi controller board is not an actual temperature.) Check whether the connector (CN20) in the indoor controller board is connected or not. disconnect the wiring to compressor from the outdoor power circuit board and check the output voltage among phases. the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. • 100 rpm or below detected continuously for 15 seconds at 20: or more outside air temperature • 50 rpm or below or 1500 rpm or more detected continuously for 1 minute. Fan motor rotational frequency is abnormal if. <5101> is displayed. the outdoor unit restarts. above-mentioned short/open are not detected. the operation stops due to detecting abnormality. When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting. Solve short cycle. Room temperature thermistor (TH21) When controller detects short (high temp. Check or replace the DC fan motor. Replace the outdoor circuit contrlooer board.Display 4250 Abnormal point and detecting method (2) Compressor overcurrent interruption Abnormal if overcurrent DC bus or compressor is detected after compressor starts operating for 30 seconds. W. No defect on board if voltage among phases (U-V. for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover of defrosting. Check compressor Before the replacement of the outdoor controller circuit board. U. Short: Detected 90 Open: Detected –40 [194°F] or more [-40°F] or less Failure in the operation of the DC fan motor Failure in the outdoor circuit controller board 5101 Connector (CN20) contact failure Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection Thermistor failure Detecting circuit failure in the indoor controller board Connector (TH4) contact failure Discharge temperature thermistor (TH4) When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting. If the thermistor does not recover in 3minutes.

Low pressure saturation temperature thermistor (TH6) When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation. replace the multi controller board. 0 10 20 30 40 [32°F]·····15k [50°F]·····9. the operation stops and the operation changes to protect mode of restarting in 3minutes. Then. Short: Detected 90 Open: Detected -40 [194°F] or more [-40°F] or less Connector (CN21 or CN44) contact failure Check whether the connector (CN21 or CN44) in the indoor controller board is connected or not. -42.3k [86°F]·····4. above-mentioned short/open are not detected. it operates normally.Display Abnormal point and detecting method Causes Check points 5102 Liquid pipe temperature thermistor (TH22) When the thermistor detects short/open during the operation.3k [104°F] ···3. 0 10 20 30 40 [32°F] ·····15k [50°F] ·····9.3k [104°F]···3.0k Multi controller board input circuit failure Set the SW1 to on 1 234 567 8 When the temperature in multi controller board is not an actual temperature. In this time. the operation stops due to detecting abnormality.3k [86°F] ·····4. heating mode.9: Short 44 .0k Detecting circuit failure in the indoor controller board When there is no problem in above mentioned . the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3minutes.6k [68°F]·····6. When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting. <5102> is displayed. Short: 90 Open: -40 [194°F] or more [-40°F] or less Connector (TH6) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH6) in the multi controller board is connected or not. If the thermistor does not recover in 3minutes. Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection Thermistor failure Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.6k [68°F] ·····6. Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor. the outdoor unit restarts. Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not. In this time.5: Open 91. replace the indoor controller board. For 10 minutes after starting compressor. the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. if the thermistor recover in 3minutes. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting. <5102> is displayed. Check the resistance of thermistor.

replace the indoor controller board.Display 5103 Abnormal point and detecting method Gas pipe temperature thermistor (TH23) When the thermistor detects short/open after 3minutes-continuous thermo ON during cooling or dry operation.3k [86°F]·····4. When the resistance is not below value. <5103> is displayed. the operation stops and the operation changes to protect mode of restarting in 3minutes. replace the multi controller board. Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection Thermistor failure Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not. <5105> is displayed. Then. it operates normally. 0 10 20 30 40 [32°F]·····15k [50°F]·····9. For 10 minutes after starting compressor.4k ) Open: -39 [-38°F] or less (115k ) Connector (TH3) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH3) in the multi controller board is connected or not. Check the resistance of thermistor. If the thermistor does not recover in 3minutes.3k [86°F]·····4. In this time. replace the thermistor. the the operation stops due to detecting abnormality. if the thermistor recover in 3minutes. Short: Detected 90 Open: Detected -40 [194°F] or more [-40°F] or less Causes Check points Connector (CN29 or CN44) contact failure Check whether the connector (CN29 or CN44) in the indoor controller board is connected or not. 5105 Pipe temperature / judging defrost thermistor (TH3) When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation. the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting.6k [68°F]·····6.0k Detecting circuit failure in the indoor controller board When there is no problem in above mentioned .6k [68°F]·····6. above-mentioned short/open are not detected. the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3minutes. on -42.9: Short 45 .0k 1 234 567 8 Multi controller board input circuit failure Set the SW1 to When the temperature in multi controller board is not an actual temperature. Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not. the outdoor unit restarts. When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting. In this time.3k [104°F]···3. for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover of defrosting.5: Open 91. 0 10 20 30 40 [32°F]·····15k [50°F]·····9. Short: 88 [190°F] or more (0.3k [104°F]···3.

replace the thermistor. replace the thermistor. it will be 5110 error.3k [104°F]···3. the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3minutes.0: Open 999. replace the multi controller board. In this time. above-mentioned short/open are not detected. the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. For 10 minutes after starting compressor. Check whether the connector (TH8) in the power circuit board. 46 . above-mentioned short/open are not detected. When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting. Set correctly. replace the power board. -42. for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover of defrosting. When the resistance is not below value.5: Open 91. Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor.6k [68°F]·····6. for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover of defrosting. In this time. <5106> is displayed. For 10 minutes after starting compressor. 0 [32°F]·····180k 10 [50°F]·····105k 20 [68°F]·····63k 30 [86°F]·····39k 40 [104°F]···25k Power board input circuit failure Set the SW1 to on When the temperature in multi controller board is not an actual temperature.Display 5106 Abnormal point and detecting method Outdoor temperature thermistor (TH7) Causes Connector (TH7) contact failure Check points Check whether the connector (TH7) in the multi controller board is connected or not. Check the resistance of thermistor. Short: 90 [194°F] or more Open: -40 [-40°F] or less Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection Thermistor failure Multi controller board input circuit failure Set the SW1 to on When the temperature in multi controller board is not an actual temperature. the outdoor unit restarts.0k 1 234 567 8 When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation.3k [86°F]·····4. then set correctly. the outdoor unit stops once and restarts operation in 3minutes. Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not.9: Short 5110 Heatsink temperature thermistor (TH8) (internal thermistor of power module) When controller detects short/open in thermistor during the operation. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting. Thermistor wiring disconnection or half disconnection. When the resistance is not below value. When the detected temperature is normal at just before of restarting. SW4 model switching. Short:102 Open: -27 [216°F] or more [-17°F] or less Connector (TH8) contact failure. When controller detects short/open in thermistor at just before of restarting.9: Short 1 234 567 8 Wrong setting of model setting switch (SW4) See 9-5. 0 10 20 30 40 [32°F]·····15k [50°F]·····9. the outdoor unit restarts. -81. the unit stops due to detecting abnormality. <5110> is displayed. SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE . Check whether the thermistor wiring is disconnected or not. *When SW4-1 is on.

) 5701 Disconnected float switch connector Abnormal if detected that the float switch connector is disconnected(open) during operation Disconnection of compressor wiring Defective circuit of current sensor on outdoor power circuit board Decrease of power supply voltage Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to compressor. 47 . High-pressure sensor failure Check the high-pressure sensor. (Current sensor on noise filter board detects input current. Transmission processor circuit failure When the transmission data has changed by the noise. Check the transmitted wave and the noise on the transmission line. Then. (Outdoor power circuit board). the compressor stops due to detecting abnormality. and the signal has changed.Display Abnormal point and detecting method Causes Check points 5201 Pressure sensor (63HS) When detected pressure in high-pressure sensor is 1 MPa [145PSIG] or less during the operation. 5300 Current sensor error Abnormal if current sensor detects –1. 1) Disconnection of connecor(CN4F) Check the disconnetion of connector(CN4F) on the indoor controller board. When noise has occurred in the transmission signal. disconnection Check the high-pressure sensor. turn off power supply of outdoor unit. When the same address is found. Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller detecting abnormality. There are 2 units or more with the same address among the outdoor unit or indoor unit or lossnay controller. Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller detecting abnormality. It causes to detect error. correct the address and turn off power supply of outdoor unit. for defrosting or for 3 minutes after recover of defrosting. abnormality is not determined as abnormality. 6600 Duplex address error Detected error when transmission of unit with the same address is confirmed. When the wiring for either of the indoor unit. which is source of abnormality with the same address. indoor unit and lossnay for 2 minutes or more as the same time. 6602 Transmission processor H/W error '' 1 '' shows on the transmission line though the transmission processor transmitted '' 0''. turn on power supply. For 3minutes after starting compressor. Replace outdoor power circuit board. Look for the unit. turn on power supply. Internal pressure decrease by gas leakage Check the internal pressure. the transmission waves change in case that the transmission data collides mutually. remote controller. the compressor stops and restarts operation in 3 minutes. In this time.5A during compressor operation. Multi controller board input circuit failure Check the high-pressure sensor. Check the facility of power supply. (This error is ignored in case of SW7-1 ON. When the transmission line is constructed with the current flowed.5A to 1.) Abnormal if input current exceeds 38A or 34A continuously 10 seconds. indoor unit. the outdoor unit or lossnay transmission line is constructed or polarity is changed with the power supply turned on. Then. and lossnay for 2 minutes or more as the same time. <5201> is displayed. When the detected pressure is 1 MPa [145PSIG] or less at just before of restarting. Check the transmitted wave and the noise on the transmission line. Connector contact failure.

When same abnormality occurs again. 48 . It normally recovers from the malfunction that happens by chance. mixes on the transmission line consecutively. Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller detecting abnormality. fresh master. Check whether the transmission line with the other refrigerant system of the indoor unit and lossnay is connected to the outdoor unit terminal board (TB3) for transmission or not. which cannot be transmitted by collision of transmission. indoor unit. Check whether the outdoor unit terminal board for transmission line (TB3) and for centralized controller (TB7) are connected or not. The address transmission from the unit processor was not normally transmitted by the hardware of transmission processor defective. is consecutive for 8 to 10minutes. 6606 Signal communication error with transmission processor Signal communication error between unit processor and transmission processor Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller detecting abnormality. The transmission volume increases and cannot be transmitted since the wiring method is mistaken and the routing technique to the terminal board (TB3) for the transmission line of the outdoor unit and the terminal board (TB7) for centralized control cannot be transmitted. Check points Check whether the transmission line of the indoor unit. it is defective of the controller. Then. Causes The transmission processor cannot be transmitted since a short cycle voltage of the noise etc.Display 6603 Abnormal point and detecting method Transmission bus busy error Over error by collision Abnormality when the state. lossnay and remote controller is connected to the outdoor unit terminal board (TB7) for centralized controller or not. and lossnay for 2minutes or more at the same time. Check the transmitted wave and the noise on the transmission line. The share becomes high since the data exists together to other transmitted data by a defective repeater (function which connects and intercepts the transmission of controlling system and centralized control system). and it causes abnormal detection. Turn off power supply of outdoor unit. Tha data of the unit/transmission processor was not normally transmitted due to accidental disturbance such as noise and lightening surge. turn on power supply. The state that data cannot to be output to the transmission line by the noise happens for 8 to 10minutes consecutively.

(Terminal board or connector) Check whether the transmission line tolerance is over or not. Check the recovery by replacing the multi controller board one by one. replace the displayed address/attribute controller board. When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the outdoor unit side (The indoor unit detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor unit to the outdoor unit. When the address. In this time. the remote controller transmits the signal to the indoor unit after the other refrigerant system outdoor unit is turned off or turned on again in 2minutes. turn on power supply. and detects abnormality. When there is not any trouble from above . is an origin. which sets the group between different refrigerant systems. when the error does not recover to normal. When there is any trouble from above . Decline of transmission voltage and signal by transmission line tolerance over · The furthest point···200m · Remote controller line···(12m) (Refer to 7-3.Display 6607 Abnormal point and detecting method No ACK (Acknowledgement) Abnormality which controller of the sending side detects when there is no answer (ACK) from other side though data was transmitted once. When there is not any trouble in single refrigerant system (1 outdoor unit) from above . Original controller defective Check whether the transmission line is connected / loosen or not at origin. which should not exist. turn on power supply. determine it after .. since there is the indoor unit which memorizes the address data. It recovers normally at the malfunction that happens by chance. When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the indoor unit side (The remote controller detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the remote controller to the indoor unit. turn off power supply of outdoor unit. which did not send back replay (ACK). Contact failure of remote controller or indoor unit transmission line. It is detected 6 times every 30seconds continuously. indoor unit fresh master and lossnay for 2 minutes or more at the same time. Miss operation of origin controller. Causes Factor that does not related to origin Since the address switch was changed with the current passed. continued on the next page.) Indoor unit transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection. Check the address switch in the address. which occurs abnormality. they are limited to the system.) Contact failure of outdoor unit or indoor unit transmission line Indoor unit transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor/outdoor unit When operating with multi refrigerant system indoor units.) Decline of transmission line voltage and signal by unmatched kind of line. Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor unit or remote controller. However. Check whether the kind of transmission line is mistaken or not. · Shield line-CVVS. or which fresh master /lossnay are connected.25 or more Decline of transmission line voltage and signal by a number of over-connected units..CPEVS Line diameter···1. Check points Turn off power supply of outdoor unit.. Then.. the outdoor unit multi controller board (repeater circuit) defective is expected. indoor unit and lossnay for 2minutes or more at the same time. Then. controller defective in displayed address and attribute. Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller. cancel the unnecessary address data by the manual setting function of remote controller. 49 . When there is not any trouble in different refrigerant system (2 outdoor unit or more) from above . the unit in the last address does not exist. which happens by chance.

Display 6607 Abnormal point and detecting method When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the remote controller side (The indoor unit detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor unit to the remote controller unit.) Causes When operating with multi refrigerant system indoor units. abnormality is detected at transmitting from the indoor unit. the unit in the last address does not exist.) When synchronized operating with other refrigerant system fresh master. 50 . and detects abnormality Contact failure of lossnay or indoor unit transmission line Indoor unit transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor unit or lossnay When the controller of displayed address and attribute is not recognized Since the address switch was changed with the current passed. Since the fresh master/lossnay address are changed after synchronized setting of fresh master / lossnay by the remote controller. Contact failure of remote controller or indoor unit transmission line Indoor unit transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor unit or remote controller Check points When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the fresh master side (The indoor unit detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor unit to the fresh master. and detects abnormality. the indoor units transmits the signal to the fresh master after the fresh master and same refrigerant system outdoor unit is turned off or turned on again in 2minutes. Contact failure of fresh master or indoor unit transmission line Indoor unit or fresh master transmission connector (CN2M) disconnection Sending/receiving signal circuit failure in the indoor unit or fresh master When the cause of displayed address and attribute is on the lossnay side (The indoor unit detects when there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor unit to the lossnay. the indoor units transmits the signal to the remote controller after the other refrigerant system outdoor unit is turned off or turned on again in 2minutes. the indoor unit detects abnormality at signal transmitting to the lossnay. the indoor units transmits the signal to the lossnay after the lossnay and same refrigerant system outdoor unit is turned off or turned on again in 2 minutes.) When the lossnay power supply is Off. and detects abnormality. When synchronized operating with other refrigerant system lossnay.

Check the total models of connected indoor unit. If "HO" or "PLEASE WAIT" is displayed for 4 minutes or more. it is defective of displayed address and attribute.Display 6608 Abnormal point and detecting method No response Though there was a replay (ACK) of having received signal from the other side. Defect of the transmission and reception circuit of the remote controller Noise occurs on the transmission line of the remote controller There are 2 main remote controllers. Causes Transmission repeats the failure by the noise etc. Set one remote controller to main remote controller and the other to sub-remote controller. which did not response. • When "RC NG" is displayed Replace the remote controller. · PUMY-P36NHMU ( ~ code 26) · PUMY-P48NHMU(1) ( ~ code 34) · PUMY-P48NHMU2 ( ~ code 35) There is a mistake in the registration of model name code of the outdoor unit. 1) When the remote controller cannot receive the signal from indoor controller normally even once for 3 minutes 2) When the remote controller cannot receive the signal even once for 2 minutes Defect of the transmission and reception circuit of the remote controller. perform the following disposals. Turn off the power supply and turn it on again. Check the model code registration switch (indoor controller board SW2) of connected indoor unit. 1) When sub-remote controller cannot transmit the signal to the transmission path for 6 minutes 2) When the remote controller cannot finish transmitting the signal for 30 times on end Total capacity When connected total models of the indoor units exceed the specified level (130% of the outdoor unit models). When same abnormality occurs again. it is the abnormality when the response command does not return. • When "RC OK" is displayed The remote controller is normal. turn on power supply again. The sending side detects the abnormality continuously six times every 30 seconds. Check the model code registration switch (outdoor multi controller board SW4) of the outdoor unit. ~ Perform a check of the remote controller. Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the remote controller shows the controller. 6832 6833 Signal transmission(Remote controller) Following symptoms are regarded as abnormality. Decline of transmission voltage and signal by transmission line tolerance over · The furthest point···200m [656ft] · Remote controller line···(12m [39ft]) (Refer to 8-3. Defect of the transmission and reception circuit of the indoor controller board Noise occurs on the transmission line of the remote controller All remote controllers are set as sub-remote controller. replace the indoor controller board. • When "RC 6832 or 6833" or "ERC 00-66" is displayed These displays may be due to noise.CPEVS Wire diameter···1. Mis-operation of origin controller. It recovers normally at the malfunction that happens by chance. which happens by chance 6831 6834 Signal reception(Remote controller) Following symptoms are regarded as abnormality. Check points Check the transmission wave and noise on the transmission line.) Decline of transmission line voltage and signal by unmatched kind of line · Shield wire-CVVS. 7100 51 . Connecting total models of the indoor unit exceed the specified level. error code <7100> is displayed. According to the results. etc.25 more [AWG16] or Turn off power supply of outdoor unit. Then. indoor unit and lossnay for 2minutes or more at the same time.

1 Code of indoor unit No. The outdoor unit SW1 operation can check model code of the connected indoor units. The address should be set in 000 or 51-100. The indoor unit of 06-54 (code 4-28) is possible to connect. When the setting is out of the range. 7111 Remote controller sensor In the case of network remote controller. Replace outdoor power board.2 on 8 on 1 234 567 8 Code of indoor unit No. CN4. and turn on power supply again. 52 .4 on 1 234 567 8 Code of indoor unit No. Replace the remote controller to net work remote controller. The indoor unit can be totally connected up to 6(P36)/8(P48) units.3 on 1 234 567 8 Code of indoor unit No. Connecting unit exceeds a number of limitations. Even if the indoor unit is not connected.Display 7101 Abnormal point and detecting method Capacity code error When the connected indoor unit models cannot be connected. It is assumed abnormality excluding the following cases.7 on 1 234 567 8 Code of indoor unit No. it is an abnormality when incapable response returns from the net work remote controller during the operation. on 1 234 567 8 Check whether the connecting unit exceeds a number of limitations or not. When an old type remote controller for M-NET is used. reset it. turn off power supply of the outdoor unit. 0403 Serial communication error Abnormal if serial communication between outdoor multi board and outdoor power board is defective.6 on 1 234 567 8 Code of indoor unit No. indoor unit and lossnay for 2minutes or more at the same time. becomes <7102> is display. The indoor unit can be connected up to 8 units Ventilation unit connecting is only 1unit. Check points Check the model code registration switch (indoor controller board SW2) in the connected indoor unit. The outdoor unit is not set in 000 or in the range of 51-100. Causes The indoor unit models is not possible to connect. Breaking of wire or contact failure of connector CN2 Breaking of wire or contact failure of connector CN4 Defective communication circuit of outdoor power board Defective communication circuit of outdoor multi board for power board Check connection of each connector CN2. Replace outdoor multi board. <7101> is displayed.5 on 1 234 567 8 Code of indoor unit No. error code <7102> is displayed. and the remote controller sensor is specified (SW1-1 is ON). 1 234 567 Code of indoor unit No. Addresses miss setting of the outdoor unit.8 7102 Number of connecting unit over When the connecting unit exceeds a number of limitations. 7105 Address setting error Address setting of the outdoor unit is wrong. Check the address setting of the outdoor unit.

Press the CHECK button for 5 seconds or more. the transmitted data is affected by noise. "PLEASE WAIT" and operation lamp will blink. The display content will change as shown below. Press the FILTER button to start self-diagnosis. If the correct voltage (DC12 V) is not supplied to the remote controller. but cannot be operated. diagnose the remote controller as explained below. After approximately 30 seconds. If this occurs. → The remote controller's transmitting-receiving circuit is defective. check the remote controller's wiring and the indoor unit. [Where the remote controller is not defective. If such a problem is occurring. the indicator will not light. Remote controller diagnosis will be cancelled. When the number of data errors is "02": Transmission data from remote controller Transmission data on transmission path To cancel remote controller diagnosis Press the CHECK button for 5 seconds or more.9-2. → Data error has occurred. the state in effect before the diagnosis will be restored. First. The number of data errors is the difference between the number of bits sent from the remote controller and the number actually transmitted through the transmission path. Check for other possible causes. 53 . Check the transmission path and other controllers.] (Error display 2) [E3]. Remote controller self-diagnosis result [When the remote controller is functioning correctly] [When the remote controller malfunctions] (Error display 1) "NG" blinks. or the indoor unit or other remote controllers are defective. as there is no problem with the remote controller. (Error display 3) "ERC" and the number of data errors are displayed. check that the power-on indicator is lit. Check the transmission path. → Transmission is not possible. [6833] or [6832] blinks. There might be noise or interference on the transmission path. Power on indicator Switch to the remote controller self-diagnosis mode. REMOTE CONTROLLER DIAGNOSIS · MA remote controller is equipped with the diagnosis function If the air conditioner cannot be operated from the remote controller. etc. The remote controller must be replaced with a new one.

) • MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit. outdoor unit.) • The number of connected indoor unit in the refrigeration system is over left that are related to the the limit or the number of connected remote controller is over the limit. operate though ( ) is displayed. • The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown. • The power supply of the indoor unit is not on. The entire system In the entire refrigerant system In same group only 1 indoor unit only Though the indoor unit operates. (M-NET remote controller • The connector of transmission outdoor power board is not connected. not fed. but played about 3 minutes after the sub-remote controller. <In case of in same group only or • The address of the indoor unit is "00" and the address for the outdoor 1 indoor unit only> unit is the one other than "00". • The remote controller cable is shorted or down. the entire refrigerant system> ( ) is not displayed on the remote The remote controller is not fed until the power supply of both indoor unit • Check the self-diagnosis LED controller. The remote controller does not • The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15. (MA remote controller is and outdoor unit is on and the start-up of both units is finished normally. played or it isdisplayed periodically. The entire system • The indoor unit and Slim model are connected to same group. • The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown. • The power supply of the indoor unit (Master) is not on.• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on. indoor/outdoor unit . some indoor units do not operate. • Check the items shown in the is not fed. 1 indoor unit only> • Transmission outdoor power board failure. left that are related to the • MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the indoor unit. the setting of the system the display of the remote controller does not correspond to that of MA remote controller. usually displayed about 3 minutes • The address of the outdoor unit remains "00". down or badly contacted.9-3. ("PLEASE WAIT" is usually dis• The setting of MA remote controller is not main remote controller.) indoor/outdoor unit. • The address of the indoor units in same group or the remote controller is not set correctly. • The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted or down. power supply of the outdoor unit is • MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the on. In same group only • The power supply of the indoor unit (Master) is not on. • The power supply of the indoor unit is not on. • Check the items shown in the "HO" keeps being displayed or it • The power supply for the feeding expansion unit for the transmission left that are related to the is displayed periodically. <In case of in same group only or • M-NET remote controller cable is shorted or down. (2) For MA remote controller systems Symptom or inspection code Though the content of operation is displayed on the remote controller. of the outdoor unit. • The group setting between outdoor units is not registered to the remote controller. • The power supply of the feeding expansion unit for the transmission line is not on. <In case of the entire system or in • The fuse on the indoor unit (Master) controller board is blown. 1 indoor unit only • In case of connecting the system controller. The remote controller does not • The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.) • Check the items shown in the • The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on. Cause • The power supply of the indoor unit is not on. outdoor unit is on. ON/OFF FILTER CHECK TEST “ ” indicator: Appears when current is carried. • The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted. controller. down or badly contacted. Cause Inspection method and solution • Check the part where the • The power supply of the indoor unit is not on. some indoor units do not operate. (Maximum: 2 units) or the number of connected indoor unit that is over the limit (Maximum: 16 units). Though the indoor unit operates. • The power supply cable or the transmission line is shorted or down. <In case of the entire system or in the display of the remote controller the entire refrigerant system> goes out soon. abnormality occurs. • The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted. • The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown. left that are related to the • The number of connected remote controller is over the limit outdoor unit. after the power supply of the • The address of the indoor unit or the remote controller is not set correctly. Inspection method and solution • Check the part where the abnormality occurs. REMOTE CONTROLLER TROUBLE CENTRALLY CONTROLLED ON CHECK CLOCK 1Hr. • M-NET remote controller is connected to MA remote controller cable. • Check the self-diagnosis LED ( ) is not displayed on the remote • The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on. In the entire refrigerant system • The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown. °C FILTER CHECK MODE TEST RUN FUNCTION OFF STAND BY DEFROST °C ERROR CODE NOT AVAILABLE TEMP. TIMER SET (M-NET Remote controller) (1) For M-NET remote controller systems Symptom or inspection code Though the content of operation is displayed on the remote controller. ("HO" is line is not on. indoor unit. • Check the items shown in the • The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15. operate though ( ) is displayed. 54 . • Wiring between indoor units in same group is not finished. •The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown. "PLEASE WAIT" keeps being dis. controller goes out soon. of the outdoor unit.

9-4. Light out Fan does not stop while operation has been stopped. The fan is to stop during defrosting. Ultra-low speed operation is commenced at thermostat OFF. Fan is to run for 1 minute after stopping to exhaust residual heat (only in heating). Drain pump continues to — operate while unit has been stopped. Display of remote controller CAUSE "Cooling (Heating)" blinks The indoor unit can not cool (heat) if other indoor units are heating (cooling). The auto vane runs freely. hot adjusting and thermostat OFF. it automatically changes over to horizontal blow. Normal display Fan setting changes during heating. Unit continues to operate drain pump if drainage is generated. After a stop of cooling operation. Operate remote controller again after “HO” or “PLEASE WAIT” disappears. Light out Drain pump does not stop while unit has been stopped. Because of the control operation of auto vane. THE FOLLOWING SYMPTOM DO NOT REPRESENT TROUBLE (EMERGENCY) Symptom Even the cooling (heating) operation selection button is pressed. 55 . (Hot adjust control) System is being driven. At defrosting in heating. No setting of fan while start STAND BY SW has been turned on. Normal display "Defrost " Fan stops during heating operation. and then set notch is commenced. Ultra-low speed operation for 5 minutes after SW ON or until piping temperature becomes 35C. unit continues to operate drain pump for 3 minutes and then stops it. Indoor unit remote controller “HO” blinks “PLEASE WAIT” blinks shows “HO” or “PLEASE WAIT ” indicator for about 2 minutes when turning ON power supply. Light air automatically change over to set value by time or piping temperature at thermostat ON. even during a stop. the indoor unit cannot be operated. There low speed operate for 2 minutes. it may change over to horizontal blow automatically from the downward blow in cooling in cause the downward blow operation has been continued for one hour.

3 (Note : Except PUMY-P48NHMU and PUMY-P48NHMU-BS) DIP SW4-4 for primary heating control : Set DIP SW4-4 when power is turned off at unit DIP SW4-4 OFF : Disable primary heating function (Initial setting) DIP SW4-4 ON : Enable primary heating function 56 45 6 45 6 Before turning the power on 78 78 901 23 901 23 45 6 45 6 1 2 .and thermo-OFF in heating operation. During compressor running Start up <Initial settings> ON OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 Clear abnormal data Normal Run adjustment mode. Outdoor unit Heating OFF <MODEL SELECT> SW4 Model Switching MODELS SW4 ON OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 ON OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 1~6 PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU Pressure limitation value change Before the power is turned on.) 2 SW5-8 Countermeasure against room temperature rise for indoor unit in FAN. <Initial settings> Set for each capacity. 1 2 SW5 Function switching 3 4 5 6 7 8 Enable Enable Normal Can be set when off or during operation <Initial settings> ON OFF Change the indoor unit's LEV opening at start Fixing the indoor units linear expansion valve opening Fix the operation frequency Change the indoor unit's LEV opening at defrost Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Inactive Inactive Fix Fix Enable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF to ON during compressor running. INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE PUMY-P48NHMU/NHMU1/NHMU2(-BS) PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS) Switch SW U1 1s digit SW U2 10ths digit Step Rotary switch Function Operation in Each Switch Setting ON 901 23 OFF When to Set Remarks <Initial settings> 78 78 901 23 SWU2 (10ths digit) SWU1 (1s digit) SWU2 SWU1 (10ths digit) (1s digit) SW1 Digital Display 1~8 Switching 1 2 SW2 Function Switching 3 4 5 6 SW3 Test run 1 2 ON OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Selects operating system startup Abnormal data clear switch input Pump down Auto change over from Remote controller Doesn't start up Can be set either during operation or not.9-5. set the opening of linear ex. Can be set when off or during operation Switching the target sub cool. COOL. Normal Disable Enable — ON/ OFF from outdoor unit Mode setting ON — — OFF Cooling 3 Before turning the power on. and thermo-OFF (heating) mode.Active pansion valve on indoor unit 2 1 SW5-7 Refrigerant shortage amount is measured during heating operation (Refrigerant piping is long etc. set the opening of Active linear expansion valve on indoor unit 1 During the FAN or COOL mode. Any time after the <Initial settings> ON power is turned on.and thermo-OFF or OFF in heating operation. Enable During the FAN or COOL mode. <Initial settings> ON OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Connection Information Clear Switch Clear Before turning the Do not clear power on OFF to ON any time after the power is turned on.

When to Set — Before turning the power on. — Can be set when off or during operation Remarks <Initial settings> ON OFF SW6 Function switching 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Outdoor unit <Initial settings> SW7 Function switching 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW8 Function switching 1 2 Silent Demand Control mode Enable (For high humidity) Normal <Initial settings> ON OFF 1 2 57 .Switch Step 1 2 3 Function — Switch of current limitation reading in a different way — Restriction of maximum frequency Ignore refrigerant filling abnormality Switching the target discharge pressure (Pdm) Switching (1) the target evaporation temperature (ETm) Switching (2) the target evaporation temperature (ETm) Ignore current sensor abnormality — — — — Forced defrost Silent mode/ Demand Control Selection (see next page) Change of defrosting control Operation in Each Switch Setting ON — Enable — Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable — — — — Forced defrost OFF — Normal — Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal — — — — Normal During compressor running in heating mode. Can be set when off or during operation — ON OFF Before turning the power on.

It is possible to set it to the following power sonsumption (compared with ratings) by setting SW1. 10m[33ft] ~ SW1 X Y X Y 1 2 3 CN3N SW2 ON OFF Heating Cooling SW1 SW2 Validity of SW1 Invalidity of SW1 Silent Mode / Demand Control (CN3D) Remote control panel Relay circuit External input adapter (PAC-SC36NA) Outdoor unit control board Relay power supply Procure locally Max. Y : Relay (Coil standard of 0. Y : Relay (DC1mA) Auto change over (CN3N) Remote control panel Relay circuit External input adapter (PAC-SC36NA) Outdoor unit control board Relay power supply Procure locally Max.2 Outdoor controller board DIP SW8-1 SW1 SW2 Silent mode Demand control OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF Function Silent mode operation — 100% (Normal) OFF 75% OFF 50% ON 0% (Stop) ON 58 . 10m[33ft] L1 : Error display lamp L2 : Compressor operation lamp X. 10m[33ft] ~ SW1 X Y X Y 1 2 3 CN3D SW2 ON OFF Heating Cooling SW1 SW2 Validity of SW1 Invalidity of SW1 The silent mode and the demand control are selected by switching the Dip switch 8-1 on outdoor controller board.9-6.9W or less for DC 12V) X. OUTDOOR UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT CONNECTOR State (CN51) L1 ~ X Y X Y 5 4 3 L2 CN51 Distant control board Relay circuit External output adapter (PAC-SA88HA-E) Outdoor unit control board Lamp power supply Procure locally Max.

Normal Coil (A1-A2) Reference value : 1. (Reference value : 155 (typ)) T1 T2 T3 A2 only PUMY-P48NHMU(1)(-BS) Reactor (DCL) Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester. Solenoid valve coil <Four-way valve> (21S4) Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester. Test point .9-7.6 ± 5% *In case of open failure. it is difficult to determine if it is short or normal with an ordinary tester. resistor (RS) Normal Abnormal only PUMY-P48NHMU(1)(-BS) 5. (Surrounding temperature 20 [68°F]) Normal 1183 ± 100 Abnormal Open or short Rush current protect Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.04 Abnormal Open or short* *Because the resistor of the reactor is little. HOW TO CHECK THE PARTS PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS Parts name Thermistor (TH3) <Outdoor pipe> Thermistor (TH4) <Discharge> Thermistor (TH6) <Low pressure saturated temperature> Thermistor (TH7) <Outdoor> Thermistor (TH8) <Heatsink> PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS Check points Disconnect the connector then measure the resistance with a tester. (Refer to 9-9.MF2) Refer to next page. Normal Reference value : 0. the item of ACTM) Open* or short Note : As for P36NHMU and P48NHMU2(-BS). (20 ±5% / 10W) 52C relay (52C) L1 L2 L3 A1 Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.rush current protect resistor is mounted on noise filter curcuit board. (At the ambient temperature 10 ~30 [50°F~86°F]) Normal TH4 TH3 TH6 TH7 TH8 39k ~105k 4.188 Solenoid valve coil <Bypass valve> (SV1) Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester. check ACTM with a tester as well.45k Abnormal Open or short Note : As for P36NHMU and P48NHMU2(-BS). (Winding temperature 20 [68°F]) U (MC) Normal V W Abnormal Open or short 0.52C relay is mounted on noise filter curcuit board.6k Open or short 160k ~410k Abnormal Fan motor(MF1.3k ~9. (At the ambient temperature 20 [68°F]) Normal 1190 ± 100 Abnormal Open or short Motor for compressor Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester. 59 .

C. · It is abnormal when the abnormlity is detected from either both fan motors or only one side. there are 2 fan motors (up and down. · For outdoor unit.) Self check Symptom : The outdoor fan cannot turn around. Fuse check Check the fuse (F500) on outdoor controller board.Check method of DC fan motor (fan motor / outdoor controller circuit board) Notes · High voltage is applied to the connecter (CNF1. board is built in the fan motor of this outdoor unit. 2) for the fan motor.B. 2) for the motor with the power supply on. (It causes trouble of the outdoor controller circuit board and fan motor. 60 . it is possible to connect to either CNF1 or CNF2 on the board. 2). · The inverter control P. Is there contact failure? No Yes Recover wiring. OK Check the operation. Yes Check the operation of fan. change the fan motor and multi controller board at the same time (F500 is impossisble to changae).) (C.B) and fan motor (MF1. Power supply check(Remove the connector (CNF1. TEST POINT : VDC (between 1 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector): VDC DC280-340V (When ACTM stops). NG END Replace outdoor controller board. Replace the fan motor. MF1/MF2). · When F500 that is on controller board is blown. Give attention to the service. NG OK END Replace outdoor controller board. Did the fuse blow? No Wiring contact check Contact of fan motor connector (CNF1. · Do not pull out the connector (CNF1. 2)) Measure the voltage in the outdoor controller circuit board. 2) Yes Replace outdoor controller board (MULTI. DC350V (When ACTM is operating) TEST POINT : VCC (between 5 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector): VCC DC15V Is the voltage normal? No Yes Replace the fan motor.

circuit CNDC (PNK) LO F500 208/230V ±10% AC F1 F2 Noise filter circuit board LO NO NO CNAC (RED) 208/230V ±10% AC 3 1 CNAC2(RED) 208/230V ±10% AC LI NI L1 L2 208/230V ±10% AC TB1 61 .Check method of multi controller board Multi controller board check Fuse check Check the fuse on Multi controller board Did the fuse (F500) blow? No Yes (blow) Replace Multi board and fan motor. No (No lit) Check the voltage from the power board to CNDC(PNK) connector. LED1 LED2 280V to 350V DC? Yes Normal *Check wiring *Replace multi controller board No *Check the breaker and main incoming power *Check noise filter board *Check wiring CNDC (PNK) Power circuit board 280-350V DC 3 1 Multi controller board conv. *See DC fan check Did the fuse (F1 and F2) blow? No 7seg LED is lit? (SW1 : all off) Yes (lit) Yes (blow) Check the SV1 and 21S4 and wiring.

U-W and V-W) balanced ? Yes Normal No *Check the breaker and power supply No *Check wiring *Check power board *Check noise filter board No *Check wiring *Check model setting switch SW4 on the multi controller board. Is the voltage of main incoming power 208/230V AC ? Yes Is the voltage of CNDC(PNK) on multi board 280-350V DC? Yes Is the voltage to the compressor (U-V. circuit Circuit diagram CNDC (PNK) W W 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 *See test point CN2 (WHT) 62 . Test points are limited.Check method of power board Power board check *To check the voltage of the parts on this board with a tester is difficult due to its location. *Replace power board Noise filter circuit board 52C 208/230V ±10% AC LO NO P36NHMU P48NHMU 2 208/230V ±10% AC LI NI L1 L2 208/230V ±10% AC TB1 Power board 280-350V DC Multi controller board 3 1 U-V 10V-180V AC U-W 10V-180V AC V-W 10V-180V AC W V U W COMP conv.

Circuit diagram 208/230V ±10% AC 12V DC from multi board CNLVB 52C(relay) *1 RS1(resistor) *1 *1 As for P48NHMU(1). 52C-relay and RS are not mounted on noise filter circuit board. *1 No (normal) No *1 As for P48NHMU(1). Noise filter circuit board 208/230V ±10% AC L2 L1 NO conv.wirign. 52C-relay and RS are not mounted on noise filter circuit board. No Is the voltage of main incoming power 208/230V±10% AC ? Yes Is the voltage of CNAC (RED) on multi board CNAC (RED) 208/230V±10% AC? Yes Is the voltage between M1 and M2 on TB3 (M-NET transmission) 24-30V DC? Yes Is the voltage of CNDC(PNK) on multi board 280-350V DC? Yes *Check the breaker and power supply No *Check wiring *Replace noise filter board No *Check wiring *Check M-NET power board *Check noise filter board Turn off the incoming power supply and check the resistance of RS1 on the Noise filter board. RS1 = open ? *Check wiring *Check power board. Yes (open) Normal *Replace Noise filter board and check 52C-relay.Check method of noise filter circuit board Noise filter circuit board check *To check the voltage of the parts on this board with a tester is difficult due to its location. circuit LO Power circuit board CNDC (PNK) 280-350V DC TB1 3 1 To multi controller board CNDC(PNK) 208/230V ±10% AC CNAC1(WHT) 5 3 1 M-NET power board 2 1 208/230V ±10% AC CNAC2(RED) Multi controller board 63 . Test points are limited.power board and ACTM.

Test points are limited. 48Hz min Hz 330-350V 290/325V 208/230V Multi controller board conv.Check method of ACTM ACTM check (Active Filter Module) *To check the voltage of the parts on this board with a tester is difficult due to its location. Is the voltage of main incoming power 208/230V ± -10% AC? Yes Is the voltage of CNDC(PNK) on multi board 330 .350V DC during cooling or heating operation? Yes No *Check the breaker and power supply No Is the voltage between 3pin and 4pin of CN2 on multi controller board 18V DC? No Normal *Replace multi controller board Yes *Check wiring *Check 52C relay *Check ACTM TIME CHART ON Power supply 52C relay COMP (Hz) Bus bar voltage (DC) ACTM OFF OFF 0Hz 290/325V 0V OFF power on starts stop ON OFF ON ex. circuit 3 1 operate:330-350V DC stop :290-325V DC 208/230V ±10% AC Noise filter circuit board 52C LO NO P36NHMU P48NHMU 2 LI NI L1 L2 208/230V ±10% AC CNDC (PNK) CN2 (WHT) CN2 3-4pin : 18V DC ACTM gate drive power supply 7 6 5 208/230V ±10% AC 4 3 2 1 TB1 Power board P48NHMU(1) 52C DCL U-V 10V-180V AC U-W 10V-180V AC V-W 10V-180V AC W V U W W W COMP A C TM Circuit giagram operate:330-350V DC stop :290-325V DC 64 .

Test points are limited. 24V-30V DC Multi controller board 4321 CN2 M-NET transmission power board Noise filter circuit board 1 3 NI LI L2 L1 208/230V ±10% AC 2 1 CNS1 (RED) CN102 (WHT) CN1 CNAC1(WHT) TB1 TB3 M1 M2 24V-30V DC (Non-polar) To Indoor Unit 208/230V ±10% AC 65 .outdoor transmission wiring from the terminal block TB3 . and check the voltage between M1 and M2 on TB3 again. Check the voltage between M1 and M2 on the transmission terminal block TB3 24-30V DC ? Yes (24-30V DC ) No Is the incoming main voltage 208/230V ±10% AC ? Yes (208-230V AC ) No *Check breaker and incoming power supply *Check noise filter board *Check wiring Disconnect the indoor . 24-30V DC ? No Yes (24-30V DC ) Normal *Check wiring *Replace M-NET transmission power board *Correct the short circuit point on the M-NET transmission line.Check method of M-NET transmission power board M-NET transmission power board check *To check the voltage of the parts on this board with a tester is difficult due to its location.

5k' 100:[212°F] 13.5 2. HOW TO CHECK THE COMPONENTS <HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR> Vout (V) 4.6k' 40:[104°F] 3.5 2.3k' 9.8 400 Resistance (k ) 300 70:[158°F] 34k' 80:[176°F] 24k' 90:[194°F] 17.8 273+t 273 15k' 30:[86°F] 4.0k' 6.9-8.2k' 50 40 Resistance (k ) 30 20 10 0 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 -4 -14 32 50 68 86 104122 °F Temperature 200 Medium temperature thermistor Heatsink temperature thermistor (TH8) Resistance (k ) 150 Thermistor R50 = 17k' ± 2% B constant = 4170 ± 3% Rt =17exp{4170( 0:[32°F] 25:[77°F] 50:[122°F] 70:[158°F] 90:[194°F] 1 1 )} t : :=(°F-32)/1.0k' 110:[230°F] 9.8 – 273+t 323 180k' 50k' 17k' 8k' 4k' 100 50 0 25 77 50 75 100 110 125 122 167 212 230 257 ºF Temperature 500 High temperature thermistor • Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) Thermistor R120 = 7.5 MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD WHT 5V DC 3 2 1 MICRO COMPUTER GND SENSOR Vout BLU BLK 63HS 0.5 363 PRESSURE 5 725 MPa PSIG - : 5V (DC) : Output Vout (DC) <Thermistor feature chart> Low temperature thermistors • Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) • Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temperature> (TH6) • Thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) Thermistor R0 = 15k' ± 3% B constant = 3480 ± 2% Rt =15exp{3480( 0:[32°F] 10:[50°F] 20:[68°F] 25:[77°F] 1 1 )} – t : :=(°F-32)/1.465k' ± 2% B constant = 4057 ± 2% Rt =7.465exp{4057( 20:[68°F] 250k' 30:[86°F] 160k' 40:[104°F] 104k' 50:[122°F] 70k' 60:[140°F] 48k' 1 )} 1 – 273+t 393 t : :=(°F-32)/1.3k' 5.8k' 200 100 0 25 77 66 50 75 122 167 Temperature 100 212 120 248 °F .

2 Connect to fan motors (Voltage between pins of 1–4 : DC290V–350V C510) : DC290V–350V 5–4 : DC15V (Same as CNF1.2 1(+)–4(-)) 6–4 : DC0–6.5V 7–4 : DC15V (when stopped) DC0–15V pulse (when operated) VDC (TEST POINT1) 52C relay signal CNDC DC290V–350V (1(+)–3(-)) CNDC and C510 have the same voltage. Also possible to check at self check No.5V (when operated) (Same as CNF1.2 5(+)–4(-)) 52C VSP (TEST POINT3) (voltage between pins of C515 and C516) : DC0V (when stopped) DC1–6. pin1 and pin2) : (Same as CNF1.2 6(+)–4(-)) CNF1.9-9.B (Transmission power board) SW8 Demand/ Silent selection CN40.2 7(+)–4(-)) VCC (TEST POINT2) (Voltage between pins of C82A) : DC15V (Same as CNF1. SWU1 Address setting CNS1 Indoor/ outdoor unit connecting wire CNLVB (only P36/P48NHMU2) Connect to the oudoor noise filter circuit board(CN52C) 1–6 : DC12V CN2 Connect to the outdoor power circuit board 1-5: Power circuit board → Transmitting signal to the multi controller board (0-5V DC) 2-5: Zero cross signal (0-5V DC) 3-4: 18VDC (ACTM power supply) 6-5: 16V DC (Inverter drive power supply) 7-5: 16V DC (Inverter drive power supply) 63L Low pressure switch 63H High presser switch CN3D Input of demand control TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> CNAC TH3 Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> Power supply for multi controller board TH7/ 6 Thermistor <Outdoor/ Saturation temperature of suction pressure> SV1 63HS High presser sensor Bypass valve 21S4 Four-way valve VFG (TEST POINT4) (voltage between left pins of PC511 and PC512.CN41 Centralized control power supply/ For storing jumper connector selection SW1 Display selection (Self diagnosis) CNS2 Transmission wire of centrallized control SWU2. TEST POINT DIAGRAM Outdoor multi controller board PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS SW2 pump down PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS SW3 Test run SW7 Forced defrost SW4 Model select CN51 External signal output CN102 Connect to the M-P. 45 SW1 : 10110100 67 .

Check of DIODE circuit S .P1 . P2 . they are in a state of being short-circuited if they are broken. etc. T . N . 3–) Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board TABS/T Connect to the outdoor noise filter circuit board Voltage among phases:208/230V AC TABN1/SC-N1 Connect to the ACTM(-) CN3 Thermistor (TH8) <Heatsink> CN5 Detection of primary current Connect to the outdoor noise filter circuit board (CN5) CN4 Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CN4) TABP1/SC-P1 Connect to 52C (P48NHMU) Connect to ACTM (+) (P36NHMU. P48NHMU2) TABP2/SC-P2 Connect to the ACTM(P) TABU/V/W Connect to the compressor (MC) Voltage among phases:10V~180V AC TABN2/SC-N2 Connect to the ACTM (N2) 68 . L .V .P1 . Check of POWER MODULE 1.N1 .N1 2.V . N2 . CN2 Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CN2) 1-5:Transmitting signal to the outdoor controller circuit board (0~5V DC) 2-5:Zero cross signal (0~5V DC) 3-4:18V DC 6-5:16V DC 7-5:16V DC CNDC 310V DC (1+.W . Measure the resistance in the following points (connectors. N2 . S .Outdoor power circuit board PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS Brief Check of POWER MODULE W Usually. U .W Note:The marks. 1. T . If they are short-circuited. P1 . N2 .Check of IGBT circuit P2 . P2 . N2 .U . V and W shown in the diagram are not actually printed on the board. P2 . N1 .U .). it means that they are broken.

B. NI Voltage of 208/230V AC is input (Connect to the terminal block (TB1)) 69 .)) CN5 Primary current (Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (CN5)) Current tranceformer (Primary current) EI Connect to the earth LI.Outdoor noise filter circuit board PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS LO. NO Voltage of 208-230V AC is output (Connect to the outdoor power circuit board) TABS TABT CNAC2 208/230V AC (Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CNAC)) CNAC1 208/230V AC (Connect to the M-NET power circuit board (M-P.

)) E2 Connect to the earth Current tranceformer (Primary current) CN5 Primary current (Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (CN5)) EI Connect to the earth LI. NI Voltage of 208/230V AC is input (Connect to the terminal block (TB1)) 70 .Outdoor noise filter circuit board PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS 52C Relay (Coil resistance 155" (typ)) CN5 52C driving signal (Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CNLVB)) RS1 Rush current protect resistor 20" ± 5% / 10W CNAC2 208/230V AC (Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CNAC)) LO.B. NO Voltage of 208/230V AC is output (Connect to the outdoor power circuit board) CNAC1 208/230V AC (Connect to the M-NET power circuit board (M-P.

Transmission power board PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS CN2 Connect to the outdoor multi controller board 1-2: 24–30V DC 3-4: 24–30V DC CN1 Connect to the outdoor noise filter circuit board 1–3 : 208/230V AC 71 .

72 . L2 Connect to the DCL(Reactor) N1 Non-connect P Connect to the outdoor power circuit board(TABP2) – Connect to the outdoor power circuit board(TABN1) + Connect to the 52C Connection and internal circuit diagram L1 (+) Connect to the outdoor power circuit board(CNAF) 1 : GND 2-1 : 15V DC 3-1 : Control signal 4.189 "ACTM error" display) 1 The breaker operates 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.Active filter module PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS L1. 5 : Not used 6-1 : Control signal DCL L2 ACTM P Load + N1 N2 N2 Connect to the outdoor power circuit board(TABN2) I Not used (.189 "ACTM error" display) W The symptom when the unit is in open error condition is described to determine open error by tester check.189 "ACTM error" display) 1 The breaker operates 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No.) I Tester check points of Acive filter module Error condition Normal value (reference) (–) and N1 / N2 / I (–) and L2 P and L2 P and N1 / N2 / I L2 and N1 / N2 / I open short open short open short open short open less than 1" 100k" ~ 1M" W 100k" ~ 1M" W 100k" ~ 1M" W 100k" ~ 1M" W Symptom when the unit is in trouble 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 1 The breaker operates 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10.189 "ACTM error" display) 1 The breaker operates 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. No. No.

No. No. L2 Connect to the DCL (Reactor) N1 Non-connect Upper side Lower side N2 Non-connect + Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (TABP1) – Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (TABN1) Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (CNAF) 1 : GND 2-1 : 15V DC 3-1 : Control signal 4. No.189 "ACTM error" display) W The symptom when the unit is in open error condition is described to determine open error by tester check. 5 : Not used 6-1 : Control signal lo Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (TABN2) Connection and internal circuit diagram DCL L1 (+) L2 ACTM P N1 N2 (.Active filter module PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS P Connect to the outdoor power circuit board (TABP2) L1. No.) Io + Tester check points of Acive filter module Error condition Normal value (reference) (–) and Io (–) and L2 P and L2 P and Io L2 and Io open short open short open short open short open less than 1" 100k" ~ 1M" W 100k" ~ 1M" W 100k" ~ 1M" W 100k" ~ 1M" W Symptom when the unit is in trouble 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 1 The breaker operates 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10.189 "ACTM error" display) 1 The breaker operates 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10.189 "ACTM error" display) 1 The breaker operates 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10. 73 Load .189 "ACTM error" display) 1 The breaker operates 1 The unit does not operate (can not be switched ON) 24220 Abnormal stop (9-10.

7 unit mode No. 4 indoor unit) 30 01111000 Capacity code (No.6 unit operation No.8 unit mode Stop fan: light off 25 10011000 Indoor unit operation display No.7 unit operation No. check display.5 unit operation No.. 18 01001000 Abnormality code history 8 1221 Outside air temperature sensor (TH7) abnormality 4330 Heatsink temperature abnormality Power module abnormality 4350 19 11001000 Abnormality code history 9 Display of cumulative compressor operating time Cooling : light on Heating: light blinking 20 00101000 Abnormality code history 10 (the oldest) 21 10101000 Cumulative time 0~9999(unit::1-hour) 22 01101000 Cumulative time 0~9999(unit::10-hour) 23 11101000 Outdoor unit operation display Excitation Current Restart after 3 minutes Compressor operation Abnormality(detection) 24 00011000 Indoor unit operation mode No.No.2 unit operation No.4 unit mode No. 5 indoor unit) .2 unit check No.8 unit check Check: light on Normal: light off 2 01000000 Protection input High-pressure abnormality Outdoor TH4 abnormality TH3 abnormality frequencyfan rotantial TH7 abnormality TH8 abnormality Display input microprocessor abnormality Insufficient refigerant Current sensor Low-pressure start over current Over current interception Voltage abnormality amount abnormality abnormality 63HS abnormality interception abnormality protection (abnormality) 3 11000000 Protection input Heatsink overheating abnormality Current sensor serial communication Outdoor unit Over capacity Indoor unit 4 00100000 Protection input Abnormality in theunits Address double Indoor unit abormality setting abnormality capacity error address error address error open/short number of indoor Outdoor fan rotantial fre. 1 indoor unit) 27 11011000 Capacity code (No.6 unit check No. 2 5 6 7 4 8 Notes SW1 setting 12345678 Display mode Display on the LED1..7 unit check No.OFF 1.TH7 abnormality start over current interHigh-pressure SHd(low discharge temperature) Discharge temprature TH4 abnormality TH3 abnormality 5 10100000 Abnormality delay display 1 abnormality delay abnormality delay abnormality delay quency abnormality delay delay delay ception abnormality delay Display all abnormalities delay Over current interception Voltage abnormality Insufficient refigerant Current sensor Low-pressure 63HS abnormality start over current inter6 01100000 Abnormality delay display 2 Heatsink delay ception abnormality delay remaining in abnormality delay amount abnormality delay abnormality delay abnormality delay delay overheating delay TH6 abnormality Current sensor communication(POWER Power module Frozen protection delay abnormality delay delay 7 11100000 Abnormality delay display 3 open/short delay BOARD)abormality delay delay 8 00010000 Abnormality delay history 1 Frozen protection delay Power module abnormaliy delay Display all abnormalities remaining in abnormality delay history •Display abnormalities up to present (including abnormality terminals) •History record in 1 is the latest.. 3 indoor unit) 29 10111000 Capacity code (No.1 unit operation No. 1 52C (SV2) SV1 Lighting always ON: light on OFF: light off •When abnormality occurs.8 unit operation Thermo ON : light on Thermo OFF : light off •Display of indoor unit capacity code •The No.6 unit mode No..1 unit check No. 2 indoor unit) 0~255 28 00111000 Capacity code (No.4 unit check No. records become older in sequence.3 unit mode No.5 unit check No.1 unit mode No..4 unit operation No.2 unit mode No.3 unit operation No. history record 9-10.5 unit mode No. 2 (display data) 0 00000000 Relay output display Compressor operation Check display SHd(low discharge temperature) Discharge temprature abnormality abnormality 0000~9999 (Alternating display of addresses and error code) 1 10000000 Indoor unit check status No.ON 26 01011000 Capacity code (No. OUTDOOR UNIT FUNCTIONS 9 10010000 Abnormality delay history 2 TH6 abnormality delay Delay code High-pressure SHd(low discharge temperature) Discharge temprature TH4 abnormality delay abnormality delay abnormality delay abnormality delay Voltage abnormality Insufficient refigerant Heatsink Over current overheating delay interception delay amount abnormality delay delay Outdoor fan rotantial TH3 abnormality frequency abnormality delay delay Low-pressure Current sensor abnormality delay abnormality delay TH7 abnormality delay 63HS abnormality delay start over current interception abnormality delay start over current interception abnormality delay 10 01010000 Abnormality delay history 3 Delay code 11 11010000 Abnormality code history 1 (the latest) Current sensor communication(POWER open/short delay BOARD)abormality delay 12 00110000 Abnormality code history 2 1202 Discharge temperature abnormality Abnormality delay 1402 Abnormality delay High-pressure abnormality 13 10110000 Abnormality code history 3 14 01110000 Abnormality code history 4 1211 Saturation temperature of suction pressure sensor (TH6) abnormality 15 11110000 Abnormality code history 5 1214 Radiator panel thermistor (TH8) abnormality 4320 Alternating display of addresses Pressure sensor (63HS) abnormality Discharge temperature sensor (TH4) abnormality Outdoor pipe temperature sensor (TH3) abnormality 1600 Over charge refrigerant abnormality 1205 74 16 00001000 Abnormality code history 6 0000-9999 and abnormality code 1601 Insufficient refrigerant abnormality Frequency converter insufficient wiring voltage abnormality 17 10001000 Abnormality code history 7 (including abnormality delay code) in 10 is the oldest. 1 unit will start from the address with the lowest number SW:setting 0..

Hz control Max.9 (V) 75 0~999.current control control change vention control Frozen protection TH6 abnormality Power module abnormality 49 10001100 Protection input 50 01001100 micro computer of POWER The second current value when BOARD abnormality is deteced 51 11001100 when microcomputer of POWER -99. 1 2 4 •Display of indoor unit Cooling Cooling Heating Heating thermo OFF Light on/light off thermo ON thermo OFF OFF Fan ON ON/OFF P97:Autochange P96:Autochange P95:Undefined over permission over fixed mode CN3N1-3 input CN3N1-2 input CN3S1-2 input SW1 setting 12345678 operating mode Display mode 3 5 6 7 8 Display on the LED1.9(Short/Open:-99.9~999. Hz Freeze temp.9 or 999.9 (A) 41 10010100 Input current of outdoor unit 0~999.9[Arms] 46 01110100 State of LEV control 47 11110100 State of compressor frequency control 1 48 00001100 State of compressor frequency control 2 LEV opening LEV opening Correction of Td over heat SHd declease Min. Hz Max.Hz correction control due to receipt voltage change .delay/no P94:Demand P93:Silent CN3D1-3 input CN3D1-2 input 35 11000100 IC5 operation mode Input: light off No input: light on Display of communication demand capacity 36 00100100 OC operation mode External connection status 37 10100100 38 01100100 Communication demand capacity 0~255 39 11100100 Number of compressor ON/OFF 0000~9999 (unit : o10) 40 00010100 Compressor operating current 0~999.Sj high compression correction correction correction prevention prevention depends on Td depends on Pd depends on Td ratio prevention Discharge Discharge Discharge Discharge Max.(heating) pressure(heating) control pressure temperature control prevention control control Backup Backup control Heatsink Frequency restrain Secondary Input current of receipt voltage over heat pre.Hz correction control due to voltage decrease Hz restrain of receipt voltage change Max. 2 (display data) Notes 31 11111000 IC1 operation mode thermo 32 00000100 IC2 operation mode 33 10000100 IC3 operation mode 34 01000100 IC4 operation mode Heating/Cooling Abnormal/Normal DEFROST/NO Refrigerant pull back/no Excitation current/no 3-min.No.9 (A) 42 01010100 Thermo ON operating time 0000~9999 (unit : o10) 43 11010100 Total capacity of thermo on 0~255 44 00110100 Number of indoor units 0~255 (Max. 8 unit) 45 10110100 DC bus voltage 0~999.9) The radiator panel temperature BOARD abnormality is deteced State of compressor frequency(Hz) control (Words) Content Discharge pressure control Hz control by pressure limitation Discharge temperature control Hz control by discharge temperature limitation Max.Hz limitation when power supply on Hz control by bypass valve SV control Abnormal rise of Pd control Control that restrains abnormal rise of discharge pressure Heatsink over heat prevention control Heatsink over heat prevention control Secondary current control Secondary current control Input current contol Input current contol Hz correction of receipt voltage decrease prevention Max.

No.9 (When the indoor unit is not connected. 2 (display data) Notes 64 00000010 Operational frequency 65 10000010 Target frequency 66 01000010 Outdoor fan control step number 67 11000010 EER fan control step number (cooling) 69 10100010 IC1 LEV Opening pulse 70 01100010 IC2 LEV Opening pulse 71 11100010 IC3 LEV Opening pulse 72 00010010 IC4 LEV Opening pulse Display of outdoor subcool -99.9 ~ 999.it is displayed as"0".) 80 00001010 TH8(Power module) °C 81 10001010 IC1 TH23(Gas) °C 76 -99.9 ~ 999.9 (SC) data and detection data from high-pressure sensor and each thermistor 73 10010010 IC5 LEV Opening pulse 74 01010010 High-pressure sensor (Pd) kgf/cm2 75 11010010 TH4(Td) °C 76 00110010 TH6(ET) °C 77 10110010 TH7(Outdoor-temp. 1 2 4 Display of actual operating frequency Display of target frequency Display of number of outdoor fan control steps (target) Display of opening pulse of 0~2000 outdoor SLEV and indoor LEV 5 6 7 0~FF(16 progressive) 0~255 0~15 3 8 SW1 setting 12345678 Display mode Display on the LED1.9 82 01001010 IC2 TH23(Gas) °C 83 11001010 IC3 TH23(Gas) °C 84 00101010 IC4 TH23(Gas) °C 85 10101010 IC5 TH23(Gas) °C 86 01101010 IC1 TH22(Liquid) °C 87 11101010 IC2 TH22(Liquid) °C 88 00011010 IC3 TH22(Liquid) °C 89 10011010 IC4 TH22 (Liquid) °C 90 01011010 IC5 TH22 (Liquid) °C 91 11011010 IC1 TH21(Intake) °C 92 00111010 IC2 TH21 (Intake) °C 93 10111010 IC3 TH21 (Intake) °C 94 01111010 IC4 TH21 (Intake) °C 95 11111010 IC5 TH21 (Intake) °C 96 00000110 Outdoor SC (cooling) °C .) °C 78 01110010 TH3(Outdoor pipe) °C -99.9 ~ 999.

No.9 ~ 999.0~23.0~711. 2 (display data) 4 Display of indoor SC/SH data -99.0) SCm/SHm(0.9~999.0) kgf/ °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C Display of discharge superheat data 102 01100110 IC5 SC/SH °C Display of all control target data 103 11100110 Discharge superheat (SHd) 105 10010110 Target Pd display (heating) 106 01010110 Target ET display (cooling) 107 11010110 Target outdoor SC (cooling) 108 00110110 Target indoor SC/SH (IC1) 109 10110110 Target indoor SC/SH (IC2) 77 -99.9 Pdm(0.0~20.) °F 124 00111110 125 10111110 High pressure sensor (Pd) PSIG 126 01111110 TH8 (Power module) °F 128 00000001 Actual frequency of abnormality delay Display of actual frequency at time of abnormality delay Display of fan step number at time of abnormality delay Display of opening pulse outdoor SLEV and indoor LEV at time of abnormality delay 129 10000001 Fan step number at time of abnormality delay 0~15 131 11000001 IC1 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay 132 00100001 IC2 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay 0~2000 133 10100001 IC3 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay 134 01100001 IC4 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay 135 11100001 IC5 LEV opening pulse abnormality delay .0~20.9 during heating: subcool (SC)/during cooling: superheat (SH) 5 6 7 8 Notes -2~4 12345678 Display mode 97 10000110 Target subcool step °C 98 01000110 IC1 SC/SH °C 99 11000110 IC2 SC/SH 100 00100110 IC3 SC/SH °C 101 10100110 IC4 SC/SH °C -99.0 [PSIG] -99.0) ETm(-2.9 [°F] 0.0~30.9 [°F] 0~FF(16 progressive) Target indoor SC/SH (IC3) 110 01110110 111 11110110 Target indoor SC/SH (IC4) 112 00001110 Target indoor SC/SH (IC5) 121 10011110 TH4 (Td) °F Display of detection data from high-pressure sensor and each thermistor TH3 (Outdoor pipe) °F 122 01011110 123 11011110 TH6 (ET) °F TH7 (Outdoor temp.0) SCm(0.9~999. 1 2 3 Display of target subcool step data SW1 setting Display on the LED1.9~999.

) indoor liquid pipe thermistor 162 01000101 IC8 TH23 Gas °F 170 01010101 ROM version monitor 171 11010101 ROM type 172 00110101 Check Sum code 173 10110101 IC1 TH22 Liquid °F 174 01110101 IC2 TH22 Liquid °F .9 ~ 999.9 142 01110001 IC1 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay 143 11110001 IC2 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay 144 00001001 IC3 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay 145 10001001 IC4 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay 146 01001001 IC5 SC/SH at time of abnormality delay 147 11001001 IC1 TH21 Intake °F 148 00101001 IC2 TH21 Intake °F 149 10101001 IC3 TH21 Intake °F 150 01101001 IC4 TH21 Intake °F 151 11101001 IC5 TH21 Intake °F -99.) 78 152 00011001 IC6 TH21 Intake °F 153 10011001 IC7 TH21 Intake °F 154 01011001 IC8 TH21 Intake °F 155 11011001 IC1 TH23 Gas °F 156 00111001 IC2 TH23 Gas °F 157 10111001 IC3 TH23 Gas °F 158 01111001 IC4 TH23 Gas °F 159 11111001 IC5 TH23 Gas °F 160 00000101 IC6 TH23 Gas °F 161 10000101 IC7 TH23 Gas °F Display of version data of ROM Display of ROM type Display of check sum code of ROM Display of detection data from each -99.9 [°F] (When the indoor unit is not connected. 1 Display of data from high-pressure sensor. all thermistors.it is displayed as"32". 2 (display data) 12345678 Display mode 136 00010001 High-pressure sensor data at time of abnormality delay kgf/ 137 10010001 TH4 sensor data at time of abnormality delay °C 138 01010001 TH6 sensor data at time of abnormality delay °C 139 11010001 TH3 sensor data at time of abnormality delay °C 140 00110001 TH8 sensor data at time of abnormality delay °C °C °C °C °C °C Display of detection data from each indoor thermistor 141 10110001 OC SC (cooling) at time of abnormality delay °C -99.9 ~ 999.No.9 [°F] (When the indoor unit is not connected. and SC/SH at time of abnormality delay 2 7 8 3 4 5 6 Notes SW1 setting Display on the LED1.it is displayed as"32".9 ~ 999.

op3=a op4.No. d°F Under CT sensor disconnection voltage 79 °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C -99. 10. b=0 . b 183 11101101 Primary heating control setting temp.9 ~ 999. PUMY-P48NHMU(-BS) Primary heating control: SW4-4 ON HD=05. d a b c d a=c b=d Ex.9 189 10111101 4220 Error history 192 00000011 Actual frequency at time of abnormality Display of actual frequency at time of abnormality Display of fan step number at time of abnormality Display of opening pulse of outdoor SLEV and indoor LEV at time of abnormality 193 10000011 Fan step number at time of abnormality 195 11000011 IC1 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality 196 00100011 IC2 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality 197 10100011 IC3 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality 198 01100011 IC4 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality Display of data from high-pressure sensor and all thermistors at time of abnormality 199 11100011 IC5 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality 200 00010011 High-pressure sensor data at abnormality kgf/ 201 10010011 TH4 sensor data at time of abnormality 202 01010011 TH6 sensor data at time of abnormality 203 11010011 TH3 sensor data at time of abnormality 204 00110011 TH8 sensor data at time of abnormality 206 01110011 IC1 SC/SH at time of abnormality Display of data from SC/SH and all thermistors at time of abnormality 207 11110011 IC2 SC/SH at time of abnormality 208 00001011 IC3 SC/SH at time of abnormality 209 10001011 IC4 SC/SH at time of abnormality 210 01001011 IC5 SC/SH at time of abnormality . d=20 Initial value a= -12 10.9 [°F] (When the indoor unit is not connected. 1 Display of detection data from each indoor liquid pipe thermistor -99. a=-5 .op5=b op6. a°F 186 01011101 Primary heating control setting temp. c=15 . b°F 187 11011101 Primary heating control setting temp.op9=d 181 10101101 Primary heating control setting temp. c°F — — 188 00111101 Primary heating control setting temp.4°F.9 ~ 999.0°F. c=10 . CM=18 op1=00( )/01(°F) op2. a 182 01101101 Primary heating control setting temp. c=50. b=32°F. 2 (display data) 3 4 5 6 7 12345678 Display mode 175 11110101 IC3 TH22 Liquid °F 176 00001101 IC4 TH22 Liquid °F 177 10001101 IC5 TH22 Liquid °F 178 01001101 IC6 TH22 Liquid °F 179 11001101 IC7 TH22 Liquid °F -12 a=c and b=d. c 184 00011101 Primary heating control setting temp. b=5 . d=68. op7=c op8.it is displayed as"32".4°F a<d 104°F Initial value a=10. d=25 SET : 05 18 00 80 05 00 05 00 15 00 25 MONI : 25 18 00 Over voltage 185 10011101 Primary heating control setting temp.4°F a<b<c<d 104°F or a=c and b=d. -12 a<d 40 .0°F — 0~FF(16progressive) 0~20 0~2000 — ACTM error 180 00101101 IC8 TH22 Liquid °F a<b<c<d 40 or Except Service Ref.) 2 8 Notes SW1 setting Display on the LED1.

0~14.0) 0~2000 -99.9 ~ 999.9 ~ 999.No. 2 (display data) OFF Fan Cooling Cooling Heating Heating thermo thermo thermo thermo ON OFF ON OFF 0~2000 Display of opening pulse of outdoor SLEV and indoor LEV Display of data from high-pressure sensor. and outdoor SC -99.) 80 -99. all thermistors.9 SCm/SHm (0.9 (When the indoor unit is not connected. 1 Display of indoor unit capacity mode 0~255 Display of indoor unit operating mode 2 7 8 3 4 5 6 Notes SW1 setting Display mode Display on the LED1.9 ~ 999.9 ~ 999.it is displayed as"0".9 Display of indoor SC/SH data during heating:subcool (SC)/during cooling:superheat (SH) Display of all control target data Display of opening pulse of indoor LEV at time of abnormality Display of SC/ SH data at time of abnormality Display of opening pulse of indoor LEV at time of abnormality Display of SC/ SH data at time of abnormality 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 12345678 11001011 00101011 10101011 01101011 11101011 00011011 10011011 01011011 11011011 00111011 10111011 01111011 11111011 00000111 10000111 01000111 11000111 00100111 10100111 01100111 11100111 00010111 10010111 01010111 11010111 00110111 10110111 01110111 11110111 00001111 10001111 01001111 11001111 00101111 10101111 01101111 IC6 Capacity code IC7 Capacity code IC8 Capacity code IC6 operation mode IC7 operation mode IC8 operation mode IC6 LEV opening pulse IC7 LEV opening pulse IC8 LEV opening pulse IC6 TH23(Gas) °C IC7 TH23(Gas) °C IC8 TH23(Gas) °C IC6 TH22(Liquid) °C IC7 TH22(Liquid) °C IC8 TH22(Liquid) °C IC6 TH21(Intake) °C IC7 TH21(Intake) °C IC8 TH21(Intake) °C IC6 SC/SH °C IC7 SC/SH °C IC8 SC/SH °C IC6 target SC/SH °C IC7 target SC/SH °C IC8 target SC/SH °C IC6 LEV opening pulse at abnormality delay IC7 LEV opening pulse at abnormality delay IC8 LEV opening pulse at abnormality delay IC6 SC/SH at abnormality delay °C IC7 SC/SH at abnormality delay °C IC8 SC/SH at abnormality delay °C IC6 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality IC7 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality IC8 LEV opening pulse at time of abnormality IC6 SC/SH at abnormality °C IC7 SC/SH at abnormality °C IC8 SC/SH at abnormality °C .9 0~2000 -99.

Power supply wire diameter and capacity Minimum Wire Thickness (mm2[AWG]) Model Main Cable*2 Ground 30 A 30 mA 0. together with notes concerning power wiring. Use earth leakage breaker (NV). Use the electric wires over the rating voltage 300V. Caution: · Some installation site may require attachment of an earth leakage breaker. (4) Specific wiring requirements should adhere to the wiring regulations of the region. (3) The wire size is the minimum value for metal conduit wiring. *2. and the frequency converter. OVERVIEW OF POWER WIRING (1) Use a separate power supply for the outdoor unit and indoor unit. 60Hz 208/230V 5. or less 30 A Outdoor Unit P36. 10-2. Indoor Unit Power Supply Breaker for Wiring*1 Breaker for Current Leakage Minimum Maximum rating circuit of over current ampacity protector device 26 A 40 A *1. Use electric wires over the rating voltage 300V.3 [AWG10] ~/N (single). (5) Power supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. The power cord size should be 1 rank thicker consideration of voltage drops. · Be sure to use the appropriate type of overcurrent protection switch. Note that generated overcurrent may include some amount of direct it may cause heating or fire. malfunction of unit or fire.etc. A breaker with at least 3. (7) Use copper supply wires. use wiring such as YZW. current.10 ELECTRICAL WIRING This chapter provides an introduction to electrical wiring for the CITY MULTI-S series. (2) Bear in mind ambient conditions (ambient temperature. For example. Use copper supply wires. it may cause an electric · Do not use anything other than breaker and fuse with correct capacity. P48 ~/N (single). 60Hz 208/230V Refer to installation manual of indoor unit. Make sure the power-supply voltage does not drop more than 10 %. 81 . wiring for control (transmission wires and remote controller wires). Using fuse and wire or copper wire with too large capacity may cause a shock. If no earth leakage breaker is installed. 10-1. Wiring diagram for main power supply Breaker for Wiring and Current Leakage Power supply (Single phase 60Hz 208/230V) Breaker for Wiring and Current Leakage Power supply (single phase 60Hz 208/230V) Indoor unit Grounded Outdoor unit Grounded Pull box 10-2-2. rain water. Warning: · Be sure to use specified wires to connect so that no external force is imparted to terminal connections.) when proceeding with the wiring and connections. (6) Install an earth longer than other cables. If connections are not fixed firmly.3 [AWG10] 5. WIRE DIAMETER AND MAIN POWER SWITCH CAPACITY 10-2-1.0mm contact separation in each poles shall be provided. direct sunlight.1 sec.

25 [AWG 22 to AWG 16] 10-4.25mm2 × 2 [AWG20 ~ AWG16] Group operation Remote controller wire 82 .25mm2 × 2 [AWG16] Power supply Single phase.6mm × 2 [AWG14] 1.3 to 1. 60Hz 208/230V 15A Breaker for Wiring and Current Leakage Outdoor unit Grounded Pull box 1.25E [AWG 16] • Maximum wiring length : Within 200 m [656 ft] 10-3-3. • Linked operation with upper control system. Please consult the installation manual that comes with each unit for detailed information on setting procedures. • Group operation involving different refrigerant systems. Example using a M-NET remote controller Breaker for Wiring and Current Leakage Power supply Single phase 2 wire. • Cable diameter : More than 1. M-NET Remote controller wiring Kind of remote control cable Cable diameter Shielding wire MVVS 0.5~1. DESIGN FOR CONTROL WIRING Please note that the types and numbers of control wires needed by the CITY MULTI-S series will depend on the remote controllers and whether they are linked with the system. 60Hz 208/230V 1. indoor units. indoor units. Transmission line wiring Remarks 10-3-4. 10-3-1. MA Remote control cables Kind of remote control cable Cable diameter 2-core cable (unshielded) 0. Wires connecting → indoor units Wires connecting → indoor units with outdoor unit Wires connecting → outdoor units 2 wires (non-polar) 10-3-2.10-3. and remote controller must be set using their settings switches. The addresses of outdoor units. and remote controller of the MULTI-S series.5 to 1.25E [AWG 20 to AWG 16] When 10m is exceeded. EXAMPLE EXTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR A BASIC SYSTEM 10-5-1. use cable with the same specifications as 10-3-2. each microprocessor must be assigned an identification number (address). SYSTEM SWITCH SETTING In order to identify the destinations of signals to the outdoor units. 10-5. Control signal wires Transmission wires • Types of transmission cables : Shielding wire CVVS or CPEVS.6mm × 2 [AWG14] Indoor unit 0. Selection number of control wires M-NET remote controller Use Remote controller → indoor unit Transmission wires Remote controller used in system control operations.

(2)Method of obtaining total current Page numbers in this technical manual Total current through each indoor unit See the technical manual of each indoor unit Standard capacity table— Refer to 5-2. See the technical manual of each indoor unit 2 1+2 <kW> Total power consumption of each indoor unit See the technical manual of each indoor unit *1 power consumption of outdoor unit Total power consumption of system *1 Please note that the power consumption of the outdoor unit will vary depending on the total capacity of the selected indoor units. use the largest resulting value in your application to the electric power company. 83 . See the technical manual of each indoor unit Subtotal 1 2 1+2 <A> *2 current through outdoor unit Total current through system *2 Please note that the current through the outdoor unit will vary depending on the total capacity of the selected indoor units. METHOD FOR OBTAINING ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WHEN A CAPACITY AGREEMENT IS TO BE SIGNED WITH AN ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY The electrical characteristics of connected indoor unit system for air conditioning systems. Applying to an electric power company for power and total current Calculations should be performed separately for heating and cooling employing the same methods. including the MULTI-S series. System power factor = (Total system power consumption) (Total system current x voltage) o 100% 10-6-2. (3) Method of obtaining system power factor Use the following formula and the total power and current obtained in parts 1 and 2 in the above table to calculate the system power factor. will depend on the arrangement of the indoor and outdoor units.10-6. Obtaining the electrical characteristics of a CITY MULTI-S series system (1)Procedure for obtaining total power consumption Page numbers in this technical manual Power consumption 1 Standard capacity table— Refer to 5-2. 10-6-1. First read the data on the selected indoor and outdoor units and then use the following formulas to calculate the electrical characteristics before applying for a capacity agreement with the local electric power company.

016 lbs – 6.C) Select the size from the right table.06 kg + 40 m × 0.06 kg = [3/8" × 0.52 [3/8"] 15m [49 ft] At the 2 : P15 B : 9.48 12.35 [1/4"] 20m [66 ft] The total length of each liquid line is as follows.c.b.d) (3) Section From Branch to Branch (B. Thus.041 [lbs/ft] Liquid pipe size Total length of 6.024 (kg/m).35 [1/4"] : b + c + d = 10 m +10 m + 20 m = 40 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 66 ft = 132 ft] <Calculation example> Additional refrigerant charge = 45 m × 0.06 (kg/m).7 [1/2] 15. REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM A Line-Branch Method Connection Examples (Connecting to 4 Indoor Units) L H B a b C c d h A Outdoor Unit B First Branch C Indoor unit Total Piping Length Permissible Farthest Piping Length (L) Length Farthest Piping Length After First Branch ( ) Permissible High/ High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section (H) Low Difference High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section (h) ■ Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit ■ Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping (1) Section From Oudoor Unit to First Branch (A) (2) Sections From Branch to Indoor Unit (a.024 kg + [1/4" × 0.6 lbs = 1. [ft] × 0. 9.88 [5/8] Gas Line Gas Line Liquid Line 9.7kg (rounded up) = [148 ft × 0.041 lbs + 132 ft × 0.024 kg – 3. 20 meters [70ft] or less) 12 meters [39ft] or less Use an optional branch piping kit (CMY-Y62-G-E).52 [3/8] 15.52 [3/8"] : A + B + C + a = 10 m + 10 m + 10 m + 15 m = 45 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 33 ft + 49 ft = 148 ft] 6.6 lbs] – (kg) [lbs] • • <Example> Outdoor model : P48 Indoor 1 : P24 A : 9. A+B+C+a+b+c+d 120m [394ft] A+B+C+d 80m [262ft] B+C+d 30m [100ft] 30 meters [100ft] or less (If the outdoor unit is lower.0 kg = 0. If the total extended piping length exceeds 50m [165 ft].52 [3/8] Liquid Line 6.35 [1/4] Liquid Line 18 or lower PUMY-P36.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft] conditions 3 : P08 C : 9.041 lbs] (m) × 0. there is no need to charge with additional refrigerant. <Additional Charge> Additional refrigerant charge Liquid pipe size Total length of 9.35 × 0. do not charge with any refrigerant.52 [3/8] 24 to 54 15. [ft] × 0. (2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section (1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Indoor Unit From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Indoor Unit Piping Diameter) (Outdoor Unit Piping Diameter) Model number Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Model 9. calculate the required additional refrigerant charge using the procedure shown on the right.11 REFRIGERANT PIPING TASKS 11-1.88 [5/8] ■ Additional refrigerant charge • Refrigerant of 3kg [6.6 lbs] equivalent to 50m [165 ft] total extended piping length is already included when the outdoor unit is shipped.58 lbs] 84 .52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] c : 6.016 [lbs/ft] Refrigerant amount for outdoor unit 3.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] b : 6. If the calculated additional refrigerant charge is a negative amount.0kg [6.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft] below: 4 : P06 d : 6. if the total extended piping length is 50m [165 ft] or less.88 [5/8] Gas Line (3) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Branch Liquid Line (mm [inch]) Gas Line (mm [inch]) 9.52 × 0.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] a : 9.016 lbs] (m) × 0.

6 lbs] equivalent to 50m [165 ft] total extended piping length is already included when the outdoor unit is shipped. [ft] × 0.88 [5/8] Gas Line ■ Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping (1) Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (A) (2) Sections From Branch to Indoor Unit (a.52 [3/8"] 30 m [98ft] a : 9.52 [3/8] PUMY-P36.041 lbs] (m) × 0.52 [3/8] 24 to 54 15.35 : b + c + d = 10 m + 10 m + 20 m = 40 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 66 ft = 132 ft] <Calculation example> Additional refrigerant charge = 45 m × 0.016 [lbs/ft] Refrigerant amount for outdoor unit – (kg) [lbs] 3.52 × 0.7 [1/2] Gas Line Liquid Line 9.024 kg + [1/4" × 0.024 kg – 3.A L H Header-Branch Method Connection Examples (Connecting to 4 Indoor Units) a b c d h A Outdoor Unit B First Branch C Indoor unit Total Piping Length Permissible Farthest Piping Length (L) Length Farthest Piping Length After First Branch ( ) Permissible High/ High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section (H) Low Difference High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section (h) ■ Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit A+a+b+c+d 120m [394 ft] A+d 80m [262 ft] d is 30 meters[100 ft] or less 30 meters [100 ft] or less (If the outdoor unit is lower. • If the total extended piping length exceeds 50m [165 ft]. Thus.041 lbs + 132 ft × 0.35 [1/4] 18 or lower 12.041 [lbs/ft] Liquid pipe size Total length of 6.0kg [6. 9.) Branch header (4 branches) CMY-Y64-G-E Branch header (8 branches) CMY-Y68-G-E (2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit Piping Diameter) Model number Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Liquid Line 6.52 [3/8"] 15m [49ft] At the 2 : P15 b : 6.48 Gas Line 15.d) Select the size from the right table. calculate the required additional refrigerant charge using the procedure shown on the right. from the table below. (The kit comprises sets for use with liquid pipes and for use with gas pipes.6 lbs] <Example> Outdoor model : P48 Indoor 1 : P24 A : 9.0 kg = 0. <Additional Charge> Additional refrigerant charge Liquid pipe size Total length of 9. do not charge with any refrigerant.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft] conditions 3 : P08 c : 6.35 [1/4"] 20m [66 ft] The total length of each liquid line is as follows.06 (kg/m).54 lbs] 85 . (1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Outdoor Unit Piping Diameter) Model Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) Liquid Line 9.b.7kg (rounded up) = [147 ft × 0.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft] below: 4 : P06 d : 6.016 lbs – 6.35 × 0.c.06 kg = [3/8" × 0. • If the calculated additional refrigerant charge is a negative amount.52 : A + a = 30 m + 15 m = 45 m [98 ft + 49 ft = 147 ft] 6. 20 meters [70 ft] or less) 12 meters [39 ft] or less Please select branching kit.024 (kg/m).6 lbs = 1. if the total extended piping length is 50m [165 ft] or less.88 [5/8] ■ Additional refrigerant charge • Refrigerant of 3kg [6. which is sold separately. there is no need to charge with additional refrigerant.016 lbs] (m) × 0.06 kg + 40 m × 0. [ft] × 0.

calculate the required additional refrigerant charge using theprocedure shown on the right.6 lbs = 1.35 × 0.52 [3/8] Liquid Line 24 to 54 15.88 [5/8] ■ Additional refrigerant charge • Refrigerant of 3kg [6.016 lbs] (m) × 0. from the table below.041 lbs] (m) × 0.C) Select the size from the right table.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft] At the 3 : P08 C : 9.e) (3) Section From Branch to Branch (B. 48 15.52 [3/8] Liquid Line PUMY-P36.06 kg = [3/8" × 0. Thus.6 lbs] equivalent to 50m [165 ft] total extended piping length is already included when the outdoor unit is shipped.88 [5/8] Gas Line ■ Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping (1) Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (A) (2) Sections From Branch to Indoor Unit (a.024 kg + [1/4" × 0.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] c : 6. Note: Pipe re-branching after the header branching is not possible. do not charge with any refrigerant.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] b : 6. there is no need to charge with additional refrigerant.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft] The total length of each liquid line is as follows.52 [3/8] Gas Line (mm [inch]) 15.d. [ft] × 0.041 [lbs/ft] Liquid pipe size Total length of 6.58 lbs] 86 .0kg [6.0 kg = 0.) Branch Joint CMY-Y62-G-E Branch Header (4 branches) Branch Header (8 branches) CMY-Y64-G-E CMY-Y68-G-E (2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit Piping Diameter) Model number Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) 6.7kg (rounded up) = [148 ft × 0.52 [3/8"] 15m [49 ft] 2 : P15 B : 9.024 kg – 3.06 (kg/m).35 : b + c + d + e = 10 m + 10 m + 10 m + 10 m = 40 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 33 ft + 33 ft = 132 ft] <Calculation example> Additional refrigerant charge = 45 m × 0.A Note: The total of downstream unit models in the table is the total of models as seen from point A in the figure above. 9. [ft] × 0. Method of Combined Branching of Lines and Headers Connection Examples (Connecting to 5 Indoor Units) H A C F E c B 3 4 d 5 e A G A Outdoor unit B First branching (branching joint) C Branching joint D Indoor unit E Branching header F To downstream unit G Blind caps B D L D D b a 2 C Total Piping Length Permissible Farthest Piping Length (L) Length ( ) Farthest Piping Length After First Branch Permissible High/ High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section (H) Low Difference High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section (h) ■ Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit 1 D D A+B+C+a+b+c+d+e is 120 meters [394 ft] or less A+B+b is 80 meters [262 ft] or less B+b is 30 meters [100 ft] or less 30 meters [100 ft] or less (If the outdoor unit is lower. • If the calculated additional refrigerant charge is a negative amount. if the total extended piping length is 50m [165 ft] or less.52 [3/8"] 10 m [33 ft] a : 9.52 × 0.b.c.06 kg + 40 m × 0.35 [1/4] Liquid Line 18 or lower 12.35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft] below: 5 : P06 e : 6. (1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Outdoor Unit Piping Diameter) Model Piping Diameter (mm [inch]) 9.024 (kg/m).35 [1/4"] 10m [33 ft] conditions 4 : P06 d : 6. 20 meters [70 ft] or less) 12 meters [39 ft] or less Please select branching kit.041 lbs + 132 ft × 0. which is sold separately.7 [1/2] Gas Line 9.6 lbs] <Example> Outdoor model : P48 Indoor 1 : P24 A : 9. <Additional Charge> Additional refrigerant charge Liquid pipe size Total length of 9.52 : A + B + C + a = 10 m + 10 m + 10 m + 15 m = 45 m [33 ft + 33 ft + 33 ft + 49 ft = 148 ft] 6. • If the total extended piping length exceeds 50m [165 ft].016 [lbs/ft] Refrigerant amount for outdoor unit h – (kg) [lbs] 3.016 lbs – 6. (The kit comprises sets for use with liquid pipes and for use with gas pipes.88 [5/8] Gas Line (3) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Branch Liquid Line (mm [inch]) 9.

15% of the floor area) Indoor unit Indoor unit Opening All refrigerant of this system will leak out to this room if there is leakage at this indoor unit. Confirming procedure of R410A concentration (c) If the smallest room has mechanical ventilation Follow (1) to (3) to confirm the R410A concentration and take appropriate treatment. but there are openings that allow the effective mixing of air..019lbs/ft3] (KHK installation guidelines S0010) Outdoor unit (b) There are partitions. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE The installer and system specialist shall secure safety against leakage according to local regulations or standards. the maximum concentration is expressed in units of O/K ( kg of R410A per K) (2) Calculate room volumes (K[ft3]) and find the room with the smallest volume The part with represents the room with the smallest volume. Total refrigerant amount is precharged refrigerant amount at ex-factory plus additional charged amount at field installation. until it has been determined that nowhere will the maximum concentration be exceeded. if necessary. figure out the total refrigerant amount by each independent refrigerant circuit. To facilitate calculation. (a) Situation in which there are no partitions Outdoor unit Indoor unit Maximum concentration of R410A: 0. 87 .3O/K[0.30 kg/K accordance with the installation guidelines. The following standards may be applicable if local regulations are not available. * Maximum concentration Maximum refrigerant concentration of R410A of a room is 0. the calculations should be performed for the second smallest room. perform the same calculations for the larger second and third room. Outdoor unit Direction of refrigerant flow (Situation in which there are no door openings or in which there are openings above and blow doors that occupy at least 0. apparatus that is linked to a household gas detection and alarm device.019lbs/ft3] If the calculation results do not exceed the maximum concentration.3O/K[0. Indoor unit The smallest room The second smallest room (3) Use the results of calculations (1)and (2) to calculate the refrigerant concentration: Total refrigerant in the refrigerating unit (O[lbs]) [ maximum concentration The smallest room in which an indoor (O/K[lbs/ft3]) unit has been installed (K[ft3]) Maximum concentration of R410A:0.11-2. 11-2-1. etc. To prevent possible injury. the rooms should be large enough to keep the R410A concentration specified by KHK : (a high pressure gas safety association) installation guidelines S0010 as follows. Introduction R410A refrigerant of this air conditioner is non-toxic and non-flammable but leaking of large amount from an indoor unit into the room where the unit is installed may be deleterious. Note: When single refrigeration system is consists of several independent refrigeration circuit. Wall 11-2-2. Outdoor unit Ventilation apparatus (1) Calculate total refrigerant amount by each refrigerant system.

<Diagram symbol in the connector housing> • Fan motor (CNF1. (See photo 2. 3 for rear/5 × 10) of the top panel and remove it. Fan grille Grille fixing screws Service panel fixing screws 2. MF2) (1) Remove the service panel.) (4) Remove a nut (for right handed screw of M6) to detach the propeller. CNF1 and CNF2 on Multi controller board in electrical parts box. thermistor <Outdoor pipe>. (6) Remove 4 fan motor fixing screws (5 × 25) to detach the fan motor. (See figure 1. Removing the fan motor (MF1.) Photo 1 Front panel Photo 2 Fan Propeller Fan motor fixing screws motor Nut Fan motor fixing screws 3. high pressure switch.) (2) Remove the top panel.) (3) Disconnect the connecting wire from terminal block. high pressure sensor.12 DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE PUMY-P48NHMU(-BS) PUMY-P48NHMU2(-BS) PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION Figure 1 Top panel fixing screws Top panel Service panel Grille fixing screws Slide OUTDOOR UNIT : PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS) PUMY-P48NHMU1(-BS) OPERATING PROCEDURE 1. Outdoor> (TH6/7) • High pressure switch (63H) • High pressure sensor (63HS) • Low pressure switch (63L) • Solenoid valve coil <Four-way valve> (21S4) • Solenoid valve coil <Bypass valve> (SV1) (5) Remove the terminal cover and disconnect the compressor lead wire. low pressure switch. (4) Remove all the following connectors from Multi controller board. thermistor <Outdoor>. Pull out the disconnected wire from the electrical parts box. (2) Remove screws (3 for front. 88 .B) Terminal block (TB3) (TB7) Terminal block (TB1) Valve bed Compressor (MC) Terminal cover Cover panel (Front) Cover panel fixing screws Continued to the next page. Removing the electrical parts box (1) Remove the service panel. fan motor.) (3) Remove 5 fan grille fixing screws (5 × 10) to detach the fan grille. (See photo 1. Removing the service panel and top panel (1) Remove 3 service panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and slide the hook on the right downward to remove the service panel. thermistor <Discharge>. Photo 3 Electrical parts box Multi controller board (MULTI. CNF2) • Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) • Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) • Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp. 4-way valve coil and bypass valve coil.) (5) Disconnect the connectors.) (2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1. (See figure 1. (See figure 1. (See figure 1. thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp>.

) (3) Disconnect the connector TH7 (red) on the Multi controller board in the electrical parts box. (5) Pull out the thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp. (See figure 1. The electrical parts box is fixed with 2 hooks on the left and 1 hook on the right.> (TH6). Refer to No. OPERATING PROCEDURE (6) Remove electrical parts box fixing screw (4 × 10) and detach the electrical parts box by pulling it upward. on the Multi controller board in the electrical parts box.4 above to remove thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp>. PUMY-P48NHMU(1) Lead wire of thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) Sensor holder PUMY-P36NHMU/P48NHMU2 Lead wire of thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) Sensor holder 89 . Removing the thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp. Note: In case of replacing thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7).> Photo 5 (TH6) (1) Remove the service panel.) (2) Remove the top panel. TH6 and TH7 (red).) (2) Remove the top panel. Removing the thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) (1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1. (4) Loosen the wire clamps on top of the electrical parts box. (See photo 4.From the previous page. Electrical parts box Thermistor <TH6> Photo 6 5. Refer to No.> (TH6) from the sensor holder. Note: In case of replacing thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp.5 below to remove thermistor <Outdoor>. since they are combined together. (See figure 1. PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION Photo 4 Electrical parts box Electrical parts box fixing screw 4. (See figure 1. replace it together with thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp> (TH6). replace it together with thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) since they are combined together. (4) Loosen the wire clamps on top of the electrical parts box.) (5) Pull out the thermistor <Outdoor> (TH7) from the sensor holder.) (3) Disconnect the connectors.

Thermistor <Low pressure saturated temp. then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not oxidized.OPERATING PROCEDURE 6. Removing the 4-way valve (1) Remove the service panel. (7) Remove the welded part of 4-way valve.(See photo 8. (See figure 1. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by removing the right side panel. (4) Remove 4 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 10) in the rear of the unit and then remove the right side panel.) (6) Recover refrigerant. (See figure 1. (4) Remove the 4-way valve coil by sliding the coil toward you.) (2) Disconnect the connectors. cover it with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (120°C [248°F] or more). Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Photo 8 4-way valve coil (21S4) 4-way valve 8. Removing the thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) and thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) (1) Remove the service panel. (5) Remove the 4-way valve coil. (3) Loosen the clamp for the lead wire in the rear of the electrical parts box. (4) Pull out the thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) and thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) from the sensor holder.) (2) Remove the top panel. Note 3: When installing the 4-way valve.> (TH6) 4-wayvalve coil fixing screw 90 . Removing the 4-way valve coil (21S4) (1) Remove the service panel.) (2) Remove the top panel.) [Removing the 4-way valve coil] (3) Remove 4-way valve solenoid coil fixing screw (M4 × 6). (5) Disconnect the connector 21S4 (green) on the Multi controller board in the electrical parts box. (See figure 1. TH3 (white) and TH4 (white).) (3) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then remove the valve bed. (See figure 1. PHOTOS Photo 7 Thermistor <Outdoor pipe> (TH3) Compressor (MC) Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) 7. (See figure 1. on the Multi controller board in the electrical parts box.

) (3) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 × 10) in the rear of the unit and remove the right side panel. Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. (7) Remove the welded part of high pressure switch and low pressure switch. (See figure 1.) (4) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 o 10) in the rear of the unit and remove the right side panel.) (4) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screws (5 o 10) in the rear of the unit and remove the right side panel. (6) Disconnect the connector SV1 (white) on the Multi controller circuit board in the electrical parts box. Removing the high pressure switch (63H) and low pressure switch (63L) (1) Remove the service panel. (6) Recover refrigerant. (See figure 1. Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.) (2) Remove the top panel. (See figure 1. Note 3: When installing the high pressure sensor. then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not oxidized. Note 3: When installing the high pressure switch and low pressure switch.OPERATING PROCEDURE 9. (See figure 1.) (2) Remove the top panel. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by remov. (6) Recover refrigerant. (See figure 1. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by removing the right side panel. (See figure 1. Bypass valve coil (SV1) Bypass valve High pressure sensor (63HS) High pressure sensor (63HS) Low pressure switch (63L) 91 . cover them with a wet cloth to prevent them from heating (100°C [212°F] or more).Photo 10 ing the right side panel. Removing bypass valve coil(SV1) and bypass valve (1) Remove the service panel. (5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure switch and low pressure switch.) (2) Remove the top panel. (8) Remove the welded part of bypass valve. cover it with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (100°C [212°F] or more). PHOTOS Photo 9 High pressure switch (63H) Bypass valve coil fixing screw 10. then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not oxidized. Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by removing the right side panel. (5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure sensor. (See photo 4. 11. (5) Remove the bypass valve coil by sliding the coil upward. Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. Removing the high pressure sensor (63HS) (1) Remove the service panel.) (3) Remove the electrical parts box. (7) Recover refrigerant. (7) Remove the welded part of high pressure sensor.) (3) Remove the electrical parts box. (4) Remove the bypass valve coil fixing screw (M4 × 6). (See photo 4.

) (2) Remove the top panel.) (4) Remove 2 back cover panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and remove the back cover panel.) (6) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve Valve bed and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then remove the valve bed. (See figure 1.) Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. (5) Remove the electrical parts box.) (4) Remove 2 back cover panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and remove the back cover panel. (MC) (11) Remove the welded pipe of motor for compressor inlet and outlet and then remove the compressor. (See photo 13. (See figure 1. Separator Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air. (8) Remove 3 separator fixing screws (4 × 10) and remove the separator.) (3) Remove 2 front cover panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and remove the front cover panel. Removing the compressor (MC) Photo 11 (1) Remove the service panel. (10) Remove the 3 points of the motor for compressor fixing Compressor nut using a spanner or a monkey wrench. (10) Remove 2 receiver leg fixing screws (4 × 10). (See photo 3.) (2) Remove the top panel. (9) Remove 4 welded pipes of power receiver inlet and outlet. (See figure 1. (8) Recover refrigerant. Inlet Outlet Accumulator Photo 13 Accumulator Accumulator leg Accumulator leg fixing screws 92 . (7) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 10) in the rear Valve bed fixing screw of the unit and then remove the right side panel. (See photo 3. (See photo 3. (5) Remove the electrical parts box.) (3) Remove 2 front cover panel fixing screws (5 × 10) and remove the front cover panel. (7) Remove 3 right side panel fixing screw (5 × 10) in the rear of the unit and then remove the right side panel.OPERATING PROCEDURE 12.) (6) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) and then remove the valve bed. (9) Recover refrigerant. (See photo 3. Removing the accumulator Photo 12 (1) Remove the service panel. (See figure 1. PHOTOS Valve bed fixing screws Accumulator Separator fixing screw Compressor fixing nut 13.

Q ty/set Specification PUMY-P48 PUMY-P48 Part Name Part No. NHMU(-BS) NHMU1(-BS) 1 R01 2 T7W 3 T7W 4 R01 R01 E04 E02 E04 E18 E26 E19 30L E01 E14 E00 E05 E16 E06 E01 E06 E00 662 SIDE PANEL (L) 691 FAN GRILLE 667 FRONT PANEL 686 BASE ASSY 686 BASE ASSY 130 MOTOR SUPPORT 655 HANDLE 658 COVER PANEL (FRONT) 658 COVER PANEL (FRONT) 658 COVER PANEL (REAR) 658 COVER PANEL (REAR) 661 SIDE PANEL (R) 668 SERVICE PANEL 698 REAR GUARD 641 TOP PANEL 655 HANDLE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 8 Remarks (Drawing No. No.13 PARTS LIST 1 13 11 12 13-1. Q ty 5 R01 6 R01 7 8 T7W R01 T7W R01 Including CONDUIT PLATE Including CONDUIT PLATE Including CONDUIT PLATE Including CONDUIT PLATE 9 T7W 10 T7W 11 R01 12 R01 13 R01 93 . .) Wiring Diagram Symbol Recommended . STRUCTURAL PARTS PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS 10 2 9 6 3 4 5 6 7 w Parts of PUMY-P48NHMU are set as the same service parts as PUMY-P48NHMU-BS.

13-2. FUNCTIONAL PARTS PUMY-P48NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU1 PUMY-P48NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU1-BS 30 21 22 29 28 24 23 27 26 25 20 1 18 2 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 94 .

P SENSOR 209 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH 428 BYPASS VALVE 242 SOLENOID COIL <BYPASS VALVE> 242 SOLENOID COIL <4-WAY VALVE> 403 4-WAY VALVE 202 THERMISTOR 208 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH 408 HEAT EXCHANGER 259 CONTACTOR 716 TERMINAL BLOCK 346 NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT BOARD 310 MULTI CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BOARD 716 TERMINAL BLOCK 311 TRANSMISSION POWER BOARD 234 RESISTOR 259 REACTOR 313 POWER CIRCUIT BOARD 233 ACT MODULE 254 MAIN SMOOTHING CAPACITOR 202 THERMISTOR (OUTDOOR PIPE) 201 THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE) 202 THERMISTOR (HEATSINK) 3P (M1. 1 R01 2 R01 3 R01 4 T7W 5 T97 6 T7W 7 T7W 8 R01 9 R01 10 T7W 11 R01 12 T7W 13 R01 14 T7W 15 T7W 16 T7W 17 T7W 18 R01 19 T7W 20 T7W 21 T7W 22 T7W 23 T7W 24 R01 25 T7W 26 R01 27 T7W 28 T7W 29 T7W 30 T7W 31 T7W 32 R01 33 R01 34 R01 Part No. Q ty MF1.8 1000mm [ (3/32) (1/32) L(39-1/2)]inch Remarks (Drawing No.5 0. M2. TB7 M-P.2 MC 63HS 63L 95 . E44 E01 E02 E07 410 E04 E06 E03 E35 E02 E22 E04 25T E03 E17 E18 E05 E75 E05 E29 E02 850 E14 H76 E17 E01 E01 E09 E26 E01 E09 E66 E00 E65 Part Name 221 FAN MOTOR 115 PROPELLER FAN 097 NUT 413 CHARGE PLUG 742 COMPRESSOR 410 STOP VALVE 411 BALL VALVE 450 STRAINER 440 ACCUMULATOR 490 OIL SEPARATOR 425 CAPILLARY TUBE 208 H. . S) 3P (L1. TB3.B.) Wining Diagram Symbol Recommended . Q ty/set No.L2. MULTI.F.Part numbers that are circled are not shown in the figure.GR) ANB33FDCMT Including RUBBER MOUNT 3/8 5/8 Specification PUMY-P48NHMU(1) PUMY-P48NHMU(1)-BS 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 52C TB1 N. RS DCL P.B. ACTM CB TH3 TH4 TH8 TH6.7 63H SV1 21S4 2.B.

FUNCTIONAL PARTS PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P36NHMU-BS PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS 29 23 20 1 21 22 2 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 18 3 4 5 6 7 8 96 .14 RoHS PARTS LIST 26 25 24 27 28 14-1.

8 1000mm [ (3/32) (1/32) L(39-1/2)]inch RoHS No. 2 TH6. TB3.L2.F.P.P SENSOR 209 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH 10 G T7W E02 490 OIL SEPARATOR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C.7 63H SV1 21S4 63HS 63L 14 G T7W E03 428 BYPASS VALVE 15 G T7W E17 242 SOLENOID COIL <BYPASS VALVE> 16 G T7W E18 242 SOLENOID COIL <4-WAY VALVE> 17 G T7W E05 403 4-WAY VALVE 18 G R01 H01 202 THERMISTOR 19 G T7W E07 208 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH 20 G T7W E41 408 HEAT EXCHANGER 21 G R01 22 G R01 23 G R01 24 G R01 25 G R01 26 G R01 28 G R01 29 G R01 30 G R01 31 G R01 32 G R01 33 G R01 N54 E27 E02 E20 E64 E07 E18 E99 E22 H00 E12 E06 310 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BOARD 246 TERMINAL BLOCK 311 M-POWER BOARD 259 REACTOR 313 POWER CIRCUIT BOARD 233 ACT MODULE 3P (L1. DCL P. TB7 M-NET.B.B.3A 3P (M1. Part Name Specification 1 G T7W E27 763 FAN MOTOR 2 G R01 3 G R01 E08 E09 115 PROPELLER FAN 097 NUT MF1. Q'ty/set Wining RecomRemarks PUMY-P36NHMU(-BS) (Drawing No. Part No. 6. ACTM TB1 N.5 0.Part numbers that are circled are not shown in the figure.B. S) 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 27 G T7W E45 716 TERMINAL BLOCK 97 .2 4 G T7W E07 413 CHARGE PLUG 5 G T97 415 755 COMPRESSOR MC 6 G T7W E04 410 STOP VALVE 7 G T7W E06 411 BALL VALVE 8 G R01 9 G R01 11 G R01 12 G R01 13 G R01 E06 E44 E26 E07 E00 450 STRAINER 440 ACCUMULATOR 425 CAPILLARY TUBE 208 H. M2. TH8 CE TH3 TH4 F1.GR) 346 NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT BOARD 202 THERMISTOR (HEATSINK) 255 MAIN SMOOTHING CAPACITOR 202 THERMISTOR (OUTDOOR PIPE) 201 THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE) 239 FUSE 250V.) Diagram mended Symbol Q'ty PUMY-P48NHMU2(-BS) 2 2 2 2 ANB33FDHMT Including RUBBER MOUNT 3/8 5/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.

ty 98 . . STRUCTURAL PARTS PUMY-P36NHMU PUMY-P36NHMU-BS 1 PUMY-P48NHMU2 PUMY-P48NHMU2-BS 13 14 12 11 2 10 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 w Parts of PUMY-P36/48NHMU are set as the same service parts as PUMY-P36/48NHMU-BS. Part Name Part No. (Drawing No.14-2.) NHMU(-BS) NHMU2(-BS) RoHS 1 G T7W 2 G T7W 3 G T7W 4 G R01 5 G R01 6 G R01 7 G R01 8 G R01 9 G T7W 10 G T7W 11 G T7W 12 G R01 13 G R01 14 G R01 E03 E03 E06 E31 E27 E01 E13 E11 E01 E19 E08 E07 E14 E02 662 SIDE PANEL (L) 691 FAN GRILLE 667 FRONT PANEL 686 BASE ASSY 130 MOTOR SUPPORT 655 HANDLE 658 COVER PANEL (FRONT) 658 COVER PANEL (REAR) 617 CONDUIT PLATE 661 SIDE PANEL (R) 668 SERVICE PANEL 698 REAR GUARD 641 TOP PANEL 655 HANDLE 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Wiring Diagram Symbol Recommended Q. Q ty/set Remarks Specification PUMY-P36 PUMY-P48 No.

PAC-SG59SG-E AIR GUIDE Part No.15 OPTIONAL PARTS DRAIN SOCKET Part No. PAC-SG61DS-E AIR OUTLET GUIDE Part No. PAC-SG64DP-E BRANCH PIPE (Joint) Part No. CMY-Y62-G-E CMY-Y64-G-E CMY-Y68-G-E NUMBER OF BRANCHING POINTS 2 4 8 99 . w Need 2 pieces. w Need 2 pieces. PAC-SH63AG-E DRAIN PAN Part No.

2006 No. 2006 No. OC366 REVISED EDITION-C PDF 7 Distributed in Dec. OC366 PDF 10 Made in Japan New publication. LTD. OC366 REVISED EDITION-B PDF 9 Distributed in Apr.TM HEAD OFFICE : TOKYO BLDG.. CHIYODA-KU. 2008 No. JAPAN cCopyright 2008 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING CO.. effective Jul. 2008 Specifications subject to change without notice . Distributed in Jul. OC366 REVISED EDITION-A PDF 10 Distributed in Jan. 2007 No. TOKYO100-8310. MARUNOUCHI. 2-7-3.